Skip to main content

Full text of "The Bryologist"

See other formats 


m 


X6 
H    ^/     TlK     V^ 

^VUniyersiti//^ 

0\  -Vv  ^ 

K  iQoi   y^ 


THE   LIBRARY 


EiBRARY  ciz  t::e  rcE:7  yorx  tctanical  garden 


X6 


V,    i 


^ 


^Ji^v  0-^j 


(Reprint  from  The  Fern  Bullelin,  Jan.  i8g8,  Vol.  VI.  No.  i .) 

THE  BRYOLOGIST. 

Vol.  I.  January,  1898.  No.  i. 

MOSS  DEPARTMENT. 

Edited  by  Dr.  A.  J.  Grout. 

Items  for  this  department  should  he  addressed  to  Dr.  A.  J.  Crout,  Ply- 
mouth, N.  H. 

This  department  is  opened  with  the  purpose  of  enabling  any 
one  at  all  interested  in  mosses  to  get  some  knowledge  of  these 
plants  without  excessive  labor  or  expense.  The  articles  in  this 
first  number  will  be  followed  by  articles  on  collecting,  mounting, 
methods  of  study  and  other  topics  of  general  interest.  In  the 
following  numbers,  as  in  this,  we  propose  to  describe  and  illus- 
trate one  or  more  of  our  common  mosses  and  to  continue  this  so 
long  as  it  seems  helpful  or  advisable. 

The  editor  will  also  try  to  identify  for  subscribers  difficult 
specimens  accompanied  by  notes  and  return  postage,  but  will  not 
agree  to  do  so  if  either  of  the  above  conditions  is  not  complied 
with.  All  letters  requiring  a  reply  must  also  contain  return  post- 
age. The  specimens  will  be  kept  unless  something  to  the  con- 
trary is  requested. 

*   * 
* 

It  is  also  hoped  that  the  Bulletin  may  become  a  medium  for 
the  communication  of  bryological  notes  of  interest  in  the  same 
way  that  has  been  so  admirably  done  in  the  case  of  ferns  and 
fern  allies.  Notes  are  earnestly  solicited  from  all  our  moss 
students.  The  editor  also  plans  to  have  ready  for  distribution 
specimens  of  as  many  of  the  species  taken  up  as  is  possib'e.  A 
nominal  charge  for  each  specimen  will  be  made  to  pay  for  post- 
age, lab; Is,  assistance  in  making  up  packets,  etc.  The  same  ar- 
rangements for  distribution  to  subscribers  will  be  made  in  this 
department  that  is  made  in  the  case  of  ferns,  /.  e.,  members  hav- 
ing mosses  to  distribute  will  announce  the  fact  in  the  Bulletin 
and  send  out  their  material  at  their  own  terms. 


•i£^>y 


OUTFIT  FOR  THE  STUDY  OF  MOSSES. 


F 


OR  the  study  of  mosses  we  should  have  a  good  hand-lens,  a 
compound  microscope  with  a  magnifying  power  of  100  to 
200  diameters  (a  two-inch  eye-piece  and  a  one-half  and  one- 
fifth  lens  make  a  good  combination)  a  pair  of  dissecting  needles, 
a  pair  of  small  sharp  scissors,  a  pair  of  fine  pointed  forceps  and  a 


— 18— 

pair  of  sharp  eyes;  also  the  following  books:  Lesquereux  and  James* 
"Manual  of  the  Mosses  of  North  America,"  price  $4.00;  and  "Ana- 
lytic Keys  to  the  Genera  and  Species  of  North  American  Mosses," 
by  Prof.  C.  R.  Barnes  and  Fred  D.  Heald,  price  $1.00.  Jameson 
and  Dixon's  "Handbook  of  British  Mosses,"  costing  about  $5.75, 
will  be  very  useful. 

Do  not  be  appalled  by  the  above  list  as  it  will  be  possible  to 
learn  many  of  the  common  mosses  with  the  Bulletin,  hand-lens 
and  the  sharp  eyes,  and  if  driven  to  it  one  can  do  ver>-  well  with 
the  eyes  and  the  Bulletin  alone.  The  editor  knows  twenty-five 
or  more  species  of  New  England  mosses  that  he  can  recognize 
without  the  aid  of  any  lens,  and  nearly  all  of  these  possess  characters 
sufficient  to  enable  others  to  recognize  them  from  a  careful  descrip- 
tion accompanied  by  a  simple  illustration. 

THE  HAIR-CAP  MOSSES. 


THE  Common  Hair-cap  moss  {Polytrichum  commune  L.),  is 
the  most  common  and  easily  recognized  of  the  group.  The 
Latin  and  English  names  of  this  moss  are  both  unusually 
appropriate.  So  common  is  it  that  scarcely  any  roadside  or  meadow 
is  free  from  it.  In  many  portions  of  New  England  it  is  a  great 
nuisance  in  old  meadows,  entirely  killing  out  the  grass  and  covering 
the  ground  with  a  dark  green  mat  of  its  closely  growing  upright 
stems. 

From  the  figure  of  the  fruiting  plant  it  will  be  seen  that  it  be- 
longs to  the  acrocarpus  division  of  the  mosses,  which  ha\e  their 
fruit  borne  on  the  ends  of  the  main  stem.  The  plant  with  fruit 
grows  from  two  to  six  inches  in  height.  The  base  of  the  stem  is 
fixed  in  the  earth  by  a  tangle  of  thread-like  rhizoids  which  answer 
th?  purpose  of  roots  and  root  hairs.  Above  are  the  lea\es  arranged 
in  ranks,  and  from  the  top  of  the  stem  springs  the  long  slender 
seta,  bearing  at  the  summit  the  square  capsule  or  spore  case.  In 
the  freshly  matured  plant  the  capsule  is  covered  with  a  hairy  cap 
(calyptra),  whence  the  name  Hair-cap  Moss. 

The  seta  and  capsule  of  the  moss  correspond  to  what  is  com- 
monly called  a  fern,  while  the  rest  of  the  plant  corresponds  to  the 
prothallium,  and  if  the  base  of  the  seta  be  carefully  examined  it 
will  be  found  to  be  swollen  and  covered  with  little  flask  shaped 
bodies,  the  archegonia. 

The  fruit  of  the  moss  has  developed  from  just  such  a  body 
which   was  fertilized   by  an   antherozoid,    produced   in   the  anthe- 


-19- 


FOl.YTRICHUM  COMMUNE  L. 

I. — Male  and  female  plants,  about  one-half  natural  size.  2  and  3. — Capsules  with 
and  without  calyptra.  4. — Mouth  of  capsule,  enlarged.  5. — Teeth  of  peri- 
stome, greatly  enlarged.  6. — Antheridium  and  paraphyses,  greath'  enlarged. 
-Leaf,   enlarged.      8. — Margin  of   leaf  enlarged   to   show   tooth   and   cells. 


10. — Cross-section  of  leaf  to  show  laniellie  on  upper  surface. 


.  —  l.ainellce, 


greatly  enlarged. 

Taken  by  permission  from  Mrs.   E.  G.   Britton's  "Mosses  of  the  Eastern  United 
States."     (in  preparation). 

ridium  (fig.  6).  The  antheridia  are  borne  on  separate  plants  in 
terminal  rosettes  (fig  i).  Both  antheridia  and  archegonia  grow 
intermingled  with  slender  hairs  called  paraphyses  (fig  6). 

Returning  to  the  capsule  we  shall  find,  if  our  plant  is  mature, 
that  at  the  top  of  the  capsule  there  is  a  lid  or  operculum  (fig  3), 
which  can  be  pulled  off  and  which  lets  the  spores  escape.  A  strong 
dissecting    microscope   will    be    needed    to   see   the   antheridia   and 


20 

archegonia  and  a  compound  microscope  will  be  necessar\-  to  make 
out  most  of  the  following  points: 

If  after  remoxing  the  operculum  we  examine  the  mouth  of  the 
capsule  under  a  low  power  we  shall  find  it  to  be  surrounded  by  a 
row  of  64  teeth;  this  row  of  teeth  is  called  the  peristome.  The 
points  of  the  teeth  are  lightly  attached  to  a  membrane  stretched 
across  the  mouth  of  the  spore  case.  Under  the  compound  micro- 
scope the  leaves  appear  lanceolate  and  sharply  serrate  with  a 
clasping  base  made  up  of  large,  nearly  colorless  cells,  while  the 
upper  part  of  the  leaf  is  much  more  dense,  and  is  deep  green.  The 
midrib  or  costa  is  very  broad  and  consists  of  several  layers  of  cells 
while  the  margin  consists  of  a  single  layer.  In  order  to  increase 
the  light-receiving  area  this  plant  has  adopted  the  curious  contriv- 
ance of  sending  out  from  the  upper  surface  of  the  costa  radiating 
layers,  lamellae,  a  single  cell  thick.  These  are  shown  in  a  cross 
section  of  the  leaf  at  fig.  1  o.  The  upper  cell  in  this  species  is  concave 
on  its  upper  edge,  as  is  shown  in  the  greatly  magnified  lamellae 
at  fig.  9. 

There  are  six  species  of  Polytrichum  which  occur  in  New 
England.  The  most  common  species  next  to  P.  commune  is  P. 
piliferum  Schreb.,  Awned  Hair-cap  Moss,  which  grows  in  dry 
situations  around  ledges  and  gravelly  places.  It  is  much  smaller 
and  is  readily  determined  by  the  long  slender  awns  at  the  apex  of 
the  leaves.  I  have  collected  this  on  the  very  brow  of  The  Profile, 
Franconia  Mountains.  P.  juniperinum  Willd,  Juniper-like  Hair- 
cap  Moss  is  also  common  in  woods  or  peat  bogs  and  is  easily  dis- 
tinguished by  its  lighter  color  and  the  incurved  margins  of  the 
leaves.  If  you  climb  any  of  the  higher  mountains  you  are  sure  in 
moist  places  to  find  P.  strictum  Banks,  the  Erect  Hair-cap  Moss. 
This  is  distinguished  from  all  our  other  species  by  the  dense  felt  of 
radicles  which  sometimes  covers  nearly  the  entire  plant,  and  from 
P.  juniperinum,  of  which  it  was  formerly  reckoned  a  variety,  by  the 
erect  appressed  leaves  and  cubical  capsules.  The  three  species 
last  named  have  entire  leaves.  The  only  other  species  likely  to 
be  met  with  is  P.  Ohioense,  Ren.  and  Card.,  Ohio  Hair-cap  Moss. 
This  has  serrate  leaves  and  is  not  always  readily  distinguished 
from  P.  commune  by  an  inexperienced  observer.  P.  commune 
has  the  capsule  cubical  and  entirely  covered  by  the  calyptra,  while 
in  P.  Ohioense  the  capsule  tapers  into  the  seta  and  is  not  quite 
covered  by  the  calyptra. 

While  the  limited  supply  lasts  specimens  of  P.  commune.  P.  strictum.  P. 
juniperinum  and  P.  piliferum  will  be  sent  to  any  subscriber  upon  receipt  of  ten 
rents  in  stamps. 


{Reprinted  November  iqoi.) 


THE  BRYOLOGIST, 

A    DEPARTMENT    OF    THE    FERN    BULLETIN, 

DF.VOTED  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  MOSSES. 


EDITED  BY  DR.  A.  J.  GROUT,  PLYMOUTH,  N.  H., 
To  whom  all  correspondence  reg-arding  the  mosses  should  be  addressed. 


This  department  is  issued  separatelv  at  tiventy-five  cents  a  year. 
Subscriptions  should  be  addressed  to  the  Fern  Bulletin,  Bingliampton,  N.  Y. 


Vol.  I.  April,   1898.  No.  2. 


Among  some  of  the  good  things  in  store  for  the  beginners  is 
an  ilhistrated  glossary  of  the  terms  in  common  use  in  bryological 
literature. 


* 


If  you  hnd  the  Bryologist  interesting  and  helpful,  mention 
it  to  your  neighbors  and  friends.  If  it  has  induced  you  to  sub- 
cribe  to  the  Fern  Bulletin,  this  department  will  be  materially 
aided  by  your  informing  the  publishers  of  the  fact. 


* 


The  response  to  the  first  issue  of  this  department  has  been 
very  gratifying;  many  .sets  of  the  mosses  offered  have  been  sent 
out  and  the  Editor  has  had  his  hands  full  of  work  identifying  the 
mosses  sent  him.  As  will  be  seen  by  reading  this  issue,  the 
Editor  has  at  once  obtained  valuable  assistance. 


*  * 
* 


In  addition  to  the  articles  designed  to  interest  the  beginners 
in  the  study  of  mosses,  we  shall  in  future  publish  in  each  issue  a 
series  of  notes  on  new  and  rare  mosses,  and  a  resume  of  all  the 
recent  publications  on  American  mosses,  including  a  list  of  all 
new  species  and  those  newly  discovered  in  America,  with  a  brief 
diagnosis  of  each.  So  many  new  mosses  are  being  published  in 
foreign  periodicals  difficult  of  access  to  the  majority,  that  some- 
thing of  this  sort  has  become  almost  a  necessity.  The  Bryologist 
will  endeavor  to  take  up  this  work  where  the  new  edition  of 
Barnes'  Keys  stopped. 


*  * 
* 


The  Editor  has  just  issued  a  "  List  of  Mosses  Growing  in 
Vermont,  with  Analytical  Keys  to  the  Genera  and  Species."  This 
list  contains  about  240  species  included  in  72  genera.  While 
primarily  intended  for  the  use  of  Vermont  students,  it  will  be 
almost  equally  useful  to  students  in  other  northeastern  states.  Its 


—38— 

advantages  over  any  other  American  work  of  a  similar  character 
are  these:  Great  attention  is  given  to  the  habitat  of  each  species, 
that  is,  it  tells  one  in  what  sort  of  place  to  look  for  each. 
While  the  keys  and  text  include  most  of  the  common  mosses  of 
the  northeastern  states  they  are  much  simplified  by  the  omission 
of  many  species  which  never  occur  in  our  limits  and  serve  only  to 
confuse  the  beginner  in  other  keys  in  which  they  are  included.  It 
is  the  only  American  book  on  mosses,  excepting  monographs,  with 
a  nomenclature  conforming  to  the  Rochester  Code.  It  is  a  ver}- 
great  inconvenience  t<> unlearn  names  and  learn  new  ones  in  their 
places.  The  inconvenience  is  ,best  avoided  by  learning  in  the 
beginning  the  names  which  are  to  be  used  in  the  literature  of  the 
future.  With  the  exception  of  the  genus  Hypnum  and  a  few 
other  doubtful  cases,  the  names  here  used  are  the  names  to  be 
adopted  in  subsequent  American  works.  A  complete  index,  and 
the  synonymy  of  Lesquereaux  and  James"  Maniial  make  the  list 
easy  to  use  with  the  existing  literature.  The  price  is  fifteen  cents, 
postpaid.  A  copy  of  the  list  and  a  year's  subscription  to  the 
Bkyoi.ocist  will  be  sent  for  thirtv  cents. 


THE  POGONATUMS  OR  BEARDED  MOSSES. 


THE  generic  name  of  the  hair  cap  mosses  comes  from  two 
Greek  words  meaning  many  hairs,  in  reference  to  the  hairy 
calyptra.  The  Pogonatums,  which  are  very  closely  related 
to  the  liair-cap  mosses,  take  their  name  from  a  word  meaning  a 
beard.  Indeed,  when  you  first  discover  one  of  the  Pogonatums 
you  will  wonder  what  new  hair-cap  you  have  found.  Dr.  Robert 
Braithwaite,  in  his  superb  British  Moss-Flora,  has  included  the 
Pogonatums  in  the  hair-cap  mosses,  but  to  most  American 
students  it  has  seemed^  better  and  much  more  cfnivenient  to  keep 
them  separate.  So  nearly  alike  are  the  two  that  we  shall  need  no 
figure  of  tlie  Pogonatums.  Thej^  have  the  hairy  calyptra,  the 
lamellate  costa,  and  the  general  habit  of  the  hair-caps.  They 
are.  however,  readily  distinguished  by  the  fact  that  the  capsules 
are  round  instead  of  square  and  there  are  32  teeth  instead  of  64. 
As  in  Polytrichum,  the  species  aredioicious.  that  is.  the  male  and 
female  reproductive  organs,  antheridia  and  archegonia.  are  borne 
on  separate  plants. 

There  are  four  species  of  Pogonatum  found  in  New  England 
and  the  North   Central    Stales.     The  one  most  likelv  to  be  met 


—39— 

with  IS  Lhe  slciidei-  F'ogonaUim  (/^.  Icnuf—P.  hrcvicanlc  ol  many 
authors).     It  gTows  on  bare  clayey  soi^of  banks,  roadsides,  and 
ditches.     The  plants  do  not  grow  close  together  but  scattered,  so 
that  they  look  like  small  green  dots  against  the  lighter  color  of 
the  soil.  The  stems  are  very  short  and  simple,  without  branches ; 
the  leaves  are  few,  5-10,  radical  and  very  close  to  the  ground, 
serrate,  Avith  few,  8-12,  lamellai.  If  the  ground  around  the  plants 
be  examined,  it  will  be  found  to  be  covered  with  a  green  felt,  the 
protonema  (fig.  i),  which  is  composed  of  slender,  green,  alga-like 
threads  that  spring  from  the  germinating  spore  and  latter  give 
rise  to  the  mature  moss  plant.     In  this  species,  contrary  to  the 
general  rule,  the  protonema  lasts  throughout  the  life  of  the  plant. 
The  abundance  and  persistence  of  the  protonema  may  account 
for  the  smaller  number  of  leaves  and  the  reduced  size  of  the  plant, 
as  it  doubtless  does  as  much  starch-making  as  many  leaves  could 
do.     The  capsules  are  cylindric,  nearly  or  quite  erect,  and  are 
covered  with  very  minute  wart-like  projections  called  papilke. 
The  short-leaved  Pogonatum  of  the  New  Jersey  pine  barrens  and 
southward  is  much  like  this  species,  but  is  easily  distinguished  by 
its  shorter  entire  leaves.   The  urn-like  Pogonatum  (/-".// /-///Vfrz/y//), 
is  fully  as  common  as  the  slender  Pogonatum  in  the  hilly  districts 
of  New  England.  The  stems  are  much  longer,  usually  branched, 
naked  below  and  densely  leafy  above,  without  persistent  proto- 
nema.    The  leaves  are   serrate,  but   larger,   with  very   many, 
40-50,  lamcliie.     The  capsules   are  very  much  like  those  of  the 
slender   Pogonatum.     The  alpine  Pogonatum  (/'.   alpinitm),   is 
almost  sure  to  be  at  first  mistaken  for  a  hair-cap  because  of  its 
large  size,  2-6  inches  in  height.     It  is  more  likely  to  be  met  with 
than  its  name  indicates,  as  it  is  not  uncommon  in  New  England 
on  exposed  places  at  an  altitude  of  i.ooo  feet  or  even  less.     It  is 
readily  distinguished   by  its  size,   its   smooth   and   inclined   or 
slightly  curved  capsule.     Only  those  who  are  privileged  to  visit 
our  higher  mountains  need  expect  to  find  the  hair-like  Pogonatum 
{P.  capillare).     It  is  most  likely  to  be  mistaken  for  the  urn-like 
Pogonatum,  from  which  it  differs  in  its  shorter  capsule,  nearly 
simple  stem,  and  in  the  terminal  cell  of  the  lamellae  which  is  flat- 
topped;  in  the  urn-like  Pogonatum  it  is  sharply  rounded.     The 
leaves  are  also  much  more  curled  when  dry. 

The  common  hair-cap  moss  is  one  of  the  few  plants  that  have 
an  almost  world-wide  distribution.  It  is  found  in  all  parts  of 
North  America,  in  Europe,  and  in  Asia. 


NOTES  ON  THE  LIFE  HISTORY  OF  THE  MOSSES. 


THE  great  majority  of  mosses  mature  their  fruit  in  autumn  or 
winter  so  that  the  spores  are  ready  for  germination  in  the 
spring  as  soon  as  the  proper  conditions  of  moisture  and  tem- 
perature arrive.  When  this  time  comes,  the  spores, which  have  been 
scattered  by  the  wind  and  the  jostHng  of  small  animals,  burst  their 
brown  coats  and  send  out  delicate  threads  (fig.  2).  These  threads 
are  of  two  kinds,  those  that  are  at  the  surface  of  the  substratum 
such  as  those  of  the  slender  Pogonatum  (fig.  i);  these  form  the 
protonema,  a  tangle  of  green  threads  that  might  easily  be  mis- 
taken for  Algffi.  Those  which  grow  down  beneath  the  surface 
are  called  rhizoids  and  serve  the  purpose  of  roots.  This  distinc- 
tion between  protonema  and  rhizoid  is  more  apparent  than  real 
as  each  may  develop  the  other  and  very  often  does  so. 

The  protonema  goes  on  growing  like  an  Alga  for  a  con- 
siderable time  until  it  has  reached  the  proper  stage  of  develop- 
ment, when  the  hrst  moss  bud  is  formed  (fig.  3),  on  some  favor- 
able portion  of  the  protonema  by  the  repeated  division  of  a  single 
unfertilized  cell.  Thus  it  will  be  seen  that  the  whole  moss  plant 
thus  far  and  including  the  protonema  corresponds  to  the  prothal- 
lium  of  the  fern. 


111* 


Fig.  I— Protonema  of  Pogonatum  tenue.  Fig.  2— Germinating  moss  spore 
(After  Goebel).  Fig.  3— Young  moss  plant  starting  from  protonema. 
Fig  4  — Stomata  and  cells  of  base  of  outer  (e.Kothecial  1  wall  of  capsule  of 
Polytrichum  commune.  Figs.  2  and  4  are  magnified  about  twice  as 
much  as  1  and  3. 


As  no  doubt  our  readers  all  know,  the  ferns  have  what  is 
called  an  alternation  of  generations,  the  prothallium  represent- 


—41— 

ing  one  generation,  the  sexual,  so-called  because  ol  the  fertiliza- 
tion of  the  archegonia  by  the  antherozoids.  The  spore  bearing 
fern  is  called  the  asexual  generation  because  the  spores  are  formed 
by  simple  cell  division  without  fertilization.  The  capsule  and 
seta  of  the  moss  correspond  to  this  asexual  generation  of  the  fern. 

The  great  difference  between  the  moss  and  the  fern  lies  in 
the  fact  that  in  the  fern  the  asexual  generation  (gametophyte), 
merely  serves  as  a  starting  point  for  the  young  fern,  while  in  the 
case  of  the  moss  it  persists  and  nourishes  the  asexual  generation 
(sporophyte).  throughout  its  life  and  in  many  cases  persists  for 
years,  sending  np  a  new  sporophyte  each  year. 

In  most  of  the  mosses,  however,  the  sporophyte  has  begun  to 
take  care  of  itself.  Referring  to  Fig,  3  of  our  last  issue,  a  small 
knob,  the  apophysis  or  better  the  hypophysis,  will  be  seen  at  the 
base  of  the  capsule.  If  we  divide  the  capsule  longitudinally  we 
shall  find  that  the  spore  case  does  not  extend  to  the  hypophysis, 
but  the  base  of  the  capsule  just  above  it  consists  of  a  loose  mass 
of  cellular  tissue.  The  walls  of  this  jjart  of  the  capsule  are 
pierced  by  numerous  stomata  (Fig.  4),  much  like  those  of  the 
epidermis  of  the  under  side  of  plant  leaves  and  serving  the  same 
purposes. 

NEW  OR  RARE  MOSSES. 


I. — ANACAMPTonoN   spLACHNOiDES  (FroHch)   Biid. 

THIS  moss,  though  rare,  has  an  extensive  range,  being  known 
from  Central  and  Southern  Europe,  and  the  Caucasian  moun- 
tains, as  well  as  from  the  mountainous  regions  of  the  Eastern 
United  States.  Although  small,  and  rarely  found  except  in  small 
quantities,  it  is  easily  recognized  by  its  dark  green  velvety  appear- 
ance and  usually  abundant  fruit,  which  is  so  distinctive  a  char- 
acter that  it  has  given  both  the  generic  and  specific  names  to  this 
species.  The  generic  name  refers  to  the  teeth  which  are  bent 
backward,  and  the  specific  name  indicates  its  resemblance  to  the 
Splachnums,  on  account  of  the  contraction  below  the  mouth, 
which  is  so  noticeable  in  the  other  capsules.  Besides  its  un- 
mistakable appearance,  this  moss  has  also  a  peculiar  habit,  by 
which  it  may  be  looked  for  and  always  recognized  when  found. 
It  always  grows  around  the  edges  of  cavities  in  trees,  where  water 
stands,  such  as  old  knot-holes,  in  the  forks  of  branches,  and  even 
on  blazed  surfaces  and  scars,  usually  on  fallen  trees.     It  also 


-42— 

loves  deep,  shady,  damp  woods  at  rather  high  elevations,  and  wild 
places,  and  is  more  or  less  abundant  in  such  localities.  I  have 
found  it  completelv  surrounding  a  large  hole  in  the  trunk  of  a 
buttonball  tree  { P lataiii/s)  or\  the  bank  of  the  Holston  River  in 
Virginia,  also  on  Buckeye,  forming  dense,  velvety  green  cush- 
ions all  around  the  rim  of  the  hole,  which  was  filled  with  water.  In 
the  Adirondack  Mountains  it  grows  on  fallen  beech  trees  around 
the  base  of  Mt.  Marcy,  and  I  once  found  it  in  a  blaze  on  a  stand- 
ing tree  on  the  Boreas  range.  It  is  represented  in  the  Herbarium 
of  Columbia  University  from  the  following  stations:  Maine, 
Massachusetts.  New  York  and  New  Jersej-.  Pennsylvania.  Ohio, 
Illinois,  Louisana  and  Texas.  It  fruits  from  April  to  Novem- 
ber, according  to  locality,  the  Texas  station  being  the  earliest,  as 
might  have  been  expected.  The  following  notes  from  other  col- 
lectors are  interesting,  and  we  believe  that  Mr.  Burnett  has  dupli- 
cates for  those  who  wish  to  exchange  with  him, — Elizabeth  (/. 
Brittoii,  Torre}'  Botanical  Club,  Xe-cc   )  'ork. 

Mrs.  Brittou  and  myself  collected  Anacamptodon  two  or  three 
times  during  a  memorable  trip  to  the  mountains  of  southwestern 
Virginia  in  1S92.  The  last  time  we  found  it  we  went  through  a 
particularly  beautiful  valley  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  small  ham- 
let,Troutdale,  on  the  borders  of  North  Carolina.  A  legendary  high 
cliff  where  "  many  mosses  grow"  was  the  goal  of  our  journey. 
We  walked  several  miles,  almost  loosing  ourselves  in  one  of  the 
most  magnificent  of  forests.  Magnolias,  tulips,  cherry  and  wal- 
nut trees,  oaks  and  maples  were  there  in  profusion,  with  many 
others  too  numerous  to  mention.  Our  feet  sank  deep  in  the  dense 
mossy  carpet  and  at  every  turn  there  was  something  new  and  in- 
teresting to  see  and  gather.  The  little  scrap  of  Anacamptodon 
was  found  growing  on  a  small  dry  twig,  and  much  to  our  regret 
it  was  all  that  we  found.  Needless  to  say  we  did  not  reach  the 
cHffs  which  to  this  day  seem  an  El  Dorado  for  future  moss  col- 
lectors in  that  locaUty.— Anna  Murray  Vail,  Neiu  York  City. 

Twice  only  during  my  four  years  collecting  have  I  found 
specimens  of  Anacamptodon  splachnoides:  in  both  instances  in 
open  woods  on  the  hills  nearly  2,000  feet  above  sea  level.  Sunda)-, 
July  25,  while  strolling  along  the  banks  of  a  creek  about  two  miles 
from  this  city.  I  found  in  swampy  ground  at  the  base  of  a  maple 
a  mass  of  this  moss  over  fifteen  inches  in  length  and  from  two 
to  five  inches  in  breadth.  Owing  to  irregularities  in  the  surface  I 
coundnot  remove  it  entire,  but  the  fragments  secured  aggregated 


—43— 

over  thirty-six  square  inches  and  bore  nearly  i,ooo  capsules. 
The  cavity  seems  to  have  been  lined  with  a  tough  elastic  fungoid 
growth,  on  the  moist  surface  of  which  the  moss  grew.  — /X  A. 
Burnett,  Bradford,  Pa. 

During  the  past  four  years,  when  collecting  in  Northern  Ohio, 
the  writer  happened  to  hnd  several  small  patches  of  the  above 
rare  moss.  On  one  occasion  the  tree  on  which  it  grew  was  alive 
and  overhanging  the  bottom  of  a  creek  at  about  a  height  of  four 
feet.  On  another  occasion  it  grew  on  a  dead  upright  birch. 
There  was  in  this  tree  at  a  height  of  about  four  feet  above  the 
ground  a  small  cavity,  but  large  enough  to  furnish  room  for  a 
specimen  of  Viola  rotundifolia,  which  nearly  hlled  it  and  was  in 
a  thriving  condition.  It  was  on  the  border  of  this  hollow  knot 
that  a  small  patch  of  Anacamptodon  was  seen  growing.— A". 
Classon,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

I  found  the  Anacamptodon  twice  this  past  summer— at  Fran- 
conia  Notch,  near  Profile  Lake,  N.  H..  August  19,  and  in  Smug- 
ler's  Notch,  Mt.  Manstield,  Vt.,  July  5:  both  were  on  old  yel- 
low birches  and  both  were  in  good  fruit.  The  Franconia  Notch 
specimen  was  lining  the  lower  part  of  a  decaying  hole  in  the 
birch,  and  its  dark  green  foliage  and  curious  fruit  caught  the 
eVe  at  once.— Z'r.  George  U .  Kennedy,  Readville,  Mass. 

A  few  years  ago,  on  a  rainy  March  day,  as  I  was  making  my 
rounds,  I  chanced  to  see  a  moss  about  arotton  knot  hole  on  a  sour 
gum  (Xj'ssa),  and  I  scraped  a  liberal  quantity  from  the  bark,  for 
it  was  something  '  new."  Its  color  was  what  attracted  my  at- 
tention, a  peculiar  shade  of  bluish-green  very  different  from  that 
of  most  mosses.  It  proved  to  be  Anacamptodon  splachnoides,  the 
first  I  had  ^een.—CJeorge  X.  Best,  M.D.,  Rosemond,  X.  /. 


NEW  AMERICAN  MOSSES. 


From  a  Revision  of  the  Claopodiums  by  Dr.  G.  N.  Best. 
Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club,  24:  427.     1897. 

Ci.AoroDiUM  BoL.\NDF.Ri  Best.  A  less  developed  form  of  C. 
crispifolium  (Hook.)  R.  &  C,  distinguished  by  its  smaller  size, 
pluripapillate  leaf-cells,  shorter  (ii-2cm.)  seta,  short  broadly 
oval  capsule  and  imperfect  cilia.  The  leaves  are  broadly  ovate- 
lanceolate  with  the  margins  not  rugofee.  From  Alaska  to  Cali- 
fornia, eastward  to  Idaho. 

From  a  Preliminary  Revision  of  the  N.  Am.  Isotheciacete  bv 
A.  J.  Grout.     Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club.  23:  223.     1S96. 

Entodon  seductri.x  i..\nceoi.ati's  Grout.  Stem  leaves  ovate- 
lanceolate,   acute;  brancli    leaves    broadly   lanceolate,   tapering 


11 

gradually  to  the  serrate  acute  apex.     On  rotton  wood.  Hanging 
Rock.  "Wabash  county,  111.,  April  3,  1S90,  J.  Schneck. 

E.  sKDUCTRix  MINUS  Aust.  Mss.  in  hcrb.  Entire  plant  much 
reduced,  dirty  green ;  leaves,  seta  and  capsule  shorter  than  in 
type.  Capsule  i.5-2mm.  long,  its  length  about  three  times  its 
diameter.  Ohio,  Sullivant.  Sand  hill  near  Augusta,  Ga..  J. 
D.  Smith.  Feb.  2.  1877.  A  portion  of  No.  3SS  of  SuU.  and  Lesq. 
Muse.  Bor.  Am.,  in  Columbia  Herb.,  issued  as  Cylindi-othecium 
compressum  Br.  and  Sch.  is  this  variety. 

E.  sEPUCTKix  Demetrii  (Ren.  &  Card.)  Grout.  {Enfodon 
/Vwc-/;-// Ren  &  Card.  Rev.  Bry.  20:  14. 1S93.)  Stem  irregularly 
divided  aiid  branched,  strongly  complanate-foliate,  slender 
having  almost  exactly  the  facies  of  E.  compressus;  leave  ovate, 
gradually  acute,  very  entire.  Peristomal  teeth  often  irregularly 
perforate.  On  stones  at  top  of  well,  Emma,  Saline  county, 
Mo.,  Rev.  C.  H.  Demetrio. 

From  ••  Fontinales  Nouvelle."  bv  1.  Cardot.  Rev.  Bryol.  23: 
67.1S96. 

F.  rATi7i.A  Card.  Distinguished  from  F.  antipyretica  L.  by 
the  leaves  straight  or  little  curved  upon  the  keel  and  verj-  open, 
by  the  narrower  subcylindric  capsule  and  by  the  more  elongated 
peristomal  teeth  with  more  numerous  lamella;.  The  form  of  the 
capsule  approaches  that  of  F.  Kindbergii  Ren.  and  Card.,  from 
which  it  is  distinguished  at  first  sight  by  the  non-cuspidate 
leaves,  shortly  and  broadly  acuminate  and  not  presenting  so 
clearl}-  marked  dimorphism,     ^'aucouver,  Macoun.  ' 

F.  MissouRic.^  Card.  This  species  reminds  one  strongly  of 
F.  biformis  Sulliv..  but  it  is  easily  distinguished  by  its  more  per- 
sistent and  longly  acuminate  cauline  leaves  with  more  compact 
tissue  and  by  its  less  folded  branch  leaves,  which  are  a  little  con- 
cave at  the  base,  by  the  infolding  of  the  borders,  but  not  canili- 
culate.  On  rocks  floating  in  the  creeks,  Benton  county.  Mo., 
Rev.  C.  H.  Demetrio. 

F.  "Waghoknei  Card.  Belonging  to  the  group  of  F.  Nov£e- 
Anglia?  Sulliv.,  but  clearly  distinguished  from  other  described 
species  by  having  the  leaves  nearly  entire  at  the  summit,  the 
capsule  half  emergent,  its  peristome  higher  and  strongly  papil- 
lose, with  its  lattice  nearly  or  quite  perfect.  F.  involuta  of 
Louisiana  and  Florida  approaches  it  most  closely,  but  is  more 
slender,  with  narrower  leaves  ordinarily  denticulate  at  summit, 
and  cupsule  immersed.  Trinity  Bay  and  Witters  Bay,  New- 
foundland. Rev.  A.  C.  Wasfhorne. 


Specimens  of  Pogonatum  teuue.  P.  alpinum,  P.  capillare, 
and  Polytrichum  Ohioense  will  be  sent  to  any  subscriber  of  this 
journal  on  receipt  of  ten  cents.  A  few  sets  of  the  mosses  offered 
last  quarter  are  still  left.  Mr.  W.  H.  Stultz.  203  W.  Second 
street.  Duluth.  Minn.,  will  send  a  fruiting  specimen  of  Dicranum 
undulatum,  one  of  the  iKost  beautiful  of  our  mosses,  to  any  sub- 
scriber who  sends  him  a  self  addressed  stamped  envelope. 


(Reprinted  November  igoi.) 


THE  BRYOLOGIST, 

A    DEPARTMENT    OF    THE    FERN    BULLETIN, 

DEVOTKD  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  MOSSES. 


EDITED  BY  DR.  A.  J.  GROUT,  PLYMOUTH,  N.  H., 
To  whom  all  correspondence  regarding  the  mosses  should  be  addressed. 

T/iis  departDient  is  issued  Stparate/v  at  t7uenty-/ive  cents  a  year. 
Snhscriplioiis  should  be  addressed  to  t/ie  Fern  Bulletin,  Binghampton,  N.  Y. 


Vol.  I.  July,   1898.  No.  3. 


The  Editor  has  received  many  gratifying  comments  from 
subscribers  and  also  many  helpful  suggestions.  He  takes  this 
means  of  thanking  his  numerous  correspondents  for  their  expres- 
sions of  friendly  interest. 


*  * 
* 


Quite  a  number  have  expressed  a  wish  that  the  Bryologist 
might  appear  oftener.  We  shall  be  only  too  glad  to  issue  it  oftener 
as  soon  as  our  subscription  list  will  warrant  it.  Therefore,  if  you 
would  like  the  BkyolO(;ist  oftener,  get  some  new  subscribers. 


*  * 
* 


There  seems  to  be  a  general  desire  for  a  Chapter  for  the 
study  of  mosses  organized  on  somewhat  the  same  lines  as  the 
Fern  Chapter.  The  Editor  has  in  mind  a  person  who  is  exactly 
fitted  for  the  work  of  organizing  such  a  Chapter,  but  he  will  not 
consent  to  take  up  the  work  unless  a  sufficient  number  express 
themselves  interested.  The  Chapter  will  aim  to  aid  students  of 
mosses  as  much  as  possible  and  the  dues  will  be  nominal.  It  is 
desired  that  all  who  wish  to  join  such  a  Chapter  communicate 
with  the  Editor  at  once  in  order  that  the  Chapter  may  be  on  a 
working  basis  before  autumn. 


* 


Here  are  some  of  the  comments  on  the  keys  in  the  Editor's 
List  of  Vermont  Mos.ses: 

"  I  have  given  the  keys  a  good  trial  with  my  botany  class  to- 
day. They  are  going  to  be  a  fine  thing,  and  I  congratulate  you 
upon  them." — Prof.  L.  R.Jones,  University  of  I'ermoni. 

"  I  find  it  (the  List)  excellent  for  acquainting  our  students 
with  our  mosses  of  New  York." — ProJ .  Car /ton  C.  Curtis,  In- 
structor in  Botany,  Columbia  University. 

"They  work  out  very  nicely  and  will  be  useful  to  students  of 
the  local  flora  as  well  as  to  others  of  the  neighboring  states,  who 
should  he  tcm])ted  to  emulate  Dr.  Grout's  good  example."— .4/ry. 
E.  u'.  nrilton  in  the  Plant  World  for  May,  iSgS. 


HOW  TO  COLLECT  MOSSES. 


THE  classificatiou  of  mosses  is  so  largely  based  on  the  charac- 
ters of  the  capsule  and  seta  that  the  beginner  would  best 
collect  only  fruiting  specimens,  unless  he  may  chance  to 
rind  something  particularly  striking.  If  one  is  to  study  the  mosses 
at  all  carefully  he  must  preserve  his  collections  in  a  systematic 
way  for  future  reference.  The  larger  the  number  of  correctly 
named  specimens  in  a  collection  the  more  valuable  and  useful  it 
is.  Additional  specimens  can  usually  be  obtained  by  exchange 
or  by  purchase.  It  has  been  the  purpose  of  the  Editor  to  place  a 
series  of  correctly  named  specimens  within  the  reach  of  all  our 
readers  because  such  specimens  are  almost  indispensible  for  sat- 
isfactory work  in  the  study  of  mosses.  If  one  is  to  make  ex- 
changes, extra  specimens  must  be  collected  and  prepared.  One 
should  usually  collect  enough  for  six  or  more  good  specimens  and 
if  the  mosses  seems  rare,  collect  a  larger  quantity. 

Most  species  of  mosses,  by  reason  of  their  growing  on  the 
surface  of  trees  stones  or  earth,  are  subjected  to  great  extremes 
of  drouth  and  moisture  so  that  they  readily  soak  out  in  good  con- 
dition for  study,  no  matter  how  dried,  provided  only  that  they  be 
dry  enough  to  prevent  moulding.  Much  more  satisfactory  speci- 
mens are  made  by  drying  under  a  light  pressure.  If  the  moss 
grows  in  thin  mats  it  can  be  transferred  bodily  to  the  pressing 
sheets.  If  time  is  abundant,  it  will  be  well  to  separate  the  mats 
into  sections  such  as  will  be  distributed  for  herbarium  specimens, 
wrapping  each  in  a  newspaper  packet.  If,  as  is  often  the  case, 
two  or  more  species  are  growing  interwoven,  it  will  be  well  to 
separate  them.  If  the  mats  are  thick  and  consist  mostly  of  erect 
stems,  it  is  better  to  break  them  up  into  vertical  sections  or 
slices.  The  substance  upon  which  the  plant  is  growing,  the  date, 
and  the  locality  should  be  plainly  noted  in  every  case.  The  Edi- 
tor always  carries  some  old  envelopes  in  his  pocket  and  hnds  them 
very  handy  for  collecting  chance  specimens. 

An  unnecessary  and  troublesome  amount  of  earth  or  rotton 
wood  often  adheres  to  the  plants;  as  much  of  this  should  be  re- 
moved as  can  be  done  without  injury  to  the  specimens.  After 
drying  it  can  often  be  removed  more  easily.  The  best  season  for 
collecting  varies  with  the  plants.  The  Miniums,  the  Bryums,  the 
liair  caps  and  their  allies  will  mostly  be  in  prime  condition  by  July 
liist.     Most  of  the  Pleurocarpous  mosses  are  in  t!ie  best  condition 


-63- 

iii  late  iuilulun  Lo  early  spring.  The  beginner  would  best  nut  try 
to  identify  sterile  specime  as  unless  they  have  some  striking  char- 
acter. If  a  perfect  specimen  cannot  be  identified,  make  careful 
notes  and  send  the  specimen  and  notes  to  some  one  who  has  a 
better  knowledge  of  mosses. 


THE  CATHARINEAS. 


THE  hair-cap  mosses  and  the  Pogonatums  belong  to  the  family 
Polytrichaceae,  which  in  some  respects  is  the  most  highly  de- 
veloped of  all  the  mosses.  The  stem  has  a  central  axis  of 
specialized  tissue  that  in  structure  and  function  shows  a  near  ap- 
proach to  the  central  hbro-vascular  bundle  of  the  ferns  and  their 
aUies.  The  most  notable  member  of  the  family  in  point  of  size 
is  the  magnificent  Dawsoniaof  Australia,  which  reaches  a  height 
of  14 inches  and  has  leaves  an  inch  or  more  in  length.  There  are 
several  other  genera  belonging  to  this  family,  some  of  which  are 
represented  in  North  America,  but  the  only  other  genus  which 
our  readers  are  likely  to  meet  with  is  Catharinea,  which,  in  1780, 
was  named  by  Erhart  for  the  Empress  Catharine  II.  of  Russia, 
but  sixty-four  years  later  Bruch  and  Schimper  changed  its  name 
to  Atrichum.*  If  our  readers  are  troubled  by  the  recent  changes 
of  plant  names,  this  instance  will  show  them  the  justice  of  restor- 
ing names  long  in  use  but  arbitrarily  rejected  by  the  caprice  of 
a  prominent  botanical  writer. 

The  Catharineas  will  be  easily  recognized  by  reference  to 
Figs.  1-3.  They  have  the  lamellate  costa  of  the  hair-caps  and  a 
peristome  of  32  teeth,  similar  in  all  respects.  The  calyptra,  how- 
ever, has  become  almost  bald  and  shows  mere  traces  of  hairs  in 
the  spine-like  projections  near  its  apex  (Fig.  3).  The  wavy  Cath- 
arinea (C  undulaia)  is  one  of  our  most  common  and  conspicuous 
mosses,  being  abundant  evey  where  on  moist,  shady  banks.  The 
novice  will  find  it  not  always  easy  to  distinguish  the  narrow- 
leaved  Catharinea  (which  is  less  frequent  and  the  only  other  spe- 
cies likely  to  be  met  with)  from  the  wavy  Catharinea.  'llie  wavy 
Catharinea  has  the  leaves  rather  acute,  serrate  to  the  base  ;  upper 
leaf  cells  irregular  and  rounded ;  capsule  more  or  less  curved,  fre- 
quently several  together.  The  narrow-leaved  Catharinea  is 
more  slender;  leaves  more  obtuse,  less  undulate,  serrate  in  the 


*See  Mrs.  Rritton's  article  in  the  (VufVir/- for  May,  18114. 


-64- 

upper  half  only;  upper   leaf   cells   regularly   six  angled,  much 
smaller:  capsule  less  curved,  single. 

Mr.  Dixon  says  that  these  two  species  are  separated  by  a  com- 
bination of  characters,  most  of  which  may,  atone  time  or  another, 
be  found  to  some  extent  in  both  species.  But  he  adds  that  they 
can  usually  be  readily  distinguished  by  the  lamellie,  which,  in 


the  wavy  Catharinea,  are  few,  short  and,  when  flattened  out  be- 
neath a  cover  glass,  occupy  (in  the  upper  part  of  the  leaf)  I — ^ 
the  entire  width  of  the  leaf,  while  in  the  narrowed-leaved  Cath- 
arinea they  cover  ^ — {  the  width  of  the  leaf. 


Explanation  of  Plate. 

Figs.  1-3— Catharinea  angustata;  i,  plant,  natural  size;  2.  leaf,  greatly  en- 
larged; 3,  capsule,  operculum,  and  cal yptra,  enlarged.  Figs.  4-7~Georgia 
pellucida;  4,  plant,  natural  size,  showing  the  basal  branching;  5,  Gem- 
miferous plant;  6,  capsule,  enlarged;  7,  Gemmae.  Figs  S-ii — Webera 
sessilis;  8,  plant,  natural  size;  0,  capsule,  greatly  enlarged;  10,  half  of 
mouth  of  capsule,  enlarged,  showing  plicate  cone;  11,  Perichaetiaal  leaf. 
[Taken  by  permission  from  Mrs.  Britton's  plates  in  the  Observer.'] 


-65- 

r.Ki  iRCI  A. 

This  genus  was  named  after  Georg-e  III.,  but  its  name  was 
soon  after  ehanged  to  Tetraphis  by  another  botanist.  The  latter 
name  refers  to  the  four  large  strong  teeth  of  the  peristome,  by 
which  character  alone  the  genus  is  readily  recognized.  The  pel- 
lucid Georgia  {G.pelliccida,  Figs.  4-7)  is  very  abundant  on  moist 
decaying  wood,  but  seems  to  flourish  best  on  the  vertical  sides  of 
old  stumps.  .Some  of  the  plants  bear  peculiar  looking  tufts  of 
leaves  at  the  summit  that  might  easily  be  mistaken  for  the 
antheridial  heads.  The  species,  however,  is  monoicous  and 
these  heads  consist  of  large  numbers  of  minute  bright-green 
bodies,  called  gemm;c,  surrounded  by  modified  leaves.  These 
bodies  much  magnified  are  shown  in  Fig.  7.  These  fall  off  and 
develop  into  new  plants  This  metliod  of  reproduction  is  rather 
rare  in  mosses  and  reminds  one  strongly  of  the  gemm.'c  of 
Lycopodium  or  the  bulblets  of  Cystopteris. 

There  is  another  species  of  this  genus  and  another  genus  of 
this  family  which  are  found  in  North  America,  but  they  are  so 
rare  that  none  of  our  readers  are  likely  to  meet  with  them. 

While  Georgia  belongs  to  a  different  family  from  the  hair- 
caps,  there  are  certain  resemblances  that  have  led|  botanists  to 
put  them  into  one  group,  the  Nematodontete  or  thread-toothed 
mosses  in  contrast  to  the  Arthrodontea?  or  jointed-toothed  mosses. 
The  jointed-toothed  mosses  have  the  teeth  of  the  peristome 
crossed  by  very  conspicuous  bars  or  joints  which  are  forraedby  the 
thickening  of  the  cell  walls  of  a  single  layer  of  cells.  The  mosses 
we  have  thus  far  taken  up  belong  to  the  thread-toothed  mosses, 
in  which  the  teeth  are 'not  jointed  and  are  derived  from  several 
concentric  layers  of  cells.  In  Georgia  the  teeth  are  formed  from 
the  division  of  the  whole  cellular  tissue  of  the  interior  of  the  lid, 
but  in  the  Polytrichaceic  the  teeth  are  formed  from  more  clearly 
differentiated  tissue.  Each  tooth  consists  of  several  layers  of 
fine  threads  (hence  the  name,  thread-toothed),  held  together  by 
cellular  material.  In  Dawsonia  the  threads  are  set  free  and 
form  brush-like  tufts  of  cilia.  These  structures  are  so  funda- 
mentally different  from  those  in  the  jointed-toothed  mosses  that 
Arthrodonteic  and  Nematodonte;e  ought  to  stand  as  the  great  di- 
visions instead  of  Acrocarpous  and  Pleurocarpous. 

The  Buxbaumias  and  their  allies,  the  oddest  and  most  curi- 
ous of  all  our  mosses,  belongs  with  the  thread-toothed  mosses,  ac- 
cording to  most  recent  writers,  but  they  are  not  very  common  and 


—66— 

we  will  refcT  our  readers  lo  Mrs.  Hrittoii's  article  in  the  March, 
96,  Observer  for  a  full  description  accompanied  by  an  excellent 
plate.  Figs.  S-ii  represent  the  most  abundant  member  of  this 
family,  the  sessile  Webera  (  Web  era  sessilis  (Schmid.)  Lindb. 
Diphysciuinfoliosum  Mohr.),  which  is  easily  recognized  by  the 
odd  shaped  capsules  and  is  easily  distinguished  from  Buxbaumia 
by  its  much  greater  number  of  leaves. 

NEW  OR  RARE  MOSSES. 


n. — BKArnvTHF.CRM   rvKTorHvi.i.UM  Kindb. 

BRACHYTHECIUM  cyrtophyllum  Kindb.  is  a  very  interest- 
ing moss  closely  allied  to  B.  acuminatum,  but  much  more 
slender,  with  much  smaller  leaves  and  broader,  shorter 
leaf  cells.  Besides  the  type  collection  at  Brighton,  Ontario,  by 
Prof.  Macoun,  it  had  previously  been  collected  by  Austin  at  Wa- 
terloo, N.  Y.,  and  the  specimen  in  his  herbarium  was  labeled 
Hypnum  {Brachythecium)  julaceum  sp.  nov.  It  was  distributed 
in  Austin's  Musci  Appalachian!  No.  311,  as  A*,  aciiininatum,  var, 
setosn7n. 

Since  this  it  has  been  collected  by  Prof.  Hol/.inger  and  prob- 
ably by  others,  but  never  in  fruit  until  Mr.  Burnett  collected  it 
as  recorded  below.  The  capsules,  however,  do  not  differ  mate- 
rially from  those  from  B.  acuminatum,  except  that  they  are  more 
slender.  Besides  this  collection  of  the  fertile  plant,  Mr.  Burnett 
has  several  times  collected  it  in  a  sterile  condition. — A.  /.  d. 

Riverside  Park,  on  the  Alleghany  River  ten  miles  north  of 
Bradford,  near  the  mouth  of  Tuna  Creek,  is  an  interesting  local- 
ity for  the  botanist.  The  rich,  deep  alluvium  of  the  broad  valley 
is  greatly  broken  by  numerous  creeks  or  l^ayous,  which,  in  seasons 
of  protracted  drouth,  leaves  many  stagnant  pools.  In  Au- 
gust, 1896,  I  found  some  beautiful  specimens  of  Dichelymapalles- 
cens  in  one  of  these  pools.  In  October,  1S97.  we  had  a  season  of  low- 
water,  and  in  seeking  to  locate  my  Dichelyma  I  came  upon  an  up- 
rooted tree,  reclining  upon  another  tree  at  an  angle  of  aboutthirty 
degrees.  The  tree  was  large,  partially  denuded  of  bark,  and  de- 
cidedly slippery,  but  the  sight  of  the  dainty  little  Brachythecium 
with  its  glossy  red-brown  cylindrical  capsules  was  too  tempting 
to  resist.  Selecting  the  fertile  and  leaving  most  of  the  sterile  I 
filled  my  pockets  with  what  proved  to  be  Brachythecium  cyrto- 
phyllum/^r/77r.—Z>.  A.  Ihnnett,  Bradford,  McKeatt  Co.,  Pa. 


—07— 

Brachytheciuin  cyrtopliylluni  was  collected  by  me  at  the  base 
of  some  willow  trees  in  the  creek  bottom  of  Rout  "river,"  run- 
ning through  the  village  of  Lanesboro,  Filmore  Co.,  Minn.,  in 
August,  1S94. — /.  M.  Hoiziugcr,    \\'i)io)ia,  Minn. 


MOSSES  FOR  DISTRIBUTION. 

Mrs.  Britton  reports  that  she  iias  still  a  large  number  of  speci- 
mens of  the  Sword  Moss  {llryozip/iiinn  XorvegiciDii),  described 
in  the  Plant  W'oild  iox  October,  1S97,  which  she  will  be  glad  to 
distribute  to  all  the  readers  of  the  Bkvoi.o<;ist  who  will  send  her 
aself-addressed  and  stamped  envelvope  to  New  Dorp,  Richmond 
Co.,  N.  Y.  City,  N.  Y.  On  tlie  same  terms  Miss  Harriet  Wheelerof 
Chatham.  N.  Y.,  will  send  specimens  of  Pogonatum  urnigerum. 

Specimens  of  Catharinea  undulata,  C.  angustata,  Georgia 
pellucida,  and  Webera  sessilis  will  be  sent  to  anyone  sending  ten 
cents  to  the  editor  of  the  Bryoi.oi;ist.  The  rarer  mosses  of  the 
last  two  offerings  are  all  exhausted,  but  Polytrichum  commune, 
P.  juniperinum,  P.  pilifcrum,  Pogonatum  tenue,  and  P.  alpinum 
will  be  kept  on  hand  and  will  be  sent  at  any  time  for  ten  cents. 

NEW  AMERICAN  MOSSES. 


From  "  Fontinales  Nouvelle,'    by  J.  Cardot. 

F.  M.\cMii.L.\N'i  Card.  This  is  a  relative  of  F.  Lescurii,  from 
which  it  is  distinguished  by  its  more  folded  and  slighly  concave 
leaves,  which  are  narrower  and  more  longly  acuminate  with  nar- 
rower and  mcjre  elongated  median  cells,  and  alar-cells  less  differ- 
entiated. Northern  Minnesota,  near  the  international  bound- 
ary.    Prof.  Conway  MacMillan. 

F.  nKLix'.vRi.iiA  Macoi  Nil  Card.  Differs  from  the  typical 
form  in  the  softer  leaves  and  in  the  pericha.'tial  leaves,  which  are 
round-obtuse,  not  apiculate.  It  is  distinguished  from  F.  Dela- 
marei  R.  &  C.  by  its  more  slender  habit  and  much  smaller,  nar- 
rowly lanceolate  leaves,  which  are  about  2.25  X  0.5mm.  Lake 
Athabasca,  Macoun. 

From  N.  Am.  species  of  Amblystegium  by  L.  S.  Cheney, 
Bot.  Gaz.,  24:  236-291.     1S97. 

A.  Rii'ARiuM  i.ONGii-oi.iUiM  (Schultz)  Sch.  &  Buys.  Large 
yellowish  green  to  bright  yellow  or  bronze:  stems  moderately 
elongate,  3-8cm.  long:  leaves  large,  0.6-0.7  by  0-32-0. 42mm.,  slen- 
derly acuminate.     Yancouver  and  ^Vashington. 

From  Erythea,  5:  91.     1S97. 

Hedwii-.ia  Ai.nicANs  (Wed.)  Lin(ll>.,  (//.  c/7/rt/'(^  Ehrh  )  var. 
(letonsa  M.  A.  Howe.     Perichietial  leaves  entire  or  slightly  den- 


—68  — 

ticulate;  stem  leaves  diaphanous  at  apex  for  ^-J  the  length, 
margins  plane  or  very  slightly  reflexed  at  base:  calyptra  usually 
glabrous.     On  rocks.     From  four  stations  in  California. 

From  Memoirs  of  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club,  6:  No.  2. 

Brachythecium  sALEiJROsuNr  Ki.AcciDUM  Br.  &  Sch.  Ganu'io- 
p/iyie  in  wide  loose  dark-green  mats ;  stem  and  branches  slender, 
branch  leaves  distant,  spreading,  more  or  less  complanate,  strong- 
ly serrate, apexoften  twisted  ;  stem  leaves  very  broadly  triangular- 
ovate  approachingin  outline  those  of  B.  Starkei,  about  2  X  1.2mm., 
very  slenderly  acuminate,  slightly  serrulate.  Sporophyte  with 
cilia  often  3.  Capsule  much  that  of  B.  oxycladon.  New  Bruns- 
wick; Weehawken,  N.  J.;  Oneida,  N.  Y.  B.  salebrosum  flacci- 
dum  is  the  extreme  broad-leaved  form  of  the  species  and  may  be 
distinct,  but  at  present  our  knowledge  is  insufficient  to  dehne  it. 

Brachythecium  flexicauleR.  &  C.  Stems  creeping,  densely 
radiculose,  closely  applied  to  the  substratum,  5-i2cm.  long,  pin- 
nately  branching  •  branch  leaves  narrowly  lanceolate,  2-2. 5  X  o.  5- 
0.65mm.,  gradually  narrowed  to  a  very  long  slender  apex, 
serrate;  median  cells  linear-vermicular,  12-14:1:  basal  cells 
broader  and  shorter:  extreme  alar  cells  sub-quadrate;  monoi- 
cous.  Sphorophytc  usually  not  to  be  distinguished  from  that  of 
B.  salebrosum.  Type  locality,  John's  Beach,  Newfoundland 
(Waghorne):  on  earth,  Revelstoke,  B.  C.  (Alacoun.  sent  out  as 
B.  glareosum)  on  schistose  rocks,  Manchester.  Vt. :  New  Jer- 
sey; on  decaymg  wood,  Bradford,  Pa.  ;  Adirondack  Mountains, 
N.  Y.  This  species  seems  to  me  to  be  almost  identical  with  B. 
salebrosum  densumBr.  &  Sch.  Bryol.  Eur.  pi.  550,  but  M.  Cardot 
thinks  otherwise.  It  is  easily  distinguished  from  all  its  near  al- 
lies by  the  extremely  narrow  stem  leaves,  gradually  narrowed 
from  just  above  the  base  to  the  apex. 

Brachythecium  Roteanum  DeNot.  i.ainctDphyte  in  glossy 
yellow-green  mats:  branches  subjulaceous  ;  branch  leaves  more 
closely  imbricated  and  appressed  than  in  B.  salebrosum,  ovate- 
lanceolate,  long  acuminate,  1.5-2  X0.45-0.55mm.,  serrate  above, 
concave:  median  cells  linear-fusiform,  10-12:  i ;  several  rows  of 
basal  cells  much  enlarged,  quadrate  to  oblong-hexagonal:  lower 
stem  leaves  ovate,  abruptly  narrowed  tr)  a  long  slender  acumina- 
tion,  nearly  entire.  2-2  4  x0.9mm:  areolation  muchlooser ;  mon- 
oicous.  i)^6'r<?///j'/'t'2.5cm.  high;  seta  red-brown,  smooth;  capsule 
red-brown;  cylindric,  nearly  erect,  slightly  arcuate,  about  3mm. 
long,  4:  i;  operculum  conic  rostraie;  annulus  (?),  cilia  2  or  3, 
well  developed,  nodulose;  spores  granulose  roughened,  13?/, 
Louisiana  and  Texas,  Distinguished  from  B.  oxycladon  {B.  lae- 
tiiiii  Br.  &  Sch.)  by  being  monoicous  and  by  the  conspicuously 
enlarged  basal  cells  of  the  leaves;  from  B  salebrosum  by  the 
longer  suberect  capsule  and  leaves  scarcely  or  not  at  all  plicate ; 
from  both  by  its  much  shorter-acuminate  pericha^tial  leaves. 


(Reprinted  June,  1913.) 
Vol.  I.  No.  4. 

THE  BRYOLOGIST, 

A    DEPARTMENT    OF    THE    FERN    BULLETIN, 

DEVOTED     TO     THE    STUDY     OF     NORTH     AMERICAN    MOSSES. 


EDITED    BY    DR.    A.   J.    GROUT,    PLYMOUTH,    N.    H., 
To   whom   all  correspondence   regarding  the   mosses  should   be  addressed. 


This  department  is  issued  separately  at  livenly-five  cents  a  year.      Sub- 
scriptions should  be  addressed  to  the  Fern  Bulletin,  Binghamton,  N.   V. 


THE  NEW  MOSS  CHAPTER. 


THE  proposed  Moss  Chapter  has  received  support  beyond  the 
expectations  of  the  Editor  and  his  friends.  Not  only  be- 
ginners, but  several  of  the  more  prominent  moss  students, 
have  vo  unteered  their  support.  It  is  therefore  proposed  to  form 
a  correspondence  Chapter  of  the  Agassiz  Association  for  the  study 
of  mosses,  with  a  constitution  similar  to  that  of  the  Linnsean  Fern 
Chapter.  It  seems  appropriate  that  this  Chapter  should  be  called 
The  Sullivant  Moss  Chapter,  after  that  "Prince  of  American  bry- 
ologists,"  William  Starling  Sullivant. 

Mrs.  Britton,  the  Editor  of  the  Fern  Bulletin,  and  the  Editor 
of  the  Bryologist,  will  act  as  a  committee  to  name  officers  for  the 
first  year,  and  their  appointments  will  be  published  in  the  Janu- 
ary Bryologist.  After  this  officers  will  be  elected  according 
to  the  Constitution.  The  Editor  will  act  as  secretary  and  treas- 
urer pro  tern,  until  that  time,  and  all  dues  and  correspondence 
should  be  directed  to  him  until  the  appointments  of  officers  are 
announced. 

The  officers  appointed  will  constitute  a  committee  to  draft  a 
constitution  to  be  acted  upon  by  the  Chapter  as  soon  as  convenient. 
The  Chapter  will  be  entitled  to  a  page  in  each  issue  of  the 
Bryologist  for  Chapter  notes  and  news.  All  who  join  as  active 
members  before  January  ist,  1900,  will  be  entitled  to  a  free  copy 
of  the  Editor's  "List  of  Vermont  Mosses,  with  Keys."  They  shall 
also  be  entitled  to  exchange  notices  at  the  same  terms  as  mem- 
bers of  the  Fern  Chapter.  The  annual  dues  will  be  25  cents  for 
associate  members  and  50  cents  for  active.  Both  classes  will  re- 
ceive the  Bryologist  free,  but  only  the  active  members  shall  vote 
or  hold  office.     Members  of  the  Fern  Chapter  can   become  active 


—86— 

members  of  the  Moss  Chapter  by  paying  25  cents  annually,  but 
such  members  shall  not  be  entitled  to  a  separate  copy  of  the  Bry- 
OLOGIST.  All  revenue  for  dues,  etc.,  will  go  directly  into  the  treas- 
ury of  the  Chapter,  to  be  expended  for  the  Chapter  by  the  officers 
elected  for  that  purpose. 

The  charter  membership  roll  will  remain  open  until  Dec.  lOth, 
1898,  and  it  is  expected  that  there  will  be  a  large  number  of 
charter  members,  since  the  present  month  is  the  beginning  of  a 
season  when  the  mosses  are  at  their  best. 

Only  members  of  the  Chapter  will  be  entitled  to  the  mosses- 
offered  in  the  Bryologist  at  the  rates  mentioned  therein. 


THE  DICRANUMS. 


THE  Dicranums  include  some  of  our  most  common  and  easily 
recognized  mosses,  and  they  will  be  found  in  perfect  fruit 
at  the  time  this  issue  of  the  Bryologist  reaches  our 
readers.  When  one  knows  a  single  species  of  this  genus,  he  will 
have  little  difficulty  in  recognizing  the  others,  although  it  is  not  so- 
easy  to  say  just  what  characters  give  them  their  distinctive  habit. 
The  Dicranums  usually  grow  in  dense  tufts  or  cushions  which 
soak  up  water  like  a  sponge  and  retain  it  for  a  long  time.  The 
leaves  are  usually  bent  to  one  side  (secund),  as  if  the  wind  had 
blown  them  strongly  in  one  direction  (Fig.  i).  They  are  alsa 
usually  curved  like  a  scythe  or  a  sickle  (falcate). 

The  Dicranums  are  acrocarpous,  but  the  stem  grows  on  after 
the  capsule  has  begun  to  develop,  thus  leaving  the  seta  appar- 
ently starting  from  the  side  of  the  stem  (Fig.  i).  This  often 
happens  with  a  acrocarpous  mosses,  but  their  erect  habit  and 
stems  little  divided  or  branched  enable  the  acrocarpous  mosses 
to  be  distinguished  from  the  pleurocarpous  even  when  sterile. 
The  capsules  are  on  long  setse  and  are  either  curved  (arcuate, 
Fig.  8)  or  drooping  (cernous),  or  straight.  The  operculum  is 
long-beaked  (rostrate),  and  the  calyptra  smooth  and  split  down 
one  side  (cucullate.  Fig.  8).  The  base  of  the  seta  is  surrounded 
by  a  cluster  of  specialized  leaves  (the  perichsetial  leaves.  Fig.  7). 
There  are  perichsetial  leaves  in  the  hair-caps,  but  they  are 
much  less  strongly  differentiated.  The  peristome  is  single — that 
is,  it  consists  of  one  row  of  16  jointed  teeth,  which  are  split 
half  way  down  into  two  or  three  prongs  (Fig.  9).  It  is  strongly 
colored  and  makes  a  most  beautiful  microscopic  object.  Most  of 
the  species  have  at  least  the  lower  part  of  the  stem  covered  with  a 


-87- 

thick  felt  of  radicles.  The  leaves  are  usually  lanceolate  to  lance- 
subulate,  with  a  concave  base  and  a  very  strong  costa  extending 
nearly  or  quite  to>the  apex  of  the  leaf,  or  even  beyond.  Fig.  4 
shows  the  leaf  in  cross  section  and  also  shows  the  narrow  lamellae, 
which  are  found  on  the  lower  side  of  the  costa  instead  of  the  upper, 
as  in  the  hair-caps.  These  lamellae  are  often  very  strongly  toothed. 
A  section  of  the  leaf  is  not  necessary  in  order  to  see  the  lamellae 


DiCRANUM   SCOPARIUM. 

Fig.  I,  Plant  natural  size,  the  fruit  terminal,  becoming  lateral  by  the  growth 
of  the  stem;  2,  single  leaf  enlarged;  3,  part  of  base  of  leaf,  showing  the 
enlarged  cells  at  basal  angles,  and  the  porose  cells  above;  4,  cross- 
section  of  leaf  showing  the  ridges  on  the  back  of  the  vein;  s,  apex  of 
leaf  enlarged;  6,  antheridial  bud;  7,  perichaetial  leaves,  sheathing  the 
base  of  the  seta;  8,  capsule  with  the  calyptra  and  lid  on;  9,  peristome 
showing  two  teeth  divided   more  or  less  irregularly  to  the   middle. 

^[From  Mrs.  Britton's  article  In  the  February,  1895.  Observer.  By  permis- 
sion]. 


—88— 

clearly.  If  several  leaves  be  mounted  in  water,  some  will  nearly 
always  be  turned  so  as  to  show  them  in  profile.  This  is  ren- 
dered easier  by  the  fact  that  in  many  species  the  edges  of 
the  leaves  are  rolled  in  (involute)  in  the  upper  part  so  that  the 
leaves  are  tubulose.  The  upper  leaf  cells  are  elongated-rectan- 
gular, oblong-linear,  quadrate  or  elliptical,  according  to  the  species; 
toward  the  base  they  are  elongated-rectangular.  Those  at  the 
basal  angles  are  much  enlarged  and  inflated,  and  are  often  of  a 
different  color  from  the  others  (Fig.  3,  lower  portion).  This  last 
character  distinguishes  the  Dicranums  from  the  allied  genera  and 
species  except  Campylopus,  in  which  the  seta  is  curved  and  the 
capsule  pendent.  Many  of  the  species  have  the  cells  communi- 
cating by  pores,  as  shown  in  the  upper  part  of  Fig.  3.  Such  cells 
are  called  porose  or  pitted.  The  protoplasm  of  the  adjoining  cells 
communicates  through  these  pores.  These  pores  are  very  helpful 
in  determining  the  species. 

While  there  are  20  species  of  Dicranum  found  in  the  United 
States  north  of  Virginia  and  east  of  the  Mississippi,  there  are  only 
five  that  are  likely  to  be  found  by  the  great  majority  of  our  read- 
ers. One  of  the  most  common  and  conspicuous  is  the  broom  moss 
(D.  scopariiim),  so  called  because  its  leaves  all  point  one  way  in 
a  manner  that  reminds  one  of  a  hair-broom  or  counter-brush.* 
This  is  often  used  by  florists  and  other  merchants  to  form  banks 
of  dark  green  in  their  windows.  It  can  be  found  almost  any- 
where in  the  woods,  on  the  ground,  roots  of  trees,  and  rocks.  It 
is  much  the  coarsest-appearing  of  the  common  species  that  have 
curved  capsules.  A  reference  to  the  figures  will  give  all  further 
details  necessary  for  the  identification  of  this  species. 

The  wavy  Dicranum  {D.  undidatum)  also  grows  on  the 
ground  and  rocks,  but  is  the  largest  of  the  five  species,  and  is  at 
once  distinguished  in  the  field  by  its  beautiful  silky,  strongly  un- 
dulate leaves  and  clustered  capsules.  That  is,  it  has  several  cap- 
sules with  setae  inclosed  in  one  cluster  of  perichaetial  leaves  (peri- 
chsetium).  The  leaf  cells  are  elongated  and  porose,  like  those  of 
the  broom  moss. 

The  fuscous  Dicranum  {D.  fuscescens)  grows  on  rotten  wood, 
and  is  the  only  other  common  Dicranum  with  a  curved  capsule. 
It  is  easily  distinguished  from  the  preceding  species  by  its  smal- 
ler size,  more  delicate  appearance,  and  leaves  not  undulate  but 


*Fide  Mrs.  E.  G.  Britton  in  the  New  York  Teachers'  Monograph,  Vol. 
No.    2. 


-89— 

crisped  after  the  manner  of  curled  hair.  Its  capsules  are  single, 
and  much  shorter  and  more  strongly  arcuate  than  in  the  above 
species.  Under  the  microscope  it  is  at  once  distinguished  by  the 
short  upper  leaf  cells  nearly  or  quite  as  broad  as  long  and  often 
quadrate.  None  of  the  leaf  cells  are  porose  (rarely  a  very  few- 
near  the  base). 

Another  species  with  curved  capsules  is  the  pale  Dicranum 
{D.  pallidum,  D.  spurium  condensatum  of  L.  «S:  J.  Manual). 
This  is  found  on  sandy  plains  in  New  Jersey  and  the  neighboring 
territory,  but  is  probably  not  found  elsewhere  within  the  range 
mentioned  above.  It  is  distinguished  from  all  the  above  men- 
tioned species  by  its  small  size  (less  than  one  inch  in  height); 
from  the  broom  moss  by  its  short  irregular  upper  leaf  cells  with 
cell  walls  without  pores,  excepting  a  very  few  in  the  lower  part; 
from  the  fuscous  Dicranum  by  the  more  compact  tufts,  and  leaves 
equally  spreading,   not  secund,  and  little  crisped. 

There  are  two  common  species  with  erect  straight  capsules. 
Of  these  two,  the  flagellate  Dicranum  {D.  flagellar e)  is  much  the 
more  common.  It  is  found  in  moist  woods  nearly  everywhere. 
It  grows  on  decayed  logs  and  stumps,  and  often  produces  abun 
dant  flagellae  from  the  upper  part  of  the  plant.  These  flagellar 
bear  minute  ecostate  leaves  very  different  from  those  on  the  main 
plant.  In  this  species  the  costa  does  not  extend  to  the  apex  of 
.the  leaf. 

The  other  erect  capsuled  Dicranum,  the  fulvous  Dicranum 
{D.  fiilvnm)  gvQM^s  on  rocks  and  has  the  costa  excurrent — that 
is,  extending  beyond  the  lamina  of  the  leaf  into  a  thick  point. 
In  our  next  number  we  plan  to  publish  an  entirely  new  key  to  the 
whole  twenty  species.  This  key  will  be  especially  adapted  to  the 
use  of  beginners.  We  also  hope  to  have  some  of  the  rarer  species 
to  distribute. 


MICROSCOPIC  PREPARATIONS  OF  MOSSES. 


PORTIONS  of  the  types  of  Hedwig's  species,  many  of  which 
are  North  American,  and  all  of  which  date  back  to  the  be- 
ginning of  this  century,  are  preserved  at  the  Boissicr  Her- 
barium in  Geneva,  mounted  on  small  mica  slides.  The  medium 
is  a  very  durable  one,  for  all  the  slides  which  I  have  examined 
have  kept  perfectly,  and  it  seems  to  have  been  easily  handled,  for 
the  specimens  are  not  shrivelled  or  broken.  I  have  since  adopted 
this  method  for  keeping  all  dissections  that  I  make  of  the  mosses, 


—90— 

and  have  also  learned  that  others  have  done  the  same.      I  quote 
from  the  Revue  Bryologique  for   1893,   M.  Amann's  remarks  on 

this  subject: 

"The  employment  of  mica  slides  for  the  preserving  in  the 
herbarium  microscopic  preparations  of  the  organs  of  the  mosses 
was  recommended  in  1853  by  Carl  Mueller  in  his  'Deutschlands 
Moose.'  This  eminent  bryologist  says  in  one  of  the  numbers  of 
Natur  that  thanks  to  this  method,  which  permits  the  comparison 
under  the  microscope  in  a  few  minutes  of  the  organs  of  a  great 
number  of  species,  it  has  been  possible  for  him  to  devote  himself 
to  the  systematic  study  of  the  mosses  of  the  entire  world. 

"In  fact  these  microscopic  preparations  accompanying  every 
specimen  in  the  herbarium  and  enclosed  in  the  same  envelope 
with  the  specimen  from  which  they  were  taken,  permits  a_ great 
economy  of  time  and  are  for  that  reason  exceedingly  convenient.  " 

M.  Amann  objects  to  them,  however,  as  dry  mounts,  because 
of  the  imperfection  of  the  image  and  because  all  our  modern  ob- 
jectives are  corrected  for  a  standard  thickness  of  cover-glass.  He 
therefore  prefers  to  use  a  small  slide,  only  25  mm.  long  and  H  mm- 
thick,  which  is  specially  made  for  anatomical  preparations.  As  a 
mounting  medium  he  uses  gum  arable  dissolved  in  glycerine  jelly, 
thinned  with  distilled  water,  to  the  thickness  of  honey.  Specimens 
transferred  from  either  cold  or  hot  water  to  this  medium  harden 
in  a  few  hours  and  preserve  indefinitely,  being  less  bulky  than  or- 
dinary slides  for  microscopic  preparations. — E.  G.  Britton. 

• 

My  method  of  making  microscopic  slides  is  as  follows:  Dis- 
sections are  made  in  water  on  the  stage  of  a  simple  microscope. 
This  stage  is  removable  so  that  it  can  be  placed  under  a  compound 
microscope  and  the  smaller  parts  examined  without  disturbing 
their  position.  Such  parts  as  I  wish  to  retain  are  transferred  to  a 
few  drops  of  dilute  glycerine  (10  to  20  per  cent.)  on  a  glass  slide 
on  the  end  of  which  a  number  is  marked  with  pen  and  ink  for 
means  of  identification.  This  is  set  aside  without  cover  glass  un- 
til the  water  has  entirely  evaporated,  leaving  only  clear  glycerine. 
It  usually  requires  at  least  an  hour,  generally  more,  unless  the 
slide  is  placed  where  it  will  be  warm  (but  not  hot). 

I  usually  leave  it  over  night  when  convenient.  After  this  it 
only  remains  to  again  transfer  to  hard  glycerine  jelly  by  almost 
any  of  the  methods  in  general  use.  For  the  "permanent"  slide 
and  cover  I  now  invariably  use  mica.  The  slides  are  fairly 
stiff  and  from  iK  to  2  inches  long  by  K  or  I  wide,  while  the 
covers  are  thinner  and  |  by  }i  inch  or  larger,  as  the  particular 
case  demands.     These  slides  are  placed  in  small  envelopes  glued 


—91— 

to  the  herbarium  sheets  on  which  the  plants,  from  which  the  dis- 
sections were  made,  are  fastened.  The  necessary  legend  for  iden- 
tification is  easily  scratched  on  the  mica  with  a  metal  point. 
— /.   Franklin  Collins. 


As  some  of  our  readers  may  not  be  familiar  with  glycerine 
jelly,  it  may  be  useful  to  state  that  it  can  be  bought  of  any  dealer 
in  microscopical  supplies.  It  can  be  softened  for  use  by  heating  a 
bit  on  a  slide,  or  by  immersing  the  bottle  in  cold  water  and  then 
raising  the  wat3r  to  the  boiling  point,  when  the  j  Jly  will  be  lique- 
fied. If  a  slide  bearing  a  water  or  glycerine  mount  be  slightly 
warmed,  the  jelly  can  be  easily  run  under  the  cover  glass  by 
putting  a  drop  on  one  side  and  drawing  out  the  other  medium  at 
the  other  side  with  a  piece  of  blotting  paper.  An  ordinary  kero- 
sene lamp  can  be  used  to  warm  slides  if  nothing  better  is  at  hand. 

Mr.  Collins'  method  will  do  away  with  the  shrinkage  which 
is  so  troublesome  when  water  mounts  are  transferred  directly  to 
the  jelly.  I  once  obtained  a  large  quantity  of  excellent  mica  from 
a  wall-paper  factory  where  it  was  ground  up  to  make  the  glitter- 
ing specks  in  the  wall-paper.  This  was  much  cheaper  than  the 
article  ordinarily  sold  at  hardware  stores  because  of  the  small 
size  of  the  pieces.  I  do  not  think  that  the  ordinary  moss  mount 
requires  a  power  high  enough  to  render  the  variations  in  thickness 
of  covers  of  very  great  importance  and  always  use  mica  covers 
for  my  small  slides. — A.  J.  G. 


MOSSES  FOR  DISTRIBUTION. 

Specimens  of  Dicranum  scoparium,  D.  fuscescens,  D.  fulvum,. 
D.  flagellare,  and  D.  pallidum  (this  last  by  courtesy  of  Mr.  C.  F. 
Saunders)  will  be  sent  to  any  subscriber  for  12  cents.  A  sterile 
specimen  of  D.  undulatum  will  be  added  for  an  e.xtra  two  cents  if 
any  failed  to  take  advantage  of  Mr.  Stultz's  offer. 


NEW  AMERICAN  MOSSES. 


From  Notes  on  California  Bryophytes,  by  M.  A.  Howe  in 
Erythea.  5:    92.      1897. 

Stableria  gracilis  (Wils.)  Lindb.  "On  charred  stumps  and 
logs,  mainly  of  Sequoia  sempervirens.  First  collected  in  Turner's 
Caiion  between  Cazadero  and  Fort  Ross,  Sonoma  county,  March 
15,  1896;  later  at  various  stations  in  Mendocino  county,  and  near 
Eureka,  Humboldt  county.  Most  of  these  specimens,  in  our 
judgment,  cannot  be  distinguished  even  varietally  from  the  Euro- 
pean plants.     The  processes  of  the  endostome  are  often  as  long 


—92— 

as  the  teeth,  but  they  are  so  described  by  Boulay  and  by  Husnot, 
and  are  sometimes  equally  long  in  Wilson's  Muse.  Brit.  No.  220. 
Stableria  gracilis  was  discovered  by  Wilson  in  Cheshire,  Eng- 
land, in  1833.  Since  then,  three  or  four  English  stations  and  two 
in  Finistere,  France,  have  been  added.  It  is  another  interesting 
link  in  the  chain  of  relationship  between  the  bryophyte  flora  of 
California  and  that  of  Europe." 

Stableria  gracilis  (Wils.)  Lindb.,  var.  Californica  M.  A. 
Howe.  "Leaves  linear-lanceolate,  acuminate,  broader  than  in 
the  typical  form  and  without  subulate  points;  antheridia  sur- 
rounded by  a  few  small  bracts,  on  a  short  gemmiform  branch. 
Near  Eureka.  The  leaves  of  this  variety  are  often  strikingly 
different  from  those  of  the  type,  but  it  grows  mingled  with  the 
ordinary  form  and  plants  bearing  leaves  of  a  transitional  char- 
acter are  found.  The  specimens  which  we  have  identified  with 
the  type,  so  far  as  observed,  are  paroicous,  but  var.  Californica 
appears  always  to  be  autoicous.  Braithwaite  describes  Stableria 
gracilis  as  exhibiting  both  these  methods  of  bearing  the  an- 
theridia. " 

Stableria  is  a  genus  closely  related  to  Leptobryiim  pyri- 
forme  (L.)  Wils.,  and  for  the  benefit  of  our  readers  we  insert 
Mr.  Dixon's  description  of  the  species:  "Stems  densely  tufted, 
slender,  hardly  branched,  about  X-K  in.  high,  rarely  taller, 
bright  green,  silky.  Leaves  fiexuose,  when  dry  somewhat 
curled,  very  narrow,  linear-setaceous,  the  upper  longest  {1-1)4 
lines);  margin  plane,  entire  or  obsoletely  denticulate  above, 
nerve  vanishing  at  apex,  narrow,  rather  indistinct  above,  areola- 
tion  narrowly  linear-rhomboid,  at  base  wider,  hexagonal-rect- 
angular, hyaline.  Seta  short,  less  than  yi  in.  high,  pale,  very 
slender;  capsule  suberect,  narrowly  clavate,  with  a  slender  taper- 
ing neck,  thin-walled;  lid  acutely  pointed.  Peristome  teeth  in- 
curved when  dry,  inserted  below  the  mouth  of  the  capsule;  outer 
teeth  narrow,  distant;  inner  peristome  a  very  short  basal  mem- 
brane with  sixteen  slender  processes  without  intermediate  cilia. 
Paroicous;  antheridia  in  the  axils  of  the  comal  leaves.  " 

From  Memoirs  of  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club,  6:    No.  2. 

Brachythecium  lamprochryseum  gigan'TEUM  n.  var.  Stems 
much  stouter,  secondary  stems  with  fewer  branches;  stem  leaves 
distant,  longer,  3-3.5  mm.  long,  very  strongly  plicate;  extreme  alar 
cells  inflated.  Capsule  ovoid;  operculum  conic-rostrate;  annulus 
large,  persistent;  segments  as  long  as  teeth,  from  a  very  broad  ba- 
sal membrane;  cilia  2  or  3  well  developed,  nodose;  spores  matur- 
ing in  winter.  Atku  Id.,  Behring  Sea.  (U.  S.  S.  Albatross,  No. 
44.     June   10,   1894.) 

Brachythecium  rivulare  cataractarum  Sauter.  Fl.Herzogth- 
Salzburg.  3:  60.  1870.  Floating,  dark  green  to  golden  green, 
brown  underneath;  secondary  stems  much  elongated,  simple  or 
sparingly  branched;  branches  short,  directed  forward  at  an  acute 
angle;  leaves  much  more  closely  imbricated,  especially  at  the  tips 
of  the  branches.     On  timbers  of  old  dam,  Staley's  Creek,  Virginia. 


(Reprinted  June,  1913.) 

THE  BRYOLOGIST, 

A    DEPARTMENT    OF    THE    FERN    BULLETIN, 

DEVOTED    TO    THE    STUDY    OF    NORTH    AMERICAN    MOSSES. 
ISSUED    QUARTERLY. 

EDITED    BY    DR.    A.    J.    GROUT,    PLYMOUTH,    N.    H., 
To   whom   all  correspondence   regarding   the   mosses  should   be  addressed. 


This  department  is  issued  separately  at  twenty-five  cents  a  year.      Sub- 
scriptions should  be  addressed  to  the  Fern  Bulletin,  Binghamton,  N.   Y. 

Vol.  II.  January,  1899.  No.  i. 

HEATER  FOR  GLYCERINE  JELLY  SLIDES. 
By  J.  Franklin  Collins. 


A  FEW  years  ago  while  making  glycerine  jelly  mounts  by  one 
of  the  old,  laborious  methods  (one  which  is  still  in  use),  it 
occurred  to  me  that  there  ought  to  be  some  more  conven- 
ient method  devised.  x\fter  some  experimenting,  an  apparatus 
was  constructed  which  seemed  to  answer  the  requirements  of 
economy  and  convenience.  I  have  now  been  using  it  about  three 
years  and  find  it  a  great  improvement  over  the  old  method.  Re- 
cently Dr.  G.  G.  Kennedy  had  one  constructed  with  some  slight 
modifications.  After  it  was  completed  I  used  it  several  times 
and  found  it  did  the  work  as  well,  in  every  respect,  as  mine,  and 
had  the  advantage  of  being  simpler  in  construction. 

The  accompanying  illustration  and  description  embody  the 
better  features  of  both  heaters,  though  following  the  lines  of  Dr. 
Kennedj^'s  more  closely  than  of  mine.  The  figures  are  one- 
fourth  natural  size,  so  that  any  dimensions  not  specially  stated 
can  be  ascertained  by  measuring  the  drawing  and  multiplying 
by  4. 

A  is  a  side  view  with  the  hand-rests  removed;  B  shows  a 
portion  of  one  end  (the  lamp  end),  with  hand-rest  (x)  in  place 
and  hand  lens  (/)  removed,  C  (inserted  within  the  contour  of  A 
in  order  to  economize  space)  is  a  plan  of  the  cover  s  shown  in  A 
and  B.  The  base  and  supports  {e}  e-),  as  well  as  the  hand-rests 
(x),  are  of  white- wood;  all  other  parts  are  of  brass  or  copper, 
except  /. 

The  circular  tank  xa  is  connected  with  xb  by  the  two  ^  inch 
pipes  c^  and  c~.  xb  is  a  rectangular  box  about  3>iXi>iX^,  on 
the  flat  top  of  which  the  blank  slide  is-pfaced  to  heat.     This  fiat 


^ 


^J 


s 


— 22  — 


top  extends  back  a  short  distance  so  as  to  allow  a  small  tack  {w) 
to  fasten  it  to  e-  at  o.  The  top  of  the  other  support  (e^)  is  cut  ta 
fit  closely  about  the  tank.  The  broken  lines  m-n  and  r-p-w  in- 
dicate the  position  of  hand-rests  (x),  which  are  tacked  to  the 
oblique  portions  of  the  supports,  and  cut  to  fit  about  tank.  The 
line  -w-q  is  slightly  slanted  to  facilitate  the  escape  of  any  bubbles 
generated  in  xh.  On  r  a  flame  shield  {d),  with  a  small  vent  at  top, 
is  fastened.  The  supports  {e)  can  be  lengthened  or  shortened  at 
bottom  if  the  flame  does  not  occupy  about  the  relative  position 
indicated  in  fig.  A.  The  lamp  should  be  (preferably)  one  with 
a  rack  adjustment  for  wick,  and  the  wick  about  %  of  an  inch  in 
diameter. 

A  %  steel  rod  (/)  is  bent  near  top  and  a  flat  place  filed  at  end 
and  a  small  circular  plate  (s)  soldered  thereto.  To  the  under 
right  hand  side  of  this  a  thin,  flat  brass  spring  (g)  is  riveted  or 
soldered.  By  this  arrangement  any  hand  lens  can  be  held  in 
position  for  examination  of  sections  on  slide  beneath  it,  as  shown 
in  fig.  A  (t).  A  thin  white  paper  under  the  slide  will  help  to 
better  distinguish  objects.  The  focus  of  lens  is  adjusted  by 
sliding  the  rod /between  the  four  round-headed  screws  (i)  which 
guide  it,  and  the  brass  wire  spring  (u)  which  holds  it  firmly  in 
place.  The  spring  u  should  be  less  than  twice  the  thickness 
figured,  and  firmly  fastened  with  four  staples  {v). 


—23— 

In  fig.  C  the  circle  a  is  cut  out  to  fit  closely  about  the  nar- 
rowest part  of  the  neck  of  the  homeopathic  vial  {k)  containing 
the  glycerine  jelly  (j).  The  radiating  lines  a-b,  etc.,  are  cut  with 
a  fret  saw  and  the  metal  portions  between  them  bent  out  (one  at  a 
time)  until  a  is  large  enough  to  allow  the  top  of  the  vial  to  be 
thrust   through. 

The  metal  is  then  bent  back  and  the  bottle  is  held  as  shown 
in  fig.  A. 

To  place  jelly  on  slide,  remove  the  glass  rod  (/)  and  cork 
(y)  together,  and  touch  end  of  rod  to  the  warm  slide  on  xb.  If 
more  jelly  is  required,  repeat. 

To  prepare  for  use,  pour  into  xa  sufficient  hot  water  to  raise 
the  level  to  h,  when  vial  k  is  in  position,  and  place  lamp  with 
small  flame  in  position.  As  soon  as  jelly  is  fluid  it  is  ready  for 
use  and  will  remain  so  as  long  as  the  water  level  is  kept  above 
the  tube  f\  and  the  lamp  is  kept  burning.  The  circulation  of 
water,  which  should  never  boil,  is  indicated  bv  the  arrows. 


THE  DICRANUMS— II. 


It  is  hoped  that  the  following  purely  artificial  key  may  prove 
of  value  to  beginners: 

I — Capsule  cernuous,  more  or  less  arcuate.   .      .      2 

Capsule    erect,    symmetric 14 

2 — Upper  leaf  cells  longer  than  broad,   porose.   .     3 
"         "        "      not  porose,  nearly  as  broad  as 

long ' 5. 

3 — Capsules  clustered,  leaves  strongly  transverse- 
ly undulate,  silky undulatum. 

Capsules      solitary 4. 

4 — Leaves    transversely    undulate    when    moist, 
slightly  or  not  at  all  secund ;  costa  without 

lamellae  at  back Bonjeani. 

Leaves    not    at    all    undulate,    secund,    with 

strongly  serrate  lamellae  at  back.  .      .     .   scopariiim. 
5 — Leaves  strongly  papillose  at  back,  little  or  not 

at  all  secund spiirium. 

Leaves  not  noticeably  papillose 6. 

6 — Capsules  clustered Dnimmondii. 

Capsules  solitary  (rarely  two  together  in  Mi'ihl- 

enbeckii) 7 

7 — Costa  not  reaching  apex Bergeri.    ' 

Costa  percurrent  or  excurrent 8 


■X. 


—24— 

8 — Lower  leaf  cells  more  or  less  porose;  capsules 
not  strumose  (except  slightly  so  in  D.  pal- 
lidum)  9 

Leaf  cells  not  at  all  porose;  capsules  strumose.    12 
9 — Leaves  entire  or  very  faintly  denticulate.  .     .  elongatum. 

Leaves  serrulate lo 

10 — Leaves   strongly   falcate-secund;    upper   leaf 

cells  regular fuscescens. 

Leaves  little  or  not  at  all  secund;  upper  leaf 

cells   very    irregular 1 1 

II — Costa  at  least  ^  width  of  leaf  at  the  broadest 

point  of  the  leaf.      Plants  3-6  cm.  high     Miihlenheckii. 
Costa   iV  width  of  leaf;  plants  2-3  cm.  high,   pallidum. 

12 — Leaves  falcate-secund ^3  .    . 

Leaves  spreading schisii. 

13 — Leaves  with  distinct  angular  cells;  capsule  ob- 

long-cylindric Starkei. 

Leaves  with  few  angular  cells;  capsule  short, 

obovate falcatum. 

14 — Costa  ending  in   the  serrulate  apex;   leaves 

curled   when   dry 15 

Costa  excurrent;  leaves  scarcely  altered  by 
drjdng  (except  D.  fulvellum  and  D.  ful- 

vum) 16 

15 — Apex  of  leaf  papillose  at  back;  upper  leaf  cells 

rectangular monianum. 

Apex  of  leaf  not  papillose;  upper  leaf  cells  less 
regular;  plants  commonly  giving  off  nu- 
merous axillary  erect  flagellse  bearing  mi- 
nute ecostate  leaves flagellare. 

16 — Costa  narrow,  I  to  \  width  of  leaf  at  base.    17 
Costa  broader,  i  to  i  width  of  leaf.   .     .     .18 

17 — Dioicous;  3-4  cm.  or  more  high Sauteri. 

Autoicous;  0.5-2  cm.  high fulvellum. 

18 — Margin  and  costa  of  leaves  entire;  apex  usually 

broken viride. 

Margin  and  costa  of  leaves  serrulate 19 

19 — Costa  equalling  \  width    of   leaf  at   the   base, 
or  less;  leaves  gradually  narrowed  to  apex; 
all  upper  surface  leaf  cells  rectangular.     .     .  fulvum. 
Costa    ^    width    of    base    of    leaf,    or    more; 
leaves  abruptly  narrowed  to  a  long  slen- 
der point ;  all  upper  leaf  cells  greatly  elon- 
gated-linear  longifolium. 

Look  on  the  summit  of  your  highest  accessible  hill  or  moun- 
tain for  the  long-leaved  Dicranum  {D.  longifolium).  It  grows 
on  stone  walls  and  exposed  rocks.  It  is  usually  sterile,  but  is 
easily  recognized  and  distinguished  from  the  fulvous   Dicranum 


— ^5— 

by  the  characters  given  in  the  key.  D.  Drummondii  grows  in 
much  the  same  situations  as  the  wavy  Dicranum.and  is  frequently 
mingled  with  it.  Its  capsules  are  also  clustered  and  the  leaves 
slightly  wavy.  The  waviness  of  the  leaves  is  much  less  marked 
and  the  plants  have  not  the  same  silky  sheen.  The  upper  leaf 
cells  are  much  shorter,  nearly  as  broad  as  long  and  afford  a  sure 
ground  for  distinction.  D.  viride  is  probably  not  very  rare,  but 
is  almost  always  sterile.  It  can  be  distinguished  by  the  broken- 
leaf  apices  and  the  other  characters  given  in  the  key.  D.  spurium 
does  not  look  like  a  Dicranum  because  of  the  equally  spreading 
soft  crisped-incurved  leaves.  Under  the  microscope  its  leaves  are 
readily  distinguished  from  those  of  any  other  species  by  the  large 
and  conspicuous  papillae  which  cover  the  upper  part  of  the  back 
of  the  leaf  and  are  easily  seen  because  the  margins  are  incurved 
in  this  region.  Dicranella  heteromalla  has  the  same  general  ap- 
pearance as  the  Dicranums,and  is  very  common.  It  issmallerthan 
most  of  the  Dicranums,  and  its  leaves  lack  the  inflated  angular 
cells  so  characteristic  of  Dicranum.  Other  species  of  this  and 
allied  genera  may  be  met  with,  but  they  can  readily  be  distin- 
guished from  Dicranum  by  the  characters  mentioned  in  the  last 
article. 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION  OF  DICRANA. 

Bv   Rodney  H.   True. 


AT  the  suggestion  of  Dr.  Grout,  I  have  prepared  the  follow- 
ing brief  statement  of  the  distribution  of  twenty  species 
of  the  genus  Dicranum  selected  by  him.  I  have  used  such 
local  lists  and  similar  helps  as  were  at  my  disposal  and  wish  it 
born  in  mind  that  I  am  not  able  to  warrant  the  accuracy  of  the 
determinations  on  which  they  were  founded.  I  hope,  however, 
that,  by  reference  to  a  large  body  of  authentic  herbarium  ma- 
terial, I  have  been  able  to  give  a  substantially  correct  idea  of  the 
distribution  of  these  mosses.  I  should  be  willing,  as  far  as  my 
time  permits,  to  determine  doubtful  forms  for  any  who  care  to 
send  specimens  and  letter  postage  for  reply. 

Dicranum  Bergeri  Bland.  A  moss  characteristically  found 
in  marshy  places,  most  frequently  in  sphagnum  bogs;  widely  dis- 
tributed.— N.  J.,  New  Eng.,  Can.,  Greenland,  Wis.,  Minn.,  Rocky 
Mts.,  Alaska. 

Dicranum  Blytii  Schimp.  {D.  schisti).  A  rare  Arctic 
species. — White  Alts.,  Labrador,  Greenland,  Selkirk  Mts.,  Van- 
couver Id.,  Brit.  Col. 


■X. 

—26— 

Dicranum  Bonjeani  de  Not.  The  species  or  its  varieties 
found  in  both  lowlands  and  in  subalpine  re.cions.  The  species 
in  its  typical  form  is  most  frequent  in  moist  locations;  widely  dis- 
tributed.— N.  C,  Penn.,  New  Eng.,  Ontario,  Greenland,  O., 
111.,  Wis.,  Mont.,  Wash.,  Brit.  Col.,  Alaska. 

Dicranum  Drummondii  Muell.  A  moss  of  the  woods;  prob- 
ably does  not  occur  as  far  west  as  Rocky  Mts. — N.  Y.,  New  Eng., 
Ontario,   Minn. 

Dicranum  elongatum  Schwaegr.  A  moss  of  alpine  and 
subalpin?  range;  rather  rare. — White  Mts.,  Me._(Mt.  Katahdin), 
Newfoundland,  Greenland,  N.  shores  L.  Superior,  Alaska. 

Dicranum  falcatum  Hedw.  A  rare  alpine  moss  found. in 
White  Mts.,  Oreg.  (Mt.  Hood),  and  Wash.  (Roell). 

Dicranum  flagellare  Hedw.  A  very  common  species  in 
woods;  one  of  the  most  widely  distributed  species. — Va.,  N:  J., 
Mass.,  New  Brunswick,  Ontario,  O.,  Mich.,  Minn.,  S.  D.,  Mani- 
toba, N.  W.  Terr. 

Dicranum  fidvelliim  (Dicks.)  Smith.  A  rare  alpine  species. 
— White  Mts.,  Adirondacks  (?),  Oreg.   (Mt.   Hood),  Greenland. 

Dicranum  Julvum  Hook.  A  less  widely  distributed  species 
characteiistic  in  regions  marked  by  outcrops  of  silicious  rocks — 
N.  C.,  Va.,  Penn.,  N.  Eng.,  New  Brunswick,  Ontario,  Wis. 

Dicranum  fuscescens  Turn.  Widely  distributed  in  moun- 
tainous or  high,  hilly  country,  in  woods. — Va.,  N.  Y.,  N.  Eng., 
New  Brunswick,  Newfoundland,  Greenland,  Ontario,  L.  Super- 
ior, Minn.,  Col.,  Wash.,  N.  W.  Terr.,  Alaska. 

Dicranum  longifolium  Hedw.  Characteristic  of  rocky,  ele- 
vated regions. — Va.,  N.  Y.,  N.  Eng.,  Miquelon  Id.,  Greenland, 
Mich.,  Minn.,  Mont.,  Col.,  Selkirk  Mts.,  Rocky  Mts.,  Brit.  Col. 

Dicranum  montanuni  Hedw.  On  decaying  wood  in  forests, 
less  frequent  in  southern  range  of  genus.— N.  Y.,  N.  Eng.,  New 
Brunswick,  Quebec,  Niagara  Falls,  Wis.,  Minn.,  Mont.,  Manitoba. 

Dicranum  Milhlenbeckil  Bry.  Eur.  Usually  in  rocky,  ele- 
vated regions;  also  in  subalpine  localities;  more  frequent  west- 
ward.— Penn.,  Vt.,  Ontario,  Hudson's  Bay,  Wis.,  Mont.,  Col., 
N.  M.,  Wy.,  Wash.,  Brit.  Col.,  Alaska. 

Dicranum  pallidum  Bry.  Eur.  Characteristic  in  southern 
part  of  the  range  of  genus,  in  low,  sandy  regions. — Fla.,  Ga., 
N.  C,  N.  J.,  wis. 

Dicranum  Sauteri  Schimp.  A  subalpine  species  rare  to 
America.— Adirondacks  (Mrs.  E.  G.  Britton). 

Dicranum  scoparium  Hedw.  One  of  the  most  widely  dis- 
tributed species. — ^N.  C,  Va.,  Md.,  Penn.,  N.  Eng.,  New  Bruns- 
wick, Newfoundland,  Greenland,  Ontario,  Mich.,  Ind.,  111.,  Minn., 
Mont.,  Wy.,  Col.,  Cal.,  Wash.,  Alaska. 

Dicranum  spurium  Hedw.  Characteristic  in  barren  locali- 
ties eastward.  A  rather  rare  species. — Va.,  N.  J.,  Vt.,  Nova 
Scotia,   Quebec,   Ontario. 


X 


—27— 

Dicranum  Starkei  W.  &  M.  A  rare  alpine  moss. — White 
Mts.,  Idaho,  Wash.,  Vancouver  Id.,  Rocky  Mts.,  Selkirk  Mts., 
Smith's    Sound. 

Dicranum  iindulatum  Ehrh.  A  moss  of  lowlands,  widely 
distributed.— N.  J.,  N.  Eng.,  New  Brunswick,  Newfoundland, 
Labrador,  Ontario,  Mich.,  111.,  Minn.,  Vancouver  Id.,  Brit.  Col. 

Dicranum  viride  (S.  &  L.)  Lindb.  Characteristic  of  forests 
and  shady  places;  widely  scattered  east  of  eastern  slope  of  Rocky 
Mts.  Seems  to  be  replaced  by  D.  strictum  (Schleich),  in  the 
West. — -Va.,  N.  Y.,  Vt.,  New  Brunswick,  Ontario,  Newfoundland, 
C,  Wis.,  Minn.  Reported  at  Morley,  in  Rocky  Mts.,  by  J. 
Macoun. 


Grimmia  mollis  B.  &  S.  in  the  United  States. 

Last  summer,  while  on  a  vacation  outing  in  northwestern 
Montana,  I  collected  some  mosses  around  Lake  McDonald,  Flat- 
head county.  Sperry  Glacier,  about  ten  miles  east  of  the  north 
end  of  that  lake,  was  one  of  the  objective  points  of  our  collecting 
trips.  It  was  at  the  foot  of  this  glacier  that  I  found  a  curious  soft 
Grimmia,  which  on  investigation  after  my  return  home,  proved  to 
be  Grimmia  mollis  B.  &  S.  This  is  the  first  discovery  of  this 
truly  glacial  moss  on  the  North  American  continent.  In  Europe 
it  occurs,  usually  above  6,000  feet  altitude,  in  the  Pyrenees,  the 
Alps,  the  mountains  of  Bohemia,  and  of  the  Scandinavian  Penin- 
sular, always  near  glaciers,  or  streams  fed  by  glaciers  or  snow- 
fields.  It  has  also  been  found  in  Greenland.  This  distribution 
makes  its  almost  certain  that  Grimmia  mollis  also  occurs  in  the 
Canadian  Rockies.  But  whether  it  has  come  to  our  regions  by 
way  of  Greenland  around  the  north,  or  south  of  Hudson's  Bay,  or 
by  way  of  the  Alaskan  mountains,  across  Behring's  Strait,  from 
the  direction  of  Siberia,  needs  to  be  determined  by  finding  inter- 
mediate stations. — John  M.  Holzinger. 


Mosses  For  Distribution. 

Mosses  offered  the  Chapter  are:  By  Mrs.  E.  G.  Britton,  103d 
St.  and  Amsterdam  Ave.,  New  York  City,  Dicranum  viride  for  a 
self-addressed  stamped  envelope;  by  A.  J.  Grout,  D.  Driimmondii, 
D.  spurium,  D.  longifolium  and  Dicranella  heteromalla,  for  ten 
cents  to  members. 


A  Correction. 

In  the  second  line  of  the  second  paragraph  on  page 41  of  the 
1898  Fern  Bulletin,  for  "asexual"  read  "sexual."  We  hereby 
acknowledge  our  obligation  to  the  subscriber  who  called  our  at- 
tention to  this  slip  of  the  types. 


THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  CHAPTER 

OF  THE  AGASSIZ  ASSOCIATION. 

— The  Sullivant  Moss  Chapter  starts  out  with  a  charter  mem- 
bership of  over  thirty,  a  very  promising  beginning  indeed. 

— A  list  of  members  and  a  draft  of  the  constitution  will  have 
reached  each  member  before  this  issue  of  the  Bryologist. 

— The  committee  announced  in  our  last  issue  have  appointed 
the  following  officers  for  1899:  President,  A.  J.  Grout;  vice-pres- 
ident, J.  Franklin  Collins,  of  Providence,  R.  I.;  secretary  and 
treasurer,  Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith,  78  Orange  St.,  Brooklyn, 
N.  Y.  It  was  deemed  best  to  appoint  officers  for  the  first  year 
until  a  constitution  should  be  adopted  and  the  organization  per- 
fected. All  communications  with  reference  to  membership,  dues, 
etc.,  should  be  addressed  to  Mrs.  Smith. 

— The  president  proposes  that  for  their  Chapter  work  the  mem- 
bers try  to  obtain  new  facts  concerning  the  distribution  of  the 
Dicranums  by  collecting  and  studying  all  the  species  to  be  found 
in  their  localities.  To  assist  in  this  we  publish  an  entirely  new 
key,  and  Dr.  True  has  very  kindly  given  us  the  known  ranges. 
The  e.Ktension  of  the  known  range  of  any  species  should  be  noted 
and  note  and  specimen  forwarded  to  the  secretary.  In  case  any 
of  the  species  Dr.  True  has  noted  as  rare  should  be  collected,  it 
should  also  be  forwarded  with  full  notes. 

— On  account  of  the  snow  we  may  not  be  able  to  accomplish 
much  except  to  become  familiar  with  our  specimens  already  col- 
lected. It  is  hoped  that  enough  notes  may  be  received  by  the 
first  of  March  to  enable  the  secretary  to  give  a  very  creditable  ac- 
count of  work  accomplished,  and  that  before  the  year  is  over  we 
may  make  a  valuable  addition  to  the  knowledge  of  the  distribution 
of  this  and  other  genera. 

— The  president  is  strongly  of  the  opinion  that  the  concentrated 
study  of  a  single  genus  is  much  the  best  way,  for  the  beginner  at 
least,  to  study  the  mosses.  One  learns  to  recognize  species  and 
to  distinguish  closely  related  species  to  a  degree  that  is  otherwise 
impossible.  The  president  himself  while  studying  Dicranums  for 
the  Bryologist  found  right  at  home  three  species  that  he  had 
never  collected  before. 


>^ 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 

A   DEPARTMENT   OF  THE  FERN   BULLETIN, 

DEVOTED    TO    THE    STl'DY    OF    NORTH    AMERICAN   MOSSES. 
ISSUED   QUARTERLY. 

KDITED  BV  DR.  A.  J.  GROUT,  PLYMOUTH.  X.  H. 
To   wliom   all   correspondence   regarding   the   mosses   should    be   addressed. 


Thi$  deparhnent  is  issued  separately  at  iwenty-fire  cents  a  year.     Siibscriptuins 
should  he  addressed  In  the  Fern  Bulletin,  Binghamton.  A'.   1'. 


Vol.  II.  April,  1899.  No.  2. 

All  correspondence  intended  for  the  editor  should  be  ad- 
dressed to  175  Halsey  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  until  July  1st,  '99. 

* 
*  * 

The  editor  takes  pleasure  in  announcing  that  the  promised 
illustrated  glossary  of  b.yological  terms  will  be  begun  in  the  July 
number  of  the  Bryologist.  Mr.  H.  N.  Dixon  and  his  publisher 
have  very  kindly  permitted  us  the  use  of  the  drawings  in  the  first 
five  plates  of  Dixon  and  Jameson's  Handbook  of  the  British  Mosses. 
The  editor  considers  this  book  to  be  the  best  moss  manual  in  the 
F^nglish  language,  and  as  it  includes  a  majority  of  our  mosses  of 
Northeastern  America  it  is  almost  indispensible  to  the  student 
who  wishes  to  know  our  mosses  well. 


PREPARATION  OF   MOSSES  FOR   EXAMINATION  WITH 
THE  COMPOUND  MICROSCOPE. 

MOST   of   us   who   have   studied    mosses   for   some    time   have 
come  to  use  by  imitation  or  discovery,  some  methods  of 
manipulation  which  may  be  useful    to  others.     The  editor 
would  be  glad  to  have  others  send  notes  on  this  subject  in  addition 
to  what  he  presents  here. 

If  the  moss  be  fresh  and  moist  it  is  all  ready  for  operations. 
Dried  specimens  should  be  softened  by  boiling.  The  parts  to  be 
studied  can  be  boiled  in  water  on  a  slide  by  holding  it  over  a  lamp, 
but  it  is  much  better  to  boil  the  whole  plant.  An  alcohol  lamp 
and  tin  cup  can  be  used,  or  if  convenient,  boiling  water  can  be 
poured  into  a  cup  and  the  plant  placed  in  this.  This  also  will  serve 
to  drive  out  the  air  bubbles  that  will  cling  if  cold  water  be  used. 


—so- 
One  should  have  the  following  implements  if  possible:    A  pair 
ut    fine   pointed   forceps   with   comparatively   large  surface  of  con- 
tact at  the  points,  a  pair  of  small,  fine-pointed,  sharp  scissors,  dis- 
secting needles,  and  a  sharp  scalpel  or  razor  and  a  stick  of  pith. 

The   leaves   should   be   removed   with    the   forceps   by    seizing 
them  near  their  bases  and  stripping  downward;  these  are  then  put  in 
a  drop  ot  water  on  a  slide  and  covered  with  a  cover  glass;  in  this  drop 
of  water  should  be  placed  also  a  portion  of  the  branch  from  which  the 
leaves  have  l)een  stripped.     An  examination  of  this  last  will  show 
whether  the  bases  of  the  leaves  are  decurrent  or  not  and  will  give  a 
profile  view  of  the  leaves  that  will  tell  whether  there  are  any  teeth 
or  papillae  on  their  backs.     With  the  hair-caps  and  their  allies  and 
some  other  mosses,  a  cross-section  of  the  leaves  is  often  necessary 
to  definitel\'  determine  the  species.     This  often  seems  very  diffi- 
cult to  a  beginner  but  is  really  quite  simple  unless  very  beautiful 
sections  arc  desired.     The  most  common  method  is  to  split  a  stick 
(jf  pith  a  little  distance  and  insert  a  bunch  of  leaves  in  the  cleft, 
pressing  the  sides  together  with  the  thumb  and  finger  of  the  left 
hand.     1  hen  cut  thin  sections  of  pith  and  leaves  with  a  very  sharp 
razor  or  scalpel.     The   |)ith   should   be  thoroughly   moist  ned  and 
there  should  be  water  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  razor  to  float 
away  the  sections  cut.     After  a  number  of  sections  have  been  made, 
all  the  masses  of  pith  and  leaf  sections  should  be  removed  to  a  drop 
of  water  on  a  slide  and  the  pith  and  large  pieces  of  leaves  should  be 
removed.      Pith  can  be  obtained   from  young  elder  shoots  or   the 
stems  of  the  flowering  raspberry,  or  if  nothing  better  is  at  hand  the 
pith   of  a   cornstalk  can   be   used.     Mrs.    Britton  thinks  that   this 
method  is  "more  bother  than  it  is  worth  for  all  simple  leaf  sections*" 
but   recommends   it   for  other  sections.     She   places   a   number  of 
the  leaves  side  by  side  in  the  same  direction  so  that  they  may  be 
easily    held    firm    with    the    thumb    nail    of    the    left    hand — "begin 
cutting  at  the  tips  of  the  leaves"  (using  a  razor  or  sharp  knife)  "  mo\- 
ing  the  nail  from  side  to  side  and  working  downward  to  the  lower 
half  of  the  leaf."      I  have  often  used  another  method  with  success, 
(irasp  a  bunch  of  leaves  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger  of  the 
left  hand  and  with  the  scissors  (which  must  be  sharp)  cut  section 
after  section  from  the  bunch  as  thin  as  possible  and  among  the  mass 
of  sections  will  be  found  some  that  will  show  the  desired  structures. 
If  the  leaves  are  very  small  a  whole  stem  or  branch  covered  with 
leaves  can  be  sectioned  without  first  removing  the  leaves. 

*  Obseivfr  for  May.   1804. 


—51  — 

To  study  the  peristome  and  annulus,  etc.;  if  the  operculum 
still  remains,  remove  it  with  forceps  or  dissecting  needle,  carefully 
saving  it  on  the  slide;  cut  the  capsule  lengthwise  with  the  scissors 
and  spread  out  each  half  on  the  slide,  one  outside  up  and  the  other 
the  inside  up;  or  the  capsule  can  be  first  split  and  the  pieces  of 
operculum  removed  afterwards.  This  prevents  any  loss  of  minute 
parts.  If  the  spores  obscure  the  parts,  a  minute's  boiling  over  the 
lamp  will  scatter  them.  The  walls  of  the  capsule  will  often  curl 
up  so  strongly  as  to  make  it  necessary  to  split  them  with  the  dis- 
secting needles  to  cause  them  to  lie  flat. 


WHAT  ARE  MOSSES? 
By  a.  J.  Grout  and  Marie  L.  Sanial. 


THERE  are  at  least  three  different  classes  of  plants  which 
popularly  pass  under  the  name  of  mosses:  true  mosses,  He- 
paticaj  or  liverworts,  and  lichens.  The  lichens  are  gray, 
yellow,  brown  and  various  other  colors  and  shades,  but  are  seldom 
of  true  plant  green:  then,  too,  they  have  no  true  stem  and  leaves, 
but  may  consist  of  ascending  or  even  pendant  (in  the  case  of  tree 
lichens,  "hair  moss")  stem-like  divisions  or  of  a  flattened  thalloid 
expansion  either  membranaceous  or  coriaceous  in  structure. 

There  are  two  species  of  lichens  to  which  the  name  moss  has 
been  popularly  and  erroneously  applied.  The  first  the  hair  "moss" 
(Usnea),  consists  of  strong,  greenish-gray  filaments  and  resembles 
a  small  mane  or  wig.  It  clothes  the  branches  of  trees  and  under- 
shrubs  in  dark  woods  and  is  well  known  to  every  hunter  of  squirrels, 
from  its  amazing  similarity  to  the  tail  of  a  hiding  gray  squirrel. 

The  second  is  the  reindeer  "moss"  {Cladonia  rangiferina), 
the  great  boon  of  the  Laplander.  It  simulates  a  grayish  crust-like 
mass  of  much-branched,  rootless  and  leafless  hollow  shrubs  in 
miniature,  their  height  being  seldom  more  than  two  inches. 

The  liverworts  are  more  likely  to  be  mistaken  for  mosses,  as 
they  belong  to  the  same  branch  or  subdivision  [Bryophyla)  of  the 
vegetable  kingdom,  and  are  very  closely  related.  The  foliose  he- 
patics  have  a  stem  and  leaves,  and  when  sterile  some  forms  may 
be  mistaken  for  true  mosses,  even  by  one  who  has  a  considerable 
knowledge  of  the  plants,  especially  the  alpine  Gymnomitrium, 
which  has  closely  appressed  but  emarginate  leaves  and  julaceous, 
erect  branches. 


— 0-  — 

In  general  the  leat'>-  hepatics  can  be  distinguished  from  the 
niosses  by  the  flattened  appearance  of  the  plant,  due  to  a  marked 
difTerentiation  of  the  upper  (dorsal)  and  the  lower  (ventral)  sur- 
face. The  leaves  also  are  apparently  arranged  in  two  rows  over- 
lapping like  shingles  (imbricated).  An  exception  to  thi;.  is  (lym- 
iiomiirium  before  mentioned.  The  leaves  of  hepatics  consist  of  a 
single  layer  of  almost  regularly  hexagonal  cells,  without  e\en  the 
rudiment  of  a  mid-rib  (except  in  one  or  two  rare  forms),  and  they 
are  often  bifid  or  multifid. 

If  in  fruit,  the  leafy  hepatics  can  easily  be  recognized  by  the 
dark,  globular,  four-valved  capsule  borne  on  a  slender,  delicate, 
white  fruitstalk  and   ha\ing    spiral   elaters  mixed    with  the  spores. 

The  true  mosses,  on  the  other  hand,  possess  stem  and  leaves 
arranged  in  ranks  and  while  often  flattened  have  a  much  less  marked 
dorso-ventral  diff'erentiation.  The  leaves  are  never  bifid  or  multi- 
fid  and  the  leaf-cells  are  usually  much  elongated,  seldom  regularly 
hexagonal  and  in  three-fourths  of  the  species  possess  well-defined 
mid-rib. 

No  moss  except  the  rare  Andrecra  has  a  capsule  splitting  into 
four  valves  but  nearly  all  moss  capsules  open  by  a  lid  {operculum), 
.ind  most  have  a  characteristic  fringe  of  teeth  (peristome)  about 
the  mouth.  No  true  moss  has  spiral  elaters  mixed  with  its  spores. 
In  color,  mosses,  excepting  the  peat  mosses,  are  nearly  all  of  some 
shade  of  green  ranging  from  almost  black  to  a  light  yellow  green. 

Any  good  text-book  of  botany  will  give  these  distinctions  with 
iuore  detail  and  usually  with  helpful  illustrations. 


THE  CORD  MOSS  AND  ITS  ALLIES. 

THERE  are  several  common  and    interesting   allies  of    the  Di- 
cranums  that  would  make  profitable  study,  but  for  variety's 
sake  we  will    turn  our    attention    to  a  moss  with  a  double 
peristome  and  other  characters  not  before  treated  of  in  The  Brv- 

OLOGIST. 

The  cord  moss  (Fiinaria  hyg_rometrica)  is  so  called  because 
i.f  the  twisted  seta  which  is  very  hygroscopic  and  untwists  when 
moist.  Its  Latin  name,  Funaria,  is  derived  from  funis,  a  rope. 
This  twisting  of  the  seta  is  not  peculiar  to  this  group,  however, 
but  is  common  in  many  other  groups.  The  cord  moss  is  to  be 
found  everywhere,  being  especially  abundant  in  waste  places  and 
on  soil  recently  burned  over.      I  have  seen  it  completely  cover  the 


soil  in  an  old  st  awberry  bed.  When  mature  it  is  easily  recog- 
nized by  the  peculiar  looking  curved  capsule,  with  its  mouth  on 
one  side  (Figs.  5  and  6).  When  immature  it  is  much  harder  to 
recognize  because  the  capsule  is  erect  and  nearly  symmetric  and 
the  calyptra  has  not  assumed  the  rakish  position  indicated  in  fig- 
ure 5. 

This  moss  has  perhaps  been  given  a  more  careful  study  than 
any  other  species,  and  it  is  the  one  described  in  nearly  all  our  text- 
books. There  are  several  other  species  in  the  United  States,  but 
only  this  one  is  likely  to  be  met  with  by  our  readers.  So  char- 
acteristic is  the  appearance  of  the  mature  plant  that  we  will  give 
no  detailed  description,  but  will  refer  briefly  to  the  characters  not 
before  explained.  When  the  lid  is  removed  there  will  be  seen  at 
the  base  of  the  peristome  around  the  outer  rim  of  the  urn,  two  or 
three  rows  of  peculiar  vesicular  (bladder-like),  thin-walled  cells, 
forming  the  annulus  (Fig.  4a).  If  the  operculum  has  already 
fallen,  the  annulus  will  be  gone  also.  It  is  said  to  be  deciduous. 
In  some  species  it  remains  attached  to  the  mouth  of  the  urn  and 
is  said  to  be  persistent.  The  annulus  is  very  highly  elastic,  and 
when  the  capsule  is  fully  ripe  it  helps  throw  off  the  operculum. 
The  peristome  consists  of  sixteen  undivided,  colored,  articulate 
teeth,  and  inside  of  these  another  row  of  sixteen  thin,  light-colored 
teeth,  known  as  the  endostome,  each  tooth  being  called  a  segment 
or  process.  In  Funaria  the  segments  are  entirely  separate  and 
are  opposite  the  teeth.  If  the  teeth  be  viewed  in  profile  a  sharp 
projection  (appendage)  will  be  seen  extending  inwards  from  each 
articu'ation.  The  articulations  mark  the  boundary  between  the 
cells  and  the  appendage,  the  thickened  wall  separating  the  two 
cells.     These  appendages  are  well  shown  in  Fig.  4. 

The  spores  ripen  early  in  June,  and  there  is  not  a  member  of 
the  Chapter  who  cannot  easily  collect  an  abundance  of  fresh  ma- 
terial for  study. 

The  Urn  Moss  {Physcomilrinm  turbinalum  (Mx.)  Brid.)  — 
P.  pyriforme  of  Lesquereux  and  James'  Manual)  is  undoubtedly 
very  closely  related  to  Funaria.  The  figures  show  us  that  the 
leaf  structure  of  one  species  resembles  the  other,  but  to  the  beginner 
it  will  seem  strange  to  classify  a  moss  with  no  peristome  at  all  as 
the  near  relative  of  one  with  a  double  peristome.  Vet  this  ar- 
rangement is  accepted  by  pretty  nearly  everybody  who  has  studied 
the  two  carefully,  anti  there  are  several  other  similar  cases.  For 
some  unexplained  reason  the  urn  moss  seems  to  have  lost  its  peri- 


-54- 


(The  figures  below  the  line  I  represent  Funaria  hygrometrica:  those  below 
the  line  II,  Physcomitrium  lurbinatiim.) 

I.  I,  Outline  of  leaf;  2,  deoperculate  plants;  3.  apex  of  leaf,  showing  costa 
ending  below  apex;  4,  a  portion  of  the  mouth  of  the  capsule  after  the  operculum  has 
fallen,  showing  annulus  and  peristome;  7.  stoma  from  base  of  capsule.  II.  8. 
Apex  of  leaf,  showing  costa  terminating  below  the  leaf-apex;  9.  spores;  10-13. 
capsules  in  various  stages;  14.  a  section  of  the  mouth  of  capsule  and  operculum, 
showing  annulus  and  transversely  elongated  cells  at  the  mouth  of  capsule. 

[Taken  from  Mrs.  Britton's  Observer  articles,  by  permission.) 

stome.  There  are  several  species  of  Physcomitrium  in  the  United 
States,  but  P.  turbinatum  is  by  far  the  most  frequent  and  will 
be  readily  recognized  from  the  figures.     It  is  common  in  old  fields. 


—55— 

open  grassy  places  and  the  like.  It  is  very  small  and  will  be  easily 
overlooked.     It,  also,  comes  to  maturity  in  June. 

Mrs.  Britton  has  given  these  two  species  a  much  fuller  treat- 
ment in  The  Observer,  and  has  written  a  monograph  of  the  spe- 
cies of  Physcomitriiim  which  appears  in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Torrey 
Botanical  Club  for  May,  1894. 

The  beginner  may  perhaps  confuse  species  of  Pottia  with  the 
urn  mosses,  especially  P.  truncatula.  In  this  last  species,  how- 
ever, the  costa  is  e.xcurrent,  passing  out  of  the  apex  of  the  leaf 
into  a  short  point.  The  costa  is  percurrent  or  excurrent  in  nearly 
all  of  our  species  of  Poltia,  and  in  most  the  leaf  cells  are  papillose. 
The  Pottias,  moreover,  mature  their  capsules  in  winter. 


MOSSES  FOR  DISTRIBUTION. 

THE  Splachnacea;  are  of  our  queerest  and  most  interesting 
mosses.  They  are  usually  found  growing  on  decaying  ani- 
mal matter  or  nitrogen-containing  animal  excreta.  They 
are  furthermore  remarkable  for  the  extreme  development  of  the 
apophysis  which  never  occupies  less  than  half  of  the  capsule  and 
in  some  species  of  Splachnum  is  so  greatly  enlarged  as  tc  become 
umbrella-shaped,  reminding  the  writer  of  the  hood  of  a  cobra. 
There  are  a  large  number  of  stomata  in  the  outer  wall  of  the  apophy- 
sis and  a  large  amount  of  assimilative  tissue  within,  which  goes  to 
show  that  this  grotesque  outgrowth  is  another  of  Nature's  devices 
to  provide  nourishment  for  her  lowly  children. 

For  a  stamped  self-addressed  envelope,  the  following  mosses 
will  be  sent  to  members  of  the  Moss  Chapter  only:  Mrs.  Britton 
will  send  Tetraplodon  hryoides,  an  alpine  member  of  this  group; 
Mr.  A.  A.  Eaton  will  send  .Splachnum  ampullaceum;  Mr.  J.  Warren 
Huntington  will  send  Bnxbaumia  aphylla,  which  was  mentioned 
in  a  previous  article;  Mrs.  Emilia  C.  Anthony  will  send  "the  white 
moss"  [Leucobryum  glaucum),  which  grows  in  conspicuous  whitish 
cushions  in  woods  throughout  our  range.  This  moss  is  a  near 
relative  of  the  Dicranums  as  its  peristome  will  show  and  it  is  also 
remarkable  in  having  its  leaves  of  more  than  one  layer  of  cells.  It 
is  thought  by  many  botanists  that  these  leaves  represent  the  greatly 
expanded  costa,  from  which  the  lamina  has  entirely  disappeared. 
This  will  not  seem  improbable  to  those  who  have  studied  the  leaves 
of  the  long-leaved  Dicranum. 

The  Cambridge  Botaiiical  Supply  Co.,  of  Cambridge,  Mass., 
will  send  Brachythecium  asperrii)uir>i,  Mitt. 

F"or  five  cents  in  stamps  A.  J.  Crout  will  send  Funaria  hygro- 
metrica  and  Physcomitrium  turbimitum. 

The  above  specimens  are  all  fertile.  Hereafter  when  sterile 
specimens  are  offered,  st.  will  be  placed  after  their  names.  For 
addresses,  see  list  of  members. 


THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  CHAPTER 

OF  THE  AGASSIZ  ASSOCIATION 

— Our  apologies  are  due  to  Vice-president  Collins  for  the  omis- 
sion of  his  name  from  the  list  of  charter  members. 

— Only  eleven  votes  were  cast  in  the  vote  for  the  constitution, 
but  as  they  were  all  affirmative  and  constitute  a  quorum  the  con- 
stitution is  adopted. 

— -The  president  hopes  that  no  one  will  think  him  to  be  the  per- 
son referred  to  in  the  July  Bryologist,  as  "just  the  man  for  the 
place."     The  person  thus  referred  to  positively  declined  the  honor. 

— Fifty  members,  and  more  are  joining  every  day.  Copies  of  the 
constitution  will  be  mailed  to  any  one  interested  in  moss  study, 
upon  application  to  the  secretary. 

— Vice-president  Collins  sends  the  following  note  on  mica  for 
slides:  "A  good  grade  of  mica  for  microscopic  slides  can  be  ob- 
tained of  Eugene  Munsell  &  Co.,  218  Water  street.  New  York  City. 
It  comes  in  square  pieces,  2x2,  and  is  readily  cut  into  two  slides  and 
two  covers,  with  an  old  pair  of  shears.  It  generally  comes  much 
too  thick,  but  is  readily  split  to  the  desired  thickness.  I  obtained 
a  pound  of  it  in  March,  i8g8,  and  have  been  using  it  pretty  con- 
stantly since,  and  have  two-thirds  of  it  unused  now.  The  price 
quoted  me  in  March  was  51  cents  per  pound  net,  less  2  per  cent, 
for  cash  in  ten  days,  delivered." 

— Our  secretary  sends  the  following  method  of  preparing  mica 
slides  for  use,  after  separating  the  mica  and  trimming  the  pieces 
into  the  desired  sizes:  ist.  Place  the  whole  in  a  dish  and  cover 
with  alcohol  and  let  stand  for  twenty-four  hours.  The  alcohol 
need  not  be  of  high  grade.  Wood  alcohol  such  as  is  used  for  burn- 
ing in  lamps  is  good  enough.  2d.  Pour  the  alcohol  off,  keeping  it 
for  such  use  or  for  burning,  cover  the  mica  with  water  in  which 
pour  a  few  drops  of  hydrochloric  acid.  Let  this  stand  for  several 
hours,  taking  care  to  separate  the  thin  slides  in  such  manner  that 
all  may  be  acted  upon  by  the  acid  bath.  3d.  Pour  this  off  and 
repeatedly  wash  in  warm  water,  by  pouring  the  water  on  and  stir- 
ring to  insure  perfect  cleaning.  4th.  Dry  by  spreading  the  mica 
on  towels  and  when  dry  polish  with  lens  paper.  Finally  place  in  a 
covered  box  to  keep  free  from  dust. 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 

A  DEPARTMENT    OF  THE  FERN  BULLETIN, 

DEVOTED  TO  THE  STLDY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  MOSSES. 
ISSUED    QUARTERLY. 

EDITED  BY  DR.  A.  J.  GROUT,  PLYMOUTH,  N.  H. 
To  whom  all  correspondence  regarding  the  mosses  should  be  addressed. 


This  department  is  issued  separately  at  twenty-five  cents  a  year.     Subscriptions 
should  be  addressed  to  the  Fern  Bulletin.  Binghamton,  N.  Y. 

Vol.  II.  July,  1899.  No.  3. 


A    BRYOLOGICAL    MEMORIAL    MEETING    AT    COLUM- 
BUS, OHIO. 

COLUMBUS  was  the  home  for  many  years  of  William  S.  Sul- 
livant  and  Leo  Lesquereux,  two  names  which  will  always 
awaken  love  and  reverence  from  all  students  of  North 
American  mosses  and  hepatics.  It  is  twenty-six  years  since  Sul- 
livant  died,  and  this  last  quarter  of  the  century  has  seen  a  marked 
extension  of  the  limits  of  bryological  study  and  a  large  increase 
in  the  number  of  students.  It  seems  a  fitting  time  and  place  to 
take  a  survey  of  the  field,  review  the  past  and  make  plans  for  the 
future,  hence  it  is  proposed  to  make  the  coming  meeting  of  the 
American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  which  is 
to  be  held  at  Columbus,  the  occasion  for  a  Memorial  Day  in  honor 
of  the  Nestors  of  American  bryology  and  to  call  on  all  botanists 
and  botanical  magazines  to  help  make  the  occasion  a  memorable 
success.  It  is  proposed  to  present  a  series  of  papers  illustrated 
by  photographs,  specimens  and  microscopical  slides,  as  well  as 
books  and  pamphlets,  under  the  following  topics:  Historical  papers 
and  collections  showing  the  br>^ological  work  of  Hedwig,  Palisot 
de  Beauvois,  Michaux,  Muhlenberg,  Bridel,  Torrey,  Drummond 
Hooker  and  Wilson,  Greville,  SuUivant  and  Lesquereux,  James 
and  Watson,  Austin,  Ravenel,  WoUe,  Eaton  and  Faxon,  Mullet 
and  Gottsche. 

Supplementing  these  there  will  be  shown  collections  of  speci- 
mens, macroscopic  and  micrqscopic,  illustrating  the  monographic 
work  of  living  American  students.  If  foreign  students  who  have 
worked  on  North  American  Bryophytes  can  be  persuaded  to  coop- 
erate  with   us,   the   following   will   be   asked   to  contribute:     Bes- 


— 8o— 

from  the  Woodsy  Mniuni  by  the  very  long  slender  teeth  on  the 
margins  of  the  leaf.  These  teeth  are  two  or  three  cells  in  length 
and  extend  to  the  base  of  the  leaf.  So  marked  is  the  length  and 
distribution  of  these  teeth  that  a  hand  lens  alone  suffices  to  dis- 
tinguish the  species  when  once  one  knows  them.  The  cells  of  the 
leaves  are  also  much  larger  than  in  the  Woodsy  Mnium. 

The  "beaked  Mnium"  (.1/.  rostratiim  Schrad.)  closely  re- 
sembles the  above  species  and  is  quite  frequent,  but  the  leaves 
are  obtuse  and  mucronate  instead  of  acuminate,  and  the  opercu- 
lum, if  present,  clearly  marks  the  species  by  its  long  beak.  Often 
growing  with  these  species,  but  larger,  without  stolons  and  with 
two  or  three  capsules  in  a  cluster,  is  "Drummond's  Mnium"  {M. 
Drrimmondii  Br.  &  Sch.).  Another  species  sure  to  be  met  with 
in  wet  and  swampy  places  is  minium  punctatum.  Its  leaves  are 
so  large  that  it  could  be  easily  mistaken  for  a  flowering  plant.  It 
matures  its  capsules  sparingly  and  earliest  of  all  our  species,  in 
early  or  late  April  according  to  the  locality  and  season.  The 
operculum  is  long-beaked,  the  leaves  are  obovate,  bordered  and 
entire,  and  very  broad  and  obtuse  at  the  apex,  slightly  emargi- 
nate,  with  usually  a  slight  apiculus  and  the  costa  nearly  or  quite 
reaching  the  apex.  A  form  in  which  the  costa  ceases  some  dis- 
tance below  the  apex  is  variety  elatiim.  The  cells  of  the  leaves 
are  so  large  as  to  be  readily  seen  with  a  hand  lens.  Species  of 
Byrum  are  likely  to  be  mistaken  for  Mnium,  but  in  Mnium  the 
cells  are  little,  if  any,  longer  than  broad,  while  in  Bryum  they 
are  usually  much  longer  than  broad.  In  our  next  issue  we  hope  to 
give  a  key  to  all  our  eastern  species  with  their  distribution. — 
A.  J.  G. 


NOTEWORTHY  AMERICAN   MOSSES. 


IX    THE  number  of    the   Minnesota   Botanical  Studies,  published 
in    May,    1897,   Mr.  J.   M.   Holzinger    has  some  very  valuable 
notes    on   "The  Genus  Coscinodon. "     He  gives    the  following 
distinctions  for  separating  the  troublesome  species  C.  Wrightii  and 
C.  Raui. 

C.  Wrightii  is  silvery-green  from  the  presence  of  the  much 
lengthened  hair-points  on  the  upper  leaves,  which  stand  erect. 
It  grows  in  small,  dense  cushions  of  a  lighter  color  than  C.  Raui. 
The  hair  points  while  diminishing  in  length  toward  the  base  of 
the  stem,  are  still  distinctly  present  and  in  the  middle  of  young 


— 8i  — 

stems  the  h.iir-points  are  as  long  as  the  leaves.  Leaves  ercct-ap- 
pressed,  the  blades  distinctly  spoon-shaped  all  along  the  stem.  In 
section  the  leaves  are  uniformly  and  evenly  concave,  the  costa 
projecting  evenly  above  and  below  the  lamina  except  at  apex 
where  it  projects  on  the  under  side  alone;  costa  with  a  single  row  of 
large  cells  across  the  upper  surface,  continuous  with  the  leaf  cells. 

C.  Rani  is  less  silvery,  there  being  fewer  long  hairs  and  is 
usually  in  looser,  more  extended  patches;  coarser  and  more  branch- 
ing; the  hair-points  discontinue  below  the  upper  third  of  the  stem 
in  young  plants;  stem  leaves  obliquely  ascending,  spreading  with 
a  distinct  keel  on  the  under  side.  In  section  the  costa  is  deeply 
Jurro'ii'cd  above. 

It  is  stated  that  C.  Renauldi  Cardot  is  not  sufificiently  dis- 
tinct from  C.  Rani  on  the  authority  of  Cardot  himself. 

Mr.  Holzinger  also  publishes  C.  Wrightii,  var.  brevis,  Hol- 
zinger.  "  Moncecious;  simple  or  branching,  one  of  the  branches 
usually  terminating  in  the  antheridial,  the  other  in  the  arche- 
gonial  bud;  leaves  crowded  toward  the  top  of  the  stem  into  a  termi- 
nal bud,  rapidly  reduced  to  scales  so  that  the  stem  below  the  middle 
is  nearly  naked;  leaves  not  distinctly  spoon-shaped."  Winona, 
Minn.,  Holzinger. 

In  the  issue  of  the  same  publication  for  June  15,  1898,  M. 
Jules  Cardot  publishes  Fontinalis  Ilolzingeri.  "Of  the  group 
Heterophyllae  related  to  F.  Missourica  Card.,  but  with  leaves  more 
rigid,  cells  longer,  not  or  scarcely  flexuose,  strongly  chlorophyllose, 
marginal  firm."     Northeastern  Minn.,  Holzinger. 

In  the  same  paper  Mr.  Holzinger  shows  conclusively  that 
Homalia  Jamesii,  Schimp,  is  at  most  only  a  variety  of  H.  tricho- 
manoides  (Schreb.)  Br.  &  Sch.,  the  only  difference  being  in  the 
more  obtuse  leaves  of  the  American  form,  which  character  even 
is  quite  variable. 

H.  Macounii  Kindb.,  is  also  given  as  a  synonym  of  the  variety 
Jamesii. 

MOSSES    FOR  DISTRIBUTION  TO  THE  CHAPTER. 


By  A.  J.  Grout.  Mnium  sylvaticum,  M.  cuspidatum„  M. 
punctatum  st.,  and  M.  roslratum  st.  for  10  cents.  By  Miss  Cora 
H.  Clarke,  91  Mt.  Vernon  street,  Boston,  Mass.,  any  or  all  of  the 
allowing  species  for  a  self-addressed  stamped  envelope:  Pottia 
truncatula,  Gerorgia  pellucida,  Pogonatum  tenue,  Anomodon  rostra- 
ius. 


AN  ILLUSTRATED  GLOSSARY  OF   BRVOLOGICAL 

TERMS. 

By  A.  J.  Grout,  Ph.  D. 


THIS  is  not  intended  to  be  an  exhaustive  glossary  of  botanical 
terms,  but  a  glossary  of  those  terms  which  are  either  con- 
fined to  bryological  works  or  are  used  in  a  somewhat  dif- 
ferent meaning  when  applied  to  mosses.  Thus  the  common  terms 
descriptive  of  leaves  are  omitted,  except  acumen  and  a  few  others 
that  are  used  in  a  peculiar  or  unusual  way  by  some  authors.  Very 
few  terms  are  here  defined  that  are  sufficiently  well  defined  in  the 
common  phanerogamic  botanies  like  Gray,  Wood,  or  Britton  and 
Brown. 

Braithwaite's  British  Moss  Flora,  Lesquereux  and  James' 
Manual,  and  Dixon  and  Jameson's  Handbook  of  British  Mosses 
have  been  largely  consulted  and  an  attempt  has  been  made  to  de- 
termine the  meaning  of  each  term  according  to  the  usage  of  all  the 
authors  accessible. 

For  most  of  the  cuts  we  are  indebted  to  the  kindness  of  Mr. 
H.  N.  Dixon,  Mr.  Jameson,  and  their  publishers,  who  have  very 
kindly  allowed  us  the  use  of  the  cuts  in  their  Handbook  of  British 
Mosses,  a  work  which  should  be  in  the  hands  of  every  moss  stu- 
dent whether  English  or  American.  Terms  whose  meaning  can 
be  made  sufficiently  clear  by  definition  are  not  illustrated  as  a  rule. 
In  order  to  use  the  same  figure  to  illustrate  two  or  more  definitions 
without  having  definition  and  figure  too  far  apart,  the  glossary 
will  be  arranged  alphabetically  under  topics,  such  as  leaves,  cap- 
sules, etc.  The  first  section  will  consist  of  those  terms  which  ap- 
ply to  leaves. 

TERMS    USED    IN    DESCRIBING    LEAVES. 

Acumen,  the  gradually  tapering  narrow  point  of  an  acuminate 
leaf.     (Fig.  2,  b.) 

Acuminate,  a  term  usually  applied  to  leaves  that  gradually 
taper  to  a  narrow  point.  A  few  recent  writers  use  term  as  ap- 
plying only  to  those  leaves  that  are  not  uniformly  narrowed  and 
limit  the  term  acumen  to  that  part  of  the  apex  beyond  the  point 
where  the  narrowing  begins  to  be  less  abrupt.  According  to  these 
authors  a  leaf  uniformly  narrowed  would  not  be  acuminate,  no 
matter  how  slender  the  apex.  The  author  has  followed  this  usage 
to  some  extent  in  previous  writings,  but  general  usage  does  not 
seem  to  sanction  this  restriction  of  the  term. 


-83— 


iMpk 


Wi 


I 


-0(]ri 


///C--JW- 'j-riyrv  Acumination,   see  acumen   and   acuminate. 

A'^gpOu^M  Alar  cells,  the  cells  at  the  basal  angles  of 

|\UQU^f.||J[|j|  the   leaf,  commonly  different  from   the  cells  of 
))y^ra,^7)fllli^  the   main   part   of    the    leaf,   being   shorter  and 
often    nearly    square,    or    inflated    and    hyaline, 
and  often  highly  colored.      (Fig.   I.) 

Apical  cells,   the  cells  composing  the  apex 
of  the  leaf.     They  are  often  broader  and  shorter 
1  than  the  cells  of  the  middle  of  the  leaf. 

Areolalion,   the  net-work  formed   by  the  outlines  of  the  cells 
of  a  leaf. 

Auricles,  small  lobes  at  the  basal  angles  of 
the  leaf,  usually  consisting  of  cells  differing 
from  those  of  the  main  part  of  the  leaf  in  size 
or  shape  or  both.  (Fig.  i  and  Fig.  2,  a.)  Prop- 
erly used  only  when  there  is  an  outward  curve 
in  the  outline  of  the  leaf  at  the  base,  as  in  the 
figures,  but  often  used  loosely  to  denote  the 
basal  angles  of  widely  decurrent  leaves. 

Basal  or  basilar  cells,  cells  at  the  base  or 
insertion  of  the  leaf,  often  of  different  shape 
and  color  from  those  of  the  main  part  of  the  leaf. 
Bicostate,  having  a  double  costa,  which  is  usually 
much  shorter  than  in  leaves  having  a  single  costa. 
Bifarious,  growing  in  two  ranks. 

Bracts,  a  term  applied  to  the  leaves  surrounding 
the  reproductive  organs.  Those  surrounding  the  anthe- 
ridia  are  called  perigonial  bracts  or  leaves,  and  those  sur- 
rounding the  archegonia  and  base  of  seta  are  called 
perichaetial. 

Bistratose,  of  two  layers  of  cells.      (Fig.  3.) 
Canaliculate,    channelled.     Applied    to    leaves    with    margins 
incurved,  so  as  to  give  them  a  channel-like  form,  e.  g.   the  upper 
part   of   the  leaves  of  Dicranum  fuscescens.     A 
more  complete  inrolling  until  the  margins  meet 
would  make  the  leaf  tubulose. 

Bordered,  having  a  margin  different  from 
the  rest  of  the  leaf.  In  Mnium  and  Bryum  the 
border  consists  of  a  few  rows  of  greatly  elon- 
gated cells,  often  in  two  or  more  layers.  In 
Fissidens  the  border  is  of  a  different  color,  but 
with  little  difference  in  cell  structure.  (Fig.  4.) 
(To  be  continued.) 


SB 

3 


NEW   AMERICAN   MOSSES. 

From  Memoir?  ol  ihe  Tc^rrcv  Brnanical  Cliih,  •>:   No.  2. 

BrACHYTHECIUM  POPULEIM  ilVATLM  11  \ar.  (Jftoii  h.ivini^  llie 
appearance  of  var.  ruffscens,  l)ut  with  thi-  stem  k-.ivcs  l)roadly 
cordate-ovate.  1.4  by  o.h  mm.,  concave,  margins  rcHexod  below, 
rather  abruptl\-  narrowed  tci  a  much  shorter  subulate  acuminalion; 
rosta  verv  >tout.  often  ending  below  apex;  branch  leaves  ovate- 
lanceolate,  medium  cells  5:  I.  On  dry  rocks  in  woods  with  Gnm- 
mia  apocarpd.  Johnson  and  Peacham.  \t.;  Indian  Falls,  Owen 
Sound;  New  Harbor,  Newfountlland.  Jan.  y>.  i^Mi. 

Br.\chvthech.'.m  Leibergh.  Branch  leaves  falcate-secund. 
decurrent,  1.2  0.4.  mm.  lanceolate,  gradually  very  slenderly 
acuminate,  serrate,  costate  to  bc>ond  the  middle;  median  cells 
fusiform,  8-10;  i;  basal  shorter  and  broader;  quadrate  alar  cells 
numerous;  stem-leaves  ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  more  strongly 
plicate;  monoicous.  Seta  red-brown,  roughened  with  rather  low 
blunt  papilk-e;  capsule  light  brown,  1.5  mm.,  long,  i.  5-2:  I.  short- 
ovoid,  unsymmetric.  horizontal;  operculum  short  conic;  annulus 
present;  cilia  two  or  three,  appendiculate.  Type  locality,  summit 
of  "Bareknob."  Traille  River  Basin.  Idaho,  alt.  5.500  feet.  (J- 
B.  Leiberg,  2^>i.  July,  1891.)  The  gametophyte  closely  resembles 
B.  erythrorrhizon,  from  which  it  differs  in  the  rough  seta  and  in 
being  monoicous.  Easily  distinguished  from  B.  velutinum  b>-  the 
larger  stem  leaves. 

DiCRANUM  LOXGIFOLIUM  siBALPiN'UM  Mildc.  "Densely  tuft- 
ed and  reminding  one  strongly  of  Campylopus  SchwarLzn,  blackish 
green,  leaves  erect-spreading,  stiff,  shorter  than  in  the  species, 
mosth-  broken  off,  much  less  strongly  dentate."  Limpicht,  Laub- 
moose.  On  exposed  rocks  of  "the  Nose"  Mt.  Mansfield  summit. 
July  '96,  A.  J.  Grout.  Determined  by  Prof.  R.  H.  True,  who 
rerriarks  that  it  is  sparingly  collected  in  Europe. 

From  a  revision  of  the  Xorth  .American  Eurhynchia,  by  A.  J. 
(^rout.     Bull.  Torn.  Bot.  Club,  t>,5:    221-256.      1898. 

Elrhvnchium  STRiGOSu.vt  ROBUSTLM  Roell,  Hedwigia.  36:  52. 
1897.  Eurhynchium  strigosum  (in  part)  of  American  authors. 
Gametophyte' with  the  habit  Brachythecium  pliimosum,  branches 
6-12  mm.  long,  ascending  or  erect,  often  fasciculately  divided, 
terete-foliate,  more  blunt  than  in  £.  strigosum;  leaves  from  the 
middle  of  the  branches  erect-spreading,  ovate-lanceolate,  very 
slightlv  or  not  at  all  decurrent,  1-1.3x0.4-0.5  mm.,  usually  acute; 
quadrate  and  oval  alar  cells  confined  to  the  extreme  angles;  stem 
leaves  1. 2-1. 5X0. 4-0. 6  mm.,  longer  acuminate,  acumination  often 
subftliform.  \sporoplivte  rather  larger  than  in  the  typical  form. 
Tvpe  locality,  vicinity  of  Chicago,  III.;  Eastern  Canada  and  in 
the  United  States  from  Louisiana  to  Minnesota  and  eastward. 
More  abundant  northward.     The  common  eastern  form. 


— Mr.  B.   D.  Crilbert  has  a  specimen  of  Dicranum  spurmm,  col- 
lected by  E.  C.  Howe,  at  New  Baltimore,  N.  V. 


THE  BRYOLOGIST, 

A  DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  FERN  BULLETIN, 

DEVOTED  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  MOSSES. 
ISSUED    QUARTERLY. 

EDITED  BV  DR.  A.  J.  GROUT.  Boy's  High  School.  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
To  whom  all  correspondence  regarding  the  mosses  should  be  addressed. 

This  deparlmeiil  h    issued  separuleiy  ill  lurnly-live  cents  a   year,  hy  Ike  Fern 
Bullelin  Co.,  Bin^liamlon,   X.    Y.     >nbscriplioHs  should  he  mailed  lo  this  address. 

Vol.  II.  October,  1899.  No.  4. 

KEY    TO  THE  MNIUMS  OF  NORTHEASTERN   NORTH 

AMERICA. 


1.  Lca\es  not  bordcTcd 2. 

Lea\  OS  horrleretl 2_ 

2.  Plants  large,  lca\cs  entire  or  very  slighth   serrate  b\-  pro- 

jecting cells;  leaf  cells  twice  as  long  as  broad 

M.    cinclidioides. 

Plants  imicli  smaller,  leaves  usually  serrate;  leaf  cells  iso- 
diametric  (/.  e.,  as  broad  as  long) M.  stellare. 

3.  Leaves  entire 4. 

Leaves  serrate,  with  single  teeth 7. 

Leaves  serrate,  with  teeth  in  pairs il. 

4.  Leaves  costate  to  apex M.  punctatum. 

Costa  \anishing  below  ape.\ ^. 

5.  l"pper  leaf  cells  isodiametric  ....       Af.  Iiymenophylloides. 
Upper  leaf  cells  longer  than  broad 6. 

6.  Margin  of  leaves  thickened,  of  2-4  la\ers;  dioicous;  capsule 

oval.     .  ........    M.  punctatum,  \av.  elatum. 

^Largin  of  leaves  not  thickened;  synoicous;  capsule  round- 
ish  M.  psendo punctatum. 

7.  Basilar  branches  stoloniforni;  capsules  single  or  clustered.       8. 
Basilar  branches  erect  or  stems  simple;  capsules  clustered. 

M.     Drummondii. 

8.  Leaves  rounded  at  ape.x,   mucronate;  operculum   restate. 

•     •     ■     • M.     rostratum. 

Leaves  acuminate;  operculum  mamillate  or  apiculate  .     .       9. 

9.  Leaves  serrate  to  base,  teeth  usualK-  more  than  one  cell  in 

length ' 10. 

Leaves  serrate  to  middle,  teeth  consisting  of  a  single  cell. 

M.     sylvaticum. 

10.   Dioicous;    operculum    mamillate    ....       M.    cuspidatum. 
Synoicous;  operculum  apiculate M.  medium. 


—  io6 — 

11.  Costa  vanishing  below  apex M.hornum. 

Costa  reaching  apex 12. 

12.  Costa  toothed  on  the  back;  cHoicous 13. 

Costa  not  toothed  on  the  back;  synoicous 14. 

12,-   Costa  excurrent  in  upper  leaves;   leaf  cells  0.18-0.030  mm. 

.1/.  pseudol ycopodioides. 

Co?ta  percurrent;  leal' cells  about  0.015  mm 

.1/.  orthorryhnchum. 

14.   Capsules     clustered .1/.  spinulosum. 

Capsules    solitary .1/.  marginatum. 

It  is  to  be  regretted  that  the  question  of  plant  names  should 
arise  to  bother  beginners,  but  many  of  those  in  Lesquereux  and 
James'  Manual  are  untenable.  We  have  chosen  to  use  the  nomen- 
clature of  Braithwaite's  "British  Moss  Flora,"  which  is  also  fol- 
lowed in  the  editor's  "X'ermont  Mosses."  Mrs.  Smith  very  kindly 
contributes  a  table  of  synonyms. 

In  using  the  key  it  will  be  well  to  remember  that  M.  ciispi- 
datiim,  var.  ntgicioii  often  has  entire  lea\es.  The  American  M. 
lycopodioides  of  L.  ^.'v:  J.  is  doubtfully  the  same  as  the  European 
plant  of  the  same  name,  and  hence  was  called  .1/.  psciidolycopo- 
dioides  C.  M.  &  Kindb.  Mrs.  Britton  informs  us  that  the  plant 
we  described  in  the  July  issue  as  .1/.  pioulatiiiu  is  really  the  variety 
elatum.  The  variety  grows  on  the  ground  in  bogs,  while  the  species 
grows  on  wet  stones  and  is  much  smaller. 

The  writer  has  found  M.  stellare  and  M.  ciucUdioides  abun- 
dant in  Plymouth,  X.  H.;  both  sterile  except  a  very  few  capsules 
of  M.  stellare.  M.  stellare  grows  on  humus  at  the  base  of  trees 
in  swampy  woods.  .1/.  cincloidioides  in  the  swampy  places  near 
bv;  it  resembles  M.  pnnctatum,  var.  elatum  in  appearance,  but  is 
easily  distinguished  by  the  non-margined  leaves. 

Mrs.  E.  G.  Britton  very  kindly  furnished  us  with  a  list  of  the 
Mniums  of  this  region,  and  has  promised  an  article  on  their  habi- 
tats and  distribution  for  the  January  issue. — .4.  J.  G. 

SYNONYMS. 

In  the  list  of  species  of  Mnium  found  in  eastern  United  States 
the  first  name  given  is  the  one  used  by  Dr.  Grout  in  his  keys.  B. 
stands  for  Braithwaite,  "British  Moss  Flora;"  L.  &■  J.  for  Les- 
quereaux  &  James,  "Manual  of  Mosses  of  N.  A.;"  D.  df  J.  for 
Dixon  &  Jameson,  "Student's  Handbook  British  Mosses,"  and 
H.  for  Husnot.  "Muscologia  Gallia?."  In  cases  where  any  of 
these  authorities  are  omitted,  it  means  that  the  moss  is  not  treated 
by  those  authors: 


— 107— 

1.  M.  ciliare  (Grev.)  Lindb.=  M.  affine,  var.  ciliare  (Grcv.)  C.  M. 

See  Limpricht  "Laubmoose, "  p.  479- 

2.  M.  cindidioides  (Blvtt)   Hubn.  of  B.=Af.  cinclidioides  Hubn. 

of  L.  &  J.  and  D.  ii  J.  and  M.  cinclidioides  Blytt  .of  H. 
-z  M  cuspidatmn  (L.)  Neck,  of  B.=il/.  affine  Bland,  of  L.  &  J. 
and  D.  &  J.  and  M.  affine  Schw.  of  H.  Its  varieties  are 
M  affine,  var.  elalum  B.  &  S.  of  authors  cited.  M.  affine, 
var.  rugicum  B.  &  S.  of  L.  &  J.  and  D.  &  J.=  M.  affine,  var. 
rugicum  Laur.  of  B. 

4.  M.  Drionmondii  B.  &  S.  of  L.  &  J. 

5.  M.  hornum  L.     Same  by  four  authors  cited. 

6.  M.  hymenophylloides  Hubn.  of  L.  &  J.  and  H. 

7.  M.  marginatum   (Dicks.j   P.   Beauv.  of  B.  &  H.=  M.  senatum 

Laich  of  L.  &  J.=  A/.  serratum  Schrad.  of  D.  &  J. 

8.  M.  medium  B.  &  S.  of  L.  &  J.=  B.  note  Vol.  II.,  p.   243=^. 

affine  Schw.,  var.  medium  of  H. 

9.  M.  orthorrhynchum  B.  &  S.=Same  by  all  authors  cited. 

10.  M.  punctatum  Hedw.  of  L.  &  J.  and  \\=M.  punctahim  L.  of 

B.  and  D.  &  J.  =  ^^/.  punctatum  Hedw.  var.  elatum  B.  &  S. 
of  L.  &  J.  and  H.  =  M.  punctatum  L.  var.  elatum  Schimp.  of 
B.  and  D.  and  J. 

11.  M.  pseudoptinctatum  B.  &  S.  of  B.=  jV/.  subglobosum  B.  &  S.  of 

L.  &  J..  D.  &  J.,  and  H. 

12.  M.    pseudolvcopodioides    C.     M.    cV     Kindb.=i/.    lycopodiodes 

(Brid.)  Sc'hwaegr.  of  L.  <!s:  J.     See  note  under  key. 

13.  M.  silvaticum  Lindb.  of  B.=  iV.  cuspidatmn  Hedw.  of  L.  &  J. 

and  H. 

14.  M.  spinulosum  B.  &  S.  of  L.  cS;  J.  and  H.     See  note,  D.  &  J., 

P-   348. 

15.  M.  stellare  Reich,  of  all  authors  cited. 

16.  M.  rostratum  Schrad.  of  B.  and  D.  &  ].  =  M.  rostratum  Schwagr. 

of  L.  cS:  J.and  H.— /I.  M.  S. 


SOME    ADDITIONAL    NOTES    ON    THE     METHODS    OF 
MICROSCOPIC    EXAMINATION  OF  MOSSES. 

By  John  M.   Holzinger. 


THE  electric  current  runs  along  the  line  of  least  resistance. 
So,  in  our  working  methods  on  mosses,  we  strive  to  find  a 
plan  that  shall  lead  to  results  exact  and  satisfactory  by  a 
way  most  direct  and  least  expensive  of  time  and  tools.  I  have 
read  with  interest  the  article  on  this  subject  in  the  April  Bryolo- 
GIST;  and  since  my  own  method  of  work  is  in  part  different  from 
those  described,  I  gladly  furnish  it  to  our  younger  moss  students, 


— io8— 

hoping  that  some  of  them  may  try  it  and  find  it  as  satisfactory  as 
the   writer. 

In  the  first  place,  I  invariably  prepare  my  dry  material  for 
examination  by  simply  soaking  it  in  a  tumbler  of  cold  water  for  a 
sufficient  length  of  time.  The  usual  time  required  for  examining 
one  moss  is  almost  always  sufficient  to  soak  up  the  next  victim. 
The  only  time  when  a  moment's  boiling  over  a  flame  becomes 
necessary  is  when  spores  interfere  with  the  study  of  the  peristome, 
after  the  dissection  of  a  recently  ripe  and  still  operculate  capsule. 
In  the  second  place,  I  work  almost  entirely  with  mounted 
needle  and  small  convex  edged  scalpel  under  the  arm-supported 
lens  of  a  dissecting  microscope,  whether  it  be  in  removing  leaves 
from  stems,  for  examination  entire,  or  in  making  sections  of  leaves 
or  of  stems,  or  of  capsules,  or  in  searching  for  gametophytes  and 
sporophytes.  I  remove  only  the  largest  leaves,  as  of  Polytrichium, 
of  some  Mniums,  etc.,  with  simply  scalpel  and  tweezers.  I  sup- 
pose everyone  can  work  best  by  that  method  to  which  he  has  be- 
come accustomed,  and  in  which  he  has  become  practiced,  from 
the  beginning,  whether  it  involves  the  use  of  pith,  or  simply  of  the 
thumb  nail  and  razor.  But  1  believe  the  method  I  have  suggested 
is,  on  the  whole,  the  -impiest,  most  certain  and  most  satisfactory, 
because  most  expeditious.  May  I  tax  the  patience  of  my  readers 
with  one  illustration? 

Suppose  I  have  soakcti  up  some  plants  of  an  Orthotrichum 
which  occurs  around  Winona  on  limestone  boulders,  lor  critical 
study.  I  carefully  select  a  plant  as  perfect  as  possible,  /.  c,  with 
leaves  unbroken,  and  fresh,  with  a  fully  ripe  capsule,  but  not  so 
old  as  to  have  a  demoralized  peristome,  placing  it  on  a  glass  slip 
in  as  much  water  as  will  adhere  to  it.  This  slip  is  put  on  the  dis- 
secting stage,  under  the  lens,  to  be  cursorily  examined.  If  earth, 
sand  or  vegetable  debris  adhere  to  it,  I  endeavor  with  needle  and 
scalpel  to  float  this  superfluous  material  away  from  the  specimen. 
I  may  wash  it  thus,  on  the  glass  slip,  through  several  waters.  When 
perfectly  clean,  it  is  ready  for  detailed  dissection.  I  decide  to  ex- 
amine leaves,  both  entire  and  in  cross-section,  the  capsule  wall  to 
determine  whether  it  is  cryptopore  or  phaneropore,  and  the  peri- 
stome. 

I  remove  several  leaves  from  the  base  of  my  plant,  carefully 
cutting  off  short  pieces  of  stem  from  below  up,  and  pressing  off 
the  lowest  leaves  with  needle  and  scalpel.  (In  some  cases  I  get 
good   results  readily   by   scraping   the  leafy  stem   downward,   and 


— 109 — 

selecting  those  least  broken  up.)  From  a  lot  thus  separated  I 
select  several  for  examination  entire,  removing  them  to  another 
clean  glass  slip  into  a  drop  or  two  of  clean  water,  or  dilute  glycer- 
ine, and  covering  them  with  a  cover  glass.  They  are  now  ready 
for  the  compound  microscope,  and  may  be  temporarily  laid  aside 
till  all  the  other  slips  are  prepared. 

The  preparation  of  cross  sections  of  the  leaves  is  a  somewhat 
more  delicate  task.  I  again  select  three  or  four  of  the  best  leaves, 
and  transfer  them  to  another  slip  into  a  little  water.  Under  the 
dissecting  lens  I  now  endeavor  to  hold  them  with  bent  needle 
down  into  the  water  on  the  slip,  bases  toward  me  and  to  the  left, 
apex  away  from  me  and  toward  right.  This  with  the  left  hand. 
Then  I  cut  with  a  chop-knife  motion  across  the  leaves,  endeavor- 
ing to  cut  \ery  thin,  parallel  slices.  The  scalpel  of  course  must  be 
kept  very  sharp,  and  I  always  keep  a  fine  hone  and  razor  strop  on 
my  work  table.  The  difficulty  of  this  operation,  which  is  viewed 
through  the  lens,  is  fast  diminished  by  practice.  It  arises  from 
the  surface  tension  of  the  water,  which  is  somewhat  violently 
disturbed  by  the  touch  of  the  scalpel,  on  the  edge  of  which  a  menis- 
cus leaps  up  to  a  microscopically  considerable  height,  causing 
the  small  moss  pieces  to  dance  a  lively  jig  for  a  moment,  and  throw- 
ing them  into  confusion.  With  this  disturbance  one  soon  learns 
to  reckon  in  this  process  of  working.  The  thinnest  sections  are 
soon  selected,  and  are  lifted  with  needle  and  scalpel  on  to  another 
slip  into  a  drop  of  water  or  glycerine,  and  covered  with  a  circle. 

The  capsule  I  cut  crosswise  first,  close  to  the  peristome.  If 
spores  are  too  abundant,  and  are  likely  to  interfere  with  the  exami- 
nation, I  endeavor  to  press  and  work  out  the  bulk  of  them,  trans- 
ferring the  washed  parts  to  another  slip  with  a  drop  of  water. 
Then  I  split  each  part  again  lengthwise;  the  base  of  the  capsule 
thus  split  is  carefully  laid  with  outer  surface  turned  upward;  the 
peristome  pieces  are  arranged  so  that  one  has  the  outer,  the  other 
the  inner  surface  turned  upward,  for  obvious  reasons.  The  parts 
are  then  covered  with  a  cover  glass,  and  everything  is  ready  for  a 
detailed  microscopic  examination. 

Finally,  if  it  is  found  necessary  to  determine  the  presence  of 
the  gametophyte  on  the  plant,  as  perfect  a  plant  as  possible  is 
selected  after  soaking,  and  is  carefully  looked  over  with  the  dis- 
secting lens  for  small  buds  of  somewhat  different  construction 
than  ordinary  short  stems.  These  buds  are  then  split  lengthwise 
in  a  drop  of  water,  the  parts  floated  out,  and  covered. 


ILLUSTRATED  GLOSSARY.— Continued. 


Circinate.  curved  into  a  circle,  resembling 
fig.  2,  but  still  more  incurved  so  that  the  apex 
is  nearly  or  quite  bent  around  to  the  leaf  base; 
e.  g.  leaves  of  Hypnuni  nncinatmn. 

Cirrale  or  cirrhate,  applied  to  leaves  which 
curl  up  in  drying.  Cirrate  leaves  are  more  reg- 
ularly curled  than  crispate  leaves. 

Cirrhose,  ha\ing  a  \vavy  hair  point. 
Cochleariform,  rounded  and  concave   like  a 
spoon  or  ladle. 
Complicate,  folded  together. 
Costa,  the  nerve  or  midrib  of  a  moss  leaf. 
Costate,  having  a  costa. 

Crispate.  or  crisped,  frizzled,  curled  and  twisted 
in  various  ways.      (Fig.  5.) 

Cucullate,    hood-shaped,    the    apex    curved    in 
like  a  slipper.      (Apex  of  leaf  in  fig.  6.) 

Cultriform,  curved  like  a  short,  wide  scimitar, 

e.  g.,  the  leaves  of  Homalia  trichomanoides  Jamesii. 

Cymbijorm,    boat-shaped    (used    by    Dixon    as   a 

synonym    of    cucullate):    e.    g.    leaves    of    Sphagnum 

cymbifoliiim.      (The  whole  leaf  in  fig.  6.) 

Dorsal,   belonging   to  or  on   the  back;   i.   e.,   the 
face  of  a  leaf  remote  from  the  stem. 
Ecostate,  lacking  a  costa. 

Excurrent  casta,  a  costa  running  out  beyond  the 
lamina  of  a  leaf.      (Fig.  7.) 

Excavate  (leaf-insertion),  hollowed  out  in  a  curve. 
Falcate,  curved  like  a  sickle.  (Fig.  2.) 
Flexuose,  bent  backwards  and  forwards  or  waved. 
Hamate,  or  hamulose,  curved  like  a  hook;  more 
sharply  and  abruptly  curved  than  in  falcate  and 
circinnate. 

Heteromallous,   leaves  or  branches  turned   in  dif- 
ferent directions. 

Homomallous,   all   turned    in   the   same  direction. 
Imbricated,   closely  over   lapping  each   other   like 
the  tiles  of  a  roof.     (Fig.  8.) 


— Ill — 


ir* 


mi 


Incrassate,  of  the  cell  walls,  thickened;  of 
q^qOq..^  the  cells,   having  thickened   walls.      (Fig.   9.) 

Inflated,  applied  to  the  alar  cells  of  leaves 


^(^^^^o  o!  when   enlarged    much    beyond   the   size   of   the 


^-qod 


''o'^9-F   neighboring  cells.     (Fig.   10.) 

Lamellce,    thin    sheets   or    plates   of    tissue; 
9  e.  g.  the  plates  arising    from    the  costa  of    the 

hair  caps  and  their  allies.     (Fig.    11.) 

Lamellate,  having  la- 
mellae. 

Lamina,  the  blade  or 
expanded  part  of  the  leaf  as 
distinct  from  the  costa. 

Limb,  the  upper  part  of 
a  leaf  as  distinct  from  the 
leaf  base. 

Limbale  leaf,  a  leaf  bor- 
dered by  a  part  of  another 
color;  e.  g.   many  species  of 
Fissidens. 

Margined,  see  bordered. 

Median  leaf  cells,  those    from  the  middle  of    the 

Nerve,  see  costa. 

Papilla:,  minute  rounded  or  acute  protuberances. 

Papillose,  rough  with  papilla?.      (Fig.  3.) 

Paraphyllia,  minute  leaf-like  or  much 
lii  branched  organs  among  the  leaves.  (Fig.  12.) 
-     E.  g.  Thuidium. 

Parenchymatous,  cells  with  broad  ends 
abutting  on  each  other,  not  dovetailing  into 
each  other.      (The  large  cells  in  Fig.  4.) 

Patent,    spreading   at   an   angle  of   26°-45° 
(Braithwaite);  spreading  at  an  angle  of  45°  or  more  (Dixon). 
Patulous,  more  widely  spreading  than  patent. 
Percurrent   costa,   reaching   to   the   apex  of   the   leaf,    but    not 
beyond. 

Perichaetial,  see  bracts. 
Perigonial,  see  bracts. 

Pitted  cell  walls,  marked  with  small  apertures  or  depressions; 
e.  g.  the  cell  wafls  of  the  leaves  of  Dicranum  scoparium  and  other 
species. 


THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  CHAPTER. 


Elections. 

As  soon  as  this  meets  your  eye,  or  at  latest  before  Nov.  1st, 
send  in  your  vote  to  the  Judge  of  Elections,  Mrs.  M.  L.  Stevens, 
6  Holyoke  Place,  Cambridge,  Mass.  For  address  of  candidates, 
see  list  of  members.  For  further  instructions,  see  your  copy  of 
the  Constitution.  Candidates:  For  President,  Miss  Mary  E. 
Hart,  Dr.  A.  J.  Grout:  for  \ice-President,  J.  F.  Collins,  Will  R. 
Maxon;  for  Secretary-Treasurer,  Mrs.  .Annie  Morrill  Smith,  Miss 
Harriet  L.  Wheeler,  of  Chatham,  X.  \'. 

A.   J.   C,     J.   F.   C,     A.   M.   S. 

Do  not  forget  to  send  Mrs.  Smith  an  account  of  your  work  at 
once,  that  she  ma>-  make  out  a  \early  report  to  gladden  all  our 
hearts.  This  means  every  active  member,  and  we  shall  be  pleased 
to  hear  from  the  associates. 


— Mr.  J.  W.  Huntington  has  collected  Ilylocomiuiii  sqiiarrosum 
and  Dicranuni  moutaniou,  in  .\mesbury,  Mass. 

— Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith,  78  Orange  street,  Brooklyn,  X.  V., 
plans  a  revision  of  the  Tinuuiacecc,  and  wishes  both  European 
and  American  specimens  for  examination,  or  she  will  exchange  in 
case  any  one  has  duplicates  to  spare. 

— The  notice  of  the  Columbus  meeting  nearly  crowded  out 
Chapter  notes  in  the  last  issue,  but  we  hope  to  make  up  for  it  in 
this.  The  members  of  the  Chapter  have  not  been  idle,  and  we 
shall  have  a  fine  lot  of  notes  in  our  next  number.  We  hope  every 
member  of  the  Chapter  will  collect  all  the  Mniums  possible  and 
be  ready  with  notes.  Mrs.  Britton  has  promised  us  an  article 
for  the  January  number  that  will  give  complete  ranges  so  far  as 
known  of  all  the  Eastern  species.  Mrs.  Britton  has  made  a  special 
studv  of  the  genus,  and  her  article  and  notes  will  be  of  the  great- 
est value. — (/. 


Mosses  for  Distribution. 
By  A.  J.  Grout,  Boys'  High  School,  Brooklyn.  X.  V.:  Mnium 
cinclidioides.  str.  and  M.  stellare,  str.,  for  five  cents  in  stamps. 
Dicranoii-eissia  cirrhata  (L.)  Lindb.,  b>-  Cambridge  Botanical 
Supply  Co.  for  a  self-addressed  stamped  envelope.  Will  persons 
who  can  ot^er  other  species  than  those  already  oftered  please  notify 
the  editor? 


THE  BRYOLOGIST 


\'()i,.  ill.  January,   1900.  No.  i. 


With  this  number  The  Bryologist  begins  an  independent 
existence.  We  hereby  acknowledge  our  great  indebtedness  to  our 
late  associate,  The  Fern  Bulletin.  Without  that  assistance  neither 
the  Sullivant  Moss  Chapter  nor  The  Bryologist  could  have  at- 
tained its  present  growth.  This  issue  contains  twelve  pages  and  is 
furnished  with  a  cover.  We  hope  that  our  reception  will  warrant 
an  increase  to  sixteen  pages  next  year.  A  glance  over  our  columns 
for  the  past  year  will  show  that  we  number  among  our  contributors 
most  of  the  prominent  moss  students  of  the  United  States.  The 
increase  in  price  will,  we  feel  sure,  be  more  than  made  up  to  sub- 
scribers by  the  increased  value  of  the  journal. 

* 
We  hope  that  every  one,  whether  a  member  of  the  Moss  Chap- 
ter or  not,  will  read  carefully  the  Secretary's  report.  The  Editor 
himself  scarcely  expected  such  marked  results  from  the  first  year's 
work.  Certainly  an  organization  which  accomplishes  such  results^ 
is  worth  the  careful  consideration  of  every  moss  student.  Such 
consideration  will  lead  to  membership,  we  believe. 

***  fX 

The  success  of  the  Sullivant  Moss  Chapter  is  due  very  largely 
to  the  efforts  of  its  Secretary,  Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith,  who  has 
devoted  time,  strength,  and  money  to  the  work  of  the  Chapter,  to 
an  extent  little  realized  except  by  a  very  few.  Mrs.  Smith's  suc- 
cess in  the  work  of  the  Moss  Chapter  argues  well  for  the  future 
of  The  Bryologist,  since  she  has  kindly  consented  to  share  the 
burdens  of  editorship.  We  feel  sure  that  all  our  readers  will  be 
glad  to  welcome  her  as  Associate  Editor. 

* 
Like  all  other  publications,  The  Bryologist  depends  for  its 
success  upon  its  meeting  the  wants  of  its  constituency.  The  Editors 
will  be  pleased  to  have  moss  students  indicate  to  them  those  features 
of  the  journal  that  have  been  most  helpful,  and  also  will  be  pleased 
to  receive  suggestions;  these  will  be  adopted  if  they  seem  practicable. 

A.  J.  G. 


ILLUSTRATED  GLOSSARY -Continued. 


M 


v4 


Plicate,   folded    in    pleats  or   furrows;   e.   g. 
leaves  of  Camptothecium.     (Fig.  14.) 
PliccP,  folds  of  a  plicate  leaf. 
Pliiriseriale,  many  ranked;  /.  e.,  as  applied 
to  leav'es,  arranged  in  several  rows  along  the  stem. 
Porose,  see  pitted,  with  which   P'ig.   13  be- 
longs. 

Primordial  utricle,  "The  first  layer  depos- 
ited within  a  cell."  -As  applied  to  the  cells  of  the 
moss  leaf  it  refers  to  the  layer  of  protoplasm 
lying  next  the  cell  wall,  which  often  is  very  con- 
spicuous when  dried  and  shrunken  away  from 
the  cell  wall.  As  a  character  for  use  in  the  iden- 
tification of  species  it  is  valueless,  because  its 
appearance  is  due  to  circumstances  not  well 
understood,  and  is  frequently  present  in  some 
specimens  and  lacking  in  others  of  the  same 
species. 

Prosenchymatous  cells,  cells  with  pointed 
ends  dovetailing  into  each  other.     (Fig.  15.) 

Quadrate  cells,  cells  square  or  nearly  so. 
(Fig  I.) 

Rosiilate,  in  the  form  of  a  rosette. 
Rugose,  wrinkled  (in  the  case  of  leaves  it  is 
usually    applied    to    tranverse    wrinkles);    e.    g. 
leaves  of  Hypnum  rugosum. 

Secund,  twisted  or  turned  to  one  side.  (F"ig. 
16.)  E.  g.  lea\es  of  many  Hypnums.  Not  neces- 
sarily curved  as  in  the  figure. 

Striate,  marked  with  striae  or  slight  furrows. 

Sulcate,  deeply  furrowed  with  longitudinal 

channels.     As   applied    to   leaves,    both    striate   and    sulcate    really 

refer  to  the  fold  whose  concave  surface  is  on  the  inner  or  ventral 

surface  of  the  leaf. 

Tubulose,  see  canaliculate. 

Uncinate,  hooked,  curved  back  at  point.    (Fig.  16.) 
Undulate,  with  an  alternately  concave  and  convex 
margin,  wavy;  e.  g.  leaves  of  Dicranum  nndulatum. 

Ventral  surface,  the  surface  of  a  leaf  next  the  stem. 
Vermicular,  narrow  and  curved  like  a  little  worm; 
applied  to  leaf  cells. 


-3— 

CONtTL'll 


with    wart-likf   i)rc)inincnces. 


W'rniculosc  or  verrucnsc, 

(Fig.  17.) 

W'Sicular,  inflated  like  a  liladder. 
Wavy,  see  undulate. 

TEKMS     r^EU    l.\    CO.NNECTION     WITH    THE     KEl'KoDlcnVE    l)Rt,\NS. 

Acrociirpiis.  haxin^  the  sporophv'te 
terminal  on  a  stem  or  (ordinary  branch. 
J^'i  >>,  ^  rg    cT^'iy  .\croear|)ous  mosses  can  usuaiU'  be  easily 

» '^^.i  iJi  wj  %        iR  distinguished  1)\'  the  erect  habit  as  shown 

m  the  figm'^'.  ('■  ig.  nS.)  'l"he  old  sporo- 
])h\te  often  st'ems  lateral  in  acrocarpous 
mosses,  bi'cause  the  stem  i^rows  (jn  the 
next  \ear  trom  a  point  just  below  the 
base  ol  the  sporojjlnte. 

.l^g/7'ga/c,  clustered;  usually  ajiplied 
to  two  or  iiKjre  sporoplntes  from  one 
l)ericha-tium. 

Amcr.luld .  .ipplied  to  the  special  an- 
theridiad)earing  brandies  of  SpluigHuni. 

A}i<lr(.^ynnns.  with  aiitheridia  and 
archegonia  in  the  same  cluster  of  leaves; 
/.  c.  either  syiioicous  or  paroicous. 

Anihcridium,  the  male  reproducti\-e 
organ  containing  the  antherozoids.     (I*"ig. 

I'M 
Autherozoid,  the  small   flagellate  male  cell   which  escapes  frojii 
the   antheridium,   and    in    wet    weather   swims   to   the   archegonium 
and  down  its  neck  to  the  egg  cell  in  the  liottom. 

ArchcgOHiKiii,     the     flask-shaped     female     repro(iucti\e    organ, 
([•"ig.  20.)      See  also  antherozoid. 

Aiitoicous  or  auta'cious.  haxing 
male  and  female  organs  on  the  same 
plant.  According  to  Braithwaite  there 
are  three  forms: 

1.  Cladaiitoicous,  with  the  male 
organs  on  a  special  proper  branch. 

2.  (JnnioautoicoKS.  with  the  male 
organs  in  a  bud-like  cluster,  and  ax- 
illary on  a  female  branch. 

3.     Rhizantoicous,    male    branch    \'ery    short    and    cohering    to 
the  female  by  the  rhizoids. 

(  I'll  he  iiinlinued.) 


ANTHEROZOIDS  OF  MOSSES. 


EVER  since  I  began  the  study  of  the  mosses  nearK'  ten  years 
ago,  I  have  been  searching  for  moss  antheridia  with  motile 
antherozoids.  My  search  was  entirely  fruitless  until  the 
spring  of  1899,  when  I  collected  some  male  heads  of  Polytrichiim 
juniperinum  about  May  4th,  a  week  or  ten  days  after  the  snow- 
had  melted  from  over  them.  These  heads  were  allowed  to  par- 
tially dry  in  a  plant  press  and  were  then  kept  about  a  week  or  rather 
less  in  this  half-dried  condition.  Then  on  mounting  the  antherida 
in  water  whole  swarms  of  antherozoids  were  seen  not  free,  but 
swimming  with  a  rapid  rotary  motion,  each  inside  of  its  own  little 
Capsule. 

P.  commune  starts  earlier,  and  I  ha\'e  always  been  too  late  in 
my  attempts  to  get  antherozoids  from  that  species. 

Let  those  who  wish  to  study  these  interesting  objects  collect 
the  male  heads  of  P.  juniperinum  about  two  weeks  after  the  snow 
has  gone  from  off  them,  and  proceed  as  above.  I  may  add  that  not 
one  botanist  in  a  hundred  has  ever  seen  these  bodies  in  motion. — 
A.  J.  Grout. 


DISTRIBUTION    OF    THE    EASTERN    SPECIES    OF    MNIUM. 
By   Hi,i/.\heth  (',.   I-Skitton. 


I  HE  species  of  this  genus  are  easily  recognized    li>    their  leaxcs 
which  are  either   doubly  toothed,  singly  toothed,  or  entire, 
and  in  all  but  two  species  bordered  by  longer,  narrower  cells. 
A. — Leaves  biserrate,  margins  bordered. 

1.  M.   hnrniim   (L.)    Hedw.      In   swamps  and   banks  ot   streams  in 

woods.  Along  the  Bronx  river,  Bronx  Park.  X.  \'.  Cit>  ; 
Can..  N.  B.,  \.  S.,  Nf.,  Ont.,  Me.,  N.  H.,  \t..  Mass.,  R.  Id., 
Conn.,  N.  V.,  N.  j.,  ?a..  \'a.,  VV.  \'a..  N.  C. 

2.  M.  orlhorhynchum    Br.  &   .Sch.     On   rocks  .ilong  streams.     Cr., 

Lab.,  Can.,  Ont.,  Brit.  Am.,  .\.  N'..  Pa.,  Colo.,  Mont. 

V'ar.  tenellum  .Sch.     Drummond's  Mosses  No.  5J().     (.1/. 
inclinatum  Mac.  Cat.  141)  Ont.,  K.  M.,  B.  C. 

{M.  lycopodioides  of  L.  &  J.  Man.  non  Hook.).  (.1/.  psm- 
dolycopodioidcs  C.  M.  &  Kindb.)  seems  to  be  roterable  to  M. 
nrthorhynchum.  as  none  of  the  .^nierican  specimens  thus  far 
show  any  distinctive  characters  for  sei)arating.  The  taller 
plants  with  globose  capsules  resembling  .1/.  Iionmni  of 
Europe  (Rab.  Bry.  Eu.  .\o.  39),  ha\e  not  thus  far  been 
seen  from  .N.  .Am. 
T,.  M.  riparium  Mitt.  (.\/.  parvum  .Aust.  ms.  in  herb.  I  .Sull. 
&  Les(j.  Musci  bor  Am.,  .\o.  2()>i.  fide  Jaeger  .Adumb.     i«7.'^. 


—5  - 

Canada,  Macoun  fide  Kindberg,  Pa.,  Muhlenberg  in  herb. 
Hedwig,  fide  Cardot.  On  wet  rocks  in  shade  along  banks 
of  streariis,  rarely  fruiting.  Rockland  Co.,  N.  V.,  and 
Bergen  Co.,  N.  J.     Austin. 

4.  M.    marginatum    (Dicks.)    P.    H.      (M.    serralum    Schrad.    M. 

Niagane  Kindb.)  Crevices  of  rocks  and  margins  of  streams. 
Can..  N.  B.,  Ont.,  Minn.,  Vt.,  N.  Y..  N.  J.,  Pa.,  O.,  \a., 
Mont.,  Idaho. 

5.  M.   spinnlosum    Br.   &   Sch.      On    rocks  and    banks   in    woods. 

Can.,  Que.,  Ont.,  C.  W.,  N.  H.,  Vt.,  N.  Y.,  O..  Mont.,  I., 
Wash.,  B.  C,  Alaska.  {M.  spinosum  (Voit.)  Schw.  has  not 
been  recorded  from  the  Eastern  States  except  for  the  ref- 
erence in  the  foot-note  to  M.  spinnlosum  in  L.  &  J.  Man. 
P-  247). 
B. — Leaves  serrate,  teeth  single,  margins  bordered. 

6.  M.  rostralum  Schrad.     Wet  rocks  and  banks  in   woods.   Can., 

N.  S.,  Ont.,  C.  W.,  V.  Id.,  N.  E.,  Conn.,  N.  Y.,  N.  J.,  Pa., 
O.,  Va.,  Mont.,  Wyo.,  Or. 

7.  M.    cuspidatum     (L.)     Leyss.      (M.    sylvaticum,    Lindb.)      Our 

commonest  species.  Damp  ground  in  shade.  Reported 
from  nearly  every  State  and  Territory  in  U.  S. 

8.  M.  Driimmondii  Br.  &  Sch.     On  the  ground  in  shady  places. 

Can..  N.  B.,  Ont.,  Mich.,  Me.,  N.  H.,  \'t.,  N.  Y. 

9.  M.   afhne   Bland.      {M.   cuspidatum   Neck.)      In   bogs  and   wet 

woods;  often  sterile  or  forming  onlv  long  showv  stolons. 
N.  Y.,  N.  J.,  Pa.,  Va.,  W.  \'a. 

\ar.  ciliare  (Crev.)  C.  M.  (A/,  macrociliare  Kindb.  in 
part).  More  common  than  the  species,  from  which  it  differs 
b\  the  long  cilia-toothed  leaves,  single  capsules  on  a  seta 
which  is  red  and  bent  below.  Me.,  N.  H.,  Vt.,  Mass.,  Conn., 
N.  Y.,  N.  J.,  Pa.,  O.,  \'a..  W.  Va.,  Ga.,  La.,  Mo.,  Wis., 
Mont..  Cal.,  B.  C. 

\ar.  rugiciim  Br.  &  Sch.  Leaves  slightly  serrate  or  en- 
tire. Can.,  N.  H.,  Mass.,  Vt.,  N.  Y.,  N.  J.,  O.,  Va.,  Tenn., 
La. 

10.  M.  medium,  Br.  (i  Sch.     Wet  rocks.  Little  Ealls,  N.  J.,  Austin. 

Can.,  N.  15..  Ont.,  P.  Edw,  Id.,  N.  H.,  Mass.,  \t.,  N.  Y., 
N.  J.,  Minn. 

C. — Lea\es  entire  or  simply  serrate;  not  bordered. 

11.  M.   slellare    Reich.      Shaded    banks,   cliffs,    rocks  and    roots  of 

trees  in  swamps;  not  rare  but  seldom  fruiting.  Can.,  N.  B., 
N.  S..  Ont.,  R.  M.,  N.  H.,  Mass.,  \t.,  N.  Y.,  N.  J.,  O. 

12.  M.    cinclidioides    (BIytt.)    Huebn.      Swamps    and    wet    woods, 

sterile.  Palisades  of  N.  J.,  Austin.  Or.,  Can.,  Lab.,  \'.  Id., 
Me.,  X.  H.,  Mass.,  N.  Y.,  N.  J.,  Pa. 

D. — Lea\es  bordered,  entire. 

13.  M.  puuctatum   (L.)   Hedw.     On  rocks  and  logs  in  streams,  on 

cliffs.     Can.,   Nf.,   N.   S.,   Miq.,  Ont.,   Me.,   N.   H.,   Conn., 


N.  Y.,   N.  J.,  O.,  Va.,  W.  Va.,  Wis.     On  stones  along  the 
Bronx  river,  Bronx  Park. 

Var.  datum  B.  S.  In  bogs  and  swamps,  large  tomentose 
plants.  Can.,  N.  B.,  Ont.,  N.  W.  T.  and  Alaska,  Me.,  N. 
H.,  Mass.,  Vt.,  N.  Y.,  N.  J.,  Pa.,  Va.,  Mich.,  Idaho. 

14.  M.  subglobosum  Br.  &  Sch.     (M.  pseudopunctatum  Hr.  &  Sch.) 

In    bogs  and   swamps,   especially   in   peat.      Cir.,    Xf.,   Ont., 
Me.,  Mont.,  Alaska  and  Yukon  Terr. 

15.  M.  hymenophvlloides  Hubn.     Rare  on  cliffs,  sterile,     dr..  Lab., 

Can.,  R.  M'.,  Vt.,  N.  Y. 


A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  MNIUM  FROM  IDAHO  AND  MONTANA. 

BY    E.    G.    BRIXTON    .\ND    R.    S.    WILLIAMS. 


Jl/fNlUM  NUDUM,  n.  sp.  R.  S.  Williams.  Plants  in  loose, 
/ ri  extensive  mats  of  a  dark  green  color,  stems  red,  naked  be- 
low, arising  from  a  radiculose,  horizontal  portion  seldom  more  than 
2-3cni.  high;  cross-section  of  stem  with  three  sharp  projecting  angles 
and  two  rounded  ones,  in  each  of  which  is  a  small  leaf-trace,  central 
strand  well  developed,  outer  walls  of  one  row  of  thick-walled  red 
cells;  leaves  crowded  at  the  apex  in  the  gametoph\te,  largest  at 
summit,  often  5-8mm.  long  by  4-5111111.  wide,  slightly  contracted 
at  base,  not  decurrent,  margins  entire,  not  thickened,  bordered  by 
one  or  two  rows  of  pale  elongated  cells,  apex  roundefl,  retuse  or 
apiculate;  ^•ein  usually  vanishing  below  the  apex,  but  occasionally 
confluent  with  the  margin,  broad  at  base  gradually  tapering,  with, 
a  central  colored  strand;  cells  slightly  elongated  transversely, 
o8o-.io8niiii.;  hexagonal,  not  collenchymatic,  inflated. 

Dioicous,  male  plants  often  leafless  except  at  apex;  seta  bright 
red,  1-2. 5cm.  high;  capsules  ovoid,  4-5niin.  long,  pendent,  becoming 
horizontal  when  old;  lid  apiculate,  mouth  bordered  by  several  rows 
of  dark  cells;  annulus  large,  simple;  peristome  slightly  longer  than 
the  endostome,  teeth  with  about  30  rows  of  outer  plates  and  35 
inner  lamellae;  membrane  of  endostome  solid,  not  perforate,  carinate 
segments  split  along  the  keel  in  the  upper  part,  cilia  three;  endo- 
stome and  the  upper  part  of  the  teeth  papillose;  spores  .02 7-. 0321111"  , 
maturing  in  early  spring. 

Differs  from  M.  subglobosum,  to  which  it  has  been  referred, 
in  its  di3icous  inflorescence,  naked  stems  and  shorter  pedicels, 
larger  peristome  with  more  numerous  lamellJ^;  from  J/,  punctatum. 
in  the  not  thickened  border  of  the  leaves  and  the  naked  stems,  not 
radiculose;  and  from  M.  glabrescens  also  in  the  not  thickened 
border  of  the  leaf,  and  stouter,  more  erect  pedicel. 


Cirowing  in  damp  shady  hollows  and  along  streams,  also  on 
decaying  logs  near  cold  springs,  on  both  slopes  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains in  Idaho  and  Montana.  Trailie  Ri\'er  basin,  Idaho,  /.  B. 
Leiberg,  March-May,  1889;  Two  Medicine  Lake,  R.  S.  Williams, 
1897;  Avalanche  basin,  Montana,  J.  M.  Holzinger,  Jul\-,  1898, 
issued  as  M.  sttbglobosum  No.  33  by  Mr.  Holzinger.  Mr.  Williams 
sent  me  this  species  with  a  drawing  and  description  in  i  897,  dedicated 
to  me,  but  in  order  to  do  justice  to  Mr.  Holzinger,  who  has  also 
recognized  the  differences  between  it  and  its  allies,  we  ha\e  adopted 
his  name  with  his  consent.  We  offer  about  two  dozen  specimens 
at  se\'en  (7  cts.)  cents  apiece  wich  printed  labels.  Address.  R.  S. 
Williams,  N.  Y.  Botanical  Ciardens. 


HOW  TO   MOUNT  MOSSES. 


THE  most  artistic  way  of  mounting  mosses  is  to  glue  the  spec- 
imens to  small  cards,  which  can  be  fastened  to  regular 
herbarium  paper,  or  perhaps  it  will  be  found  more  satisfac- 
tory to  glue  directly  to  the  herbarium  sheet.  Mr.  C.  ("..  Pringle 
mounts  his  on  cards,  as  does  Dr.  John  K.  Small,  who  has  the  neatest 
appearing  collection  of  mosses  the  editor  has  ever  seen.  .An  ideal 
way  would  be  to  ha\'e  a  duplicate  of  each  glued  specimen  in  an 
envelope  beside  it  for  study,  so  that  the  appearance  Wi^taX  not  be 
spoiled  by  breaking  off  bits  for  microscopic  examination.  llowe\er, 
I  do  not  know  of  any  collection  thus  arranged.  The  great  majority 
of  moss  collectors  simply  inclose  the  specimen  in  an  enxelojie  made 
for  the  purpose,  and  glue  the  envelope  to  the  herbarium  sheet, 
putting  the  label  on  the  outside  of  the  einelope.  There  are  se\"eral 
styles  of  envelopes  in  use,  one  a  rectangular  piece  of  paper  folded 
across  so  that  the  lower  edge  reaches  within  an  inch  or  so  of  the 
upper  edge.  This  edge  is  then  folded  down  and  the  ends  folded 
under.  The  only  of^jection  to  this  style  of  envelope  is  the  time 
needed  to  open  and  refold  the  envelope  for  the  examination  of 
the  specimen.  These  en\elopes  should  be  of  different  sizes  to  fit 
the  size  of  the  specimen. 

Many  use  half-size  herbarium  paper,  1 1  !^  by  8.'  1,  and  I  shoukl 
recommend  this  for  amateur  work,  unless  a  large  collection  is 
plaiuied.  If  there  are  only  one  or  two  specimens  of  each  sjiecies 
thev  look  lonesome  on  a  tu'l-size  sheet,  to  say  nothing  ot  wasted 
space  and  increased  cost.  Personally,  however,  I  greatK  regret 
that  I  began  mounting  m\-  collection  on  small  sheets. 


— 8— 

In  mounting  mosses  on  cards,  I  thin  the  ordinary  lic|uid  glue 
with  \  inegar,  using  about  25  per  cent,  of  vinegar  to  75  per  cent, 
glue.  I  then  spread  a  thin  layer  of  this  on  a  dinner  plate  and 
carefully  place  the  specimen  to  be  mounted  on  the  plate,  when  it 
becomes  well  smeared  with  glue  on  the  under  side.  The  specimen 
is  then  placed  on  the  card  and  put  under  light  jiressure  until  dry. 
It  is  a  good  plan  to  put  clean  white  newspaper  over  the  specimens 
and  change  after  a  few  hours  to  pre\'ent  any  accidental  surplus 
of  glue  from  becoming  attached  to  undesirable  objects.  For 
cards,  ordinary  herbarium  paper  cut  to  a  suitable  size  is  \ery  satis- 
factorv. — A.   J.  G. 


NEW  AMERICAN   MOSSES.     Continued 


From  a  revision  of  the  North  American  Eurhvnchia,  bv  A.  J. 
(".rout.      Bull.  Torr.  Hot.  Club,  25:  221-256.      1898^ 

EuRHYNCHiUM  STRIGOSUM  SC.XBRISETUM  Grout.  Seta  plainly 
scabrous  with  papillae;  otherwise  like  var.  prircox.  On  shaded 
ground.  Type  from  the  Palisades,  N.  J.;  Sargentsville,  N.  J.; 
Rensselaer  Co.,  N.  Y.;  \'ineyard  Haven,  Mass. 

ErRHYNCHiUM  PR.«LONGUM  C.ALiFoRMCUM,  var.  nov.  Gameto- 
phyte  with  the  habit  of  a  TItuidiiim;  stems  i5-2(xm.  long,  closely' 
and  regularly  pinnate,  seldom  stoloniferous,  more  robust  through- 
out than  E.  pra'longum;  leaves  of  the  maximum  size.  Type  from 
California,  Bolander,  No.  46.      1876. 

Elrhvnchium  Brittoni.'E  sp.  nov.  This  species  is  very  closely 
related  to  E.  prxlongum  Californicum  and  greatly  resembles  it  in 
appearance,  but  is  easily  distinguished  by  its  nearly  smooth  seta 
and  nearly  entire  stem  leaves.  Type  from  California,  Bolander. 
Specimens  of  this  species  of  Bolander's  California  collections  are 
in  the  National  Museum  from  "Little  Ri\'er  (Mendocino  Co.?) 
at  the  foot  of  pine  tree,  No.  332."  Also  in  the  herbarium  of  Mr. 
J.  M.  Holzinger  as  No.  530. 

From  Rhodora,  1:  78-80.  pi.  5.      1899. 

PoTTiA  Raxdii  Geo.  G.  Kennedy.  Autoicous:  Male  flower 
gemmiform.  Lea\'es  octofaiius,  entire,  loosely  disposed  on  lower 
part  of  stem  and  forming  a  rosette  abo\'e,  3-5111111.  long  by  imm. 
wide,  oblong,  apiculate,  margin  re\olute  to  above  the  middle, 
bordered.  Costa  stout,  excurrent.  Cells  at  base  long  rectangular; 
abo\e  rounded,  hexagonal  or  rhomboidal;  capsule  gymnosto- 
mous,  erect  or  sub-erect,  oblong-oval,  unequal;  collum  conspicu- 
ous; operculum  conical  with   a   stout  beak;  annulus  of   three  rows 


— 9— 

of  cells,  persistent.  Spores  yellow,  papillose,  seldom  round. 
Plants  15111111.  in  height.  Among  stones  in  the  sand  by  the  sea 
shore,  Baker  Islanrl  near  Mt.  Desert,  Maine. — E.  L.  Rand. 
Nearest  to  P.  littoralis  Mitt. 


Corrections. 

In  the  last  number  the  printer  unfortunately  transposed  the 
figures  2  and  3  at  the  end  of  the  first  and  second  lines  of  the  key 
to  Mnium.  In  section  3  of  the  key  the  printer  also  interchanged 
the  figures  4  and  7  in  the  first  two  lines  of  the  section.  In  the 
first  line  of  section  13  of  the  key  read  0.018  for  0.18.  The  distinc- 
tions between  M.  spinulosum  and  M.  marginatum  are  insufticient, 
as  a  \-ery  large  proportion  of  the  s[)eciniens  of  M.  spinulosu))i  ha\e 
the  capsules  solitary. 

The  following  additicjnal  characters  are  gi\en  1)\'  l.impricht 
in  his  "  Laubnioose": 

I.ea\es  rris[)e(l    when   dr\',    ujiper   lea\es   not    in    a    n^sette   . 

'     .      .      .      .         M.  mariinuitum . 

l.eaxes   not   crisped    when   <ir>',    uijjier   lea\es   in   a    rosette  . 

M.  spinulosum. 

The  differences  are  relatixe,  but  well  marked.  M.  spiini/asum 
is  much  more  likelv  to  be  found. 


Notice  to  Moss  Students. 


Mr.  John  M.  llolzinger  of  Winona,  Minnesota,  is  compilini;  a 
paper  about  li\ing  moss  students  and  asks  all  such  to  exchange 
photographs  with  him,  each  photograph  to  bear  on  the  back  the 
autograph,  address,  and  \'ear  of  liirth  of  the  sender.  \\"c  ipujte 
from  his  open  letter  in  the  Asa  Gray  Bullelin,  the  following  (piestions 
wiiich  he  would  like  each  moss  student  to  answer: 

1.  ^'our  \ocation.  2.  The  time  \i)u  are  able  to  gi\c  aniuialK' 
to  the  stu(l\'  of  mosses.  3.  .A  list  of  your  br\-ological  papers  or 
larger  works;  also  a  list  of  exsiccati  \()U  ha\e  distributed.  4. 
Which  genera  or  larger  groups  of  mosses  interest  \'ou  es])eciall\? 
5.  .Are  \()U  willing  to  have  referred  to  you,  for  critical  examination, 
species  that  fall  in  tht-  line  of  \(jur  special  interest?  6.  Do  you 
exchange  mc)sses?      If  so,  what  material  do  you  offer? 

If  for  any  reason  a  photograph  cannot  be  sent,  he  will  be  \  er\' 
glad  to  get  at  least  a  brief  statement  to  each  of  the  abox'e  six  (pies- 
tions  from  anjone  from  whom  he  has  so  far  not  heard. 


THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  CHAPTER, 

President's  Report. 

The  President's  report  is  almost  a  su|)erfluity,  since  the  Sec- 
retary's report  is  so  full  and  inspiring.  Yet  there  are  one  or  two 
things  to  which  the  President  wishes  to  call  the  attention  of  the 
Chapter.  The  membership  has  become  so  large  and  the  requests 
for  assistance  in  the  identification  of  mosses  so  numerous  that  the 
President  would  ha\'e  been  utterK'  o\erwhelmed  h,id  not  Mrs. 
Smith  kindly  undertaken  to  do  the  bulk  of  the  work.  Some  mem- 
bers ha\'e  seemed  to  feel  that  Mrs.  Smith's  identifications  were 
not  as  \aluable  as  those  of  better  known  moss  students.  Mrs. 
Smith  has  as  good  judgement  and  as  complete  a  library  on  mosses 
as  any  other  private  individual  in  New  York  City,  and  all  doubtful 
specimens  are  referred  by  her  to  specialists.  \'et  because  of  her 
willingness  she  is  threatened  with  overwork.  If  our  members  would 
enclose  with  each  specimen  a  carefully  prepared  glycerine  jelly 
slide  with  leaves  and  capsule  mounted  therein,  they  wouki  greatly 
assist  Mrs.  Smith  and  indirectlv  assist  others. 


Secretary's  Report. 

It  is  with  pleasure  I  present  the  first  annual  report  of  the 
.Sulli\ant  Moss  Chapter,  which  was  organized  January  ist,  1899, 
with  a  charter  membership  of  29  Active  and  5  Associates.  We 
ha\e  now  5r  Acti\e  and  7  Associates,  making  a  total  of  58  members. 
During  the  year  letters  have  been  exchanged  with  almost  e\er\- 
member,  starting  beginners  with  named  sets  of  mosses  and  in- 
structions for  stu(h',  identifying  mosses  for  those  interested  in 
field  work,  as  well  as  those  making  microscopical  studies,  in 
each  case  mica  slides  have  been  made  and  filed  with  the  sjiecimen 
so  that  the\-  can  be  easily  referred  to  if  needed,  in  response  to 
the  re(|uest  for  reports  of  personal  wf)rk  done  this  year,  we  have 
heard  from  fifteen  members.  Mrs.  Anthony  has  been  working  on 
Orthotricums  and  Hypnums,  and  has  also  found  the  haunts  of 
se\'eral  of  the  rarer  mosses,  Buxbanmia  aphylla.  etc.  Mrs.  Britton's 
vs'ork  is  too  vast  and  t(M)  well  known  to  need  comment,  but  her 
time  and  knowledge  so  fully  placed  at  the  service  of  our  members 
requires  a  word  of  grateful  appreciation.  Mr.  Collins  has  made 
collections  and  published  results  in  The  Bryoloc.ist,  Rhodora 
and  in  "Botanizing,"  a  work  recently  issued.  He  has  also  made 
illustrations  in   Rhodora   for  Grimmia  Evansii,   newly  described  by 


— II- 


Mrs.  Britton.  Mr.  Chamberlain  reports  "an  interesting  find  of 
Amblystegium  Lescurii  in  a  woodland  brook,  Bristo',  Maine,  and 
Brachythecium  rutabulum  under  my  window."  Please  note  the 
last  three  words  and  let  them  emphazise  the  opportunities  we  each 
possess.  Mr.  Walter  Greenalch  reports  a  list  of  95  species  already 
determined,  including  many  rare  species,  among  others  a  Timmia. 
Mr.  Huntington  has  made  many  interesting  discoveries  of  mosses 
not  before  reported  in  his  locality.  They  have  been  given  in  The 
Bryologist.  Miss  Mary  E.  Hart,  of  Western  College,  Oxford, 
Ohio,  sends  us  the  following  notes  on  the  Dicranums  of  that  State: 
In  the  "Catalogue  of  Ohio  Plants,"  published  in  the  Geological 
Survey,  \'ol.  7,  part  2,  the  following  mosses  with  others  are  cata- 
logued with  localities:  D.fulvum,  D.  fuscescens  and  D.  Montanum. 
Leo  Lesciuereu.x  and  H.  C.  Beardslee  catalogue  the  following  as 
from  Ohio:  D.  undulatum,  D.  spurium  and  D.  Schrader  (D.  Bergeri). 
Miss  Hart  has  sent  us  specimens  of  D.  undulatum  from  Gambier,  O. 
Mrs.  Josephine  D.  Lowe  has  devoted  her  energies  to  organizing  a 
band  of  workers  wherever  she  has  been.  The  Philadelphia  Moss 
Chapter  was  started  with  four  members,  and  they  devoted  their 
time  to  collecting  local  mosses  and  adding  to  the  herbarium  of  the 
Botanical  .Section  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences.  When  Mrs. 
Lowe  mo\ed  to  Hartford  she  began  to  interest  others  in  study,  and 
another  section  of  our  Chapter  will  be  the  result.  The  work  of  our 
President  Dr.  Grout,  is  known  to  all  as  far  as  that  contained  in 
The  Bkvologist.  More  technical  articles  have  appeared  in  Rho- 
dora.  Revue  Bryologique  and  the  Bulletin  of  the  Torrey  Botanical 
Club.  He  is  now  giving  a  course  on  the  Pleurocarpous  mosses  before 
the  Botanical  Department  of  the  Brooklyn  Institute,  and  in  this 
connection  has  added  several  species  to  the  flora  of  Long  Island, 
the  last  being  Plagiothecium  denticulatum  forma  propagulifera 
Ruth.  Space  forbids  particularizing  the  work  of  Miss  Bailey,  Mrs. 
Lamprey,  Miss  Warner,  Mr.  Barbour,  Miss  Clarke,  Mr.  Dodge 
and  Mr.  Stultz.  I  can  only  add  a  word  urging  more  frequent 
communications  regarding  the  study  of  the  hour  while  the  moss 
under  consideration  is  fresh  in  mind.  A  brief  note  in  The  Bryolo- 
gist not  only  adds  to  its  interest,  but  serves  to  keep  in  touch  one 
with  another. 

Don't  forget  that  membership  fees  are  due  Jan.  ist,  1900. 
Please  remit  promptly  and  save  delays.  Note  the  announcement 
on  second  page  of  the  cover. 

Annie  Morrill  Smith,  Secretary. 


12  — 

Treasurer's  Report. 

The   following   statement   of   the   finances  of   the   Chapter   for 
the  year  1^99  is  respectfully  submitted: 

RECEIPTS. 

U\  (lues  from  Actixe  members   $25  50 

Uy  dues  from  Associate  members i    7.S 

$27  25 

DISBURSEMENTS. 

To  Rkv()1a)i,ist $10  20 

To  jirinting  Constitution ^  <><> 

To  jirinting  blank  recei|5ts 1  5*' 

To  \  ermont  Ke>s 1  10 

To  admission  to  Agassiz  Association i  00 

To  postage i  9^ 

$21    76 
Cash  on  hand 5  49 

$27  25 
Annie  Morrill  Smith,  Treasurer. 


Report  of  Judge  of  Elections. 

Mrs.  Ainiic  Morrill  Smith,  Secretary: 

Dear   Madam — As  Judge  of  Election   I   submit  the  following 
report  of  the  first  annual  election: 

Number  of  votes  cast 12. 

For  President — Dr.  A.  J.  Grout 9 

Miss  Mary  Hart 3" ■^• 

For  \  ice-President — Mr.  J.  F.  Collins 8 

William  R.  Maxon 3  —  1  i. 

For  See.  Treas. — Mrs.  Smith 8 

Miss  Wheeler 4 — 12. 

Messrs.  Grout  and  Collins  and  Mrs.  Smith  are  elected. 

Mrs.  M.  L.  Stevens,  Judge  of  F"dections. 

Nov.  ist.  1S90. 


MOSSES  FOR  DISTRIBUTION. 

For  a  stamped  envelope  Mrs.  J.  D.  Lowe  offers,  Tluiidium 
delicatjituni  Lindb.,  Aulacomniiim  heteroslichum,  Hedwigia  ciliata, 
Georgia  pcllucida,  Dicranella  rufescens,  all  in  fruit;  Mr.  W.  C.  Bar- 
bour, Cyli>idrotheciur)i  sediictrix,  Bryiim  roseum,  Hypnum  reptile  and 
Brachyt'hecium  rutabulum;  Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith,  Mnium 
spinii'losiiiti  and  Catharinea  crispa  St.;  Mr.  J.  W.  Huntington, 
Dicranum  Bergeri  st.  and  Dichelyma  capillacea;  Mrs.  E.  G.  liritton, 
anthcridial  ]ilants  of  Milium  Iwrnum. 


THE    BRYOLOGIST 


Vol.  III.  Aprii,,  1900.  No.  2. 


KEY  TO  BRYUM. 


BRYUM  is  one  of  the  most  difficult  and  unsatisfactory  genera 
for  beginners,  as  well  as  for  any  one,  unless  he  be  a  spec- 
ialist in  that  particular  genus.  The  key  which  is  here 
printed  will  not  enable  a  beginner  or  any  one  else  to  accurately 
determine  Bryums  without  a  careful  comparison  with  a  good  de- 
scription. Often  authentic  specimens  will  be  necessary  to  make 
sure  of  the  plant.  The  key  is  intended  to  help  the  student  to  lo- 
cate the  species  certainly  within  two  or  three  closely  allied  species 
and  to  give  hints  as  to  the  exact  species. 

The  length  of  costa  and  distinctness  of  border  vary  on  the 
same  plant.  The  border  often  varies  on  the  same  leaf.  Lower 
leaves  of  Bryum  are  usually  shorter  and  broader  than  the  upper 
leaves  and  always  have  a  shorter  costa.  The  inner  comal  leaves  are 
usually  larger  and  narrower  than  the  general  run  of  leaves  on  the 
plant.  The  border  of  a  Bryum  leaf  is  usually  most  distinct  near 
the  base  and  least  distinct  near  the  apex.  In  using  the  key  select 
leaves  in  the  lower  part  of  the  upper  third  of  the  leafy  portion  of 
the  stem  and  look  for  border  in  the  upper  third  of  the  leaf.  The 
margin  of  the  leaves  is  frequently  strongly  recurved  and  gives 
the  appearance  of  a  margin  whether  a  margin  be  really  present  or 
not  To  make  sure,  the  margin  must  be  flattened  out  by  manipu- 
lation with  needles  and  pressure  on  cover-glass.  It  may  even  be 
necessary  to  use  scissors. 

Some  of  the  species  vary  in  the  characters  used  in  the  key, 
hence  these  species  have  to  be  included  under  each  of  the  head- 
ings. For  instance  B.  palletis,  B.  turbinaium  and  B  pseudotri- 
tjitetruni  may  have  the  apex  of  leaf  either  serrate  or  entire,  and 
are  included  under  each  division  of  section  5.  In  section  17  these 
three  species  are  referred  back  to  section  14,  where  they  have 
already  been  treated. 

Height  as  used  in  the  key  refers  to  the  gametophyte  alone;  it 
does  not  include  the  capsule  and  seta. 

The  leaves  in  Bryum  are  smaller  than  in  Mnium  and  the  leaf 
cells  are  markedly  longer  than  broad  except  in  B-  capillare,  which 


— T4— 

beginners  almost  invariably  refer  to  Mnium.     The  capsules  are 
usually  more  slender,  longer  necked,  and  more  pendendent. 

Webera  (  Pohlia  of  the  L.  &  J.  Manual )  is  so  much  like 
Bryum  that  a  word  of  warning  may  not  be  out  of  place  here.  The 
leaf  cells  in  Webera  are  much  longer  than  in  Bryum.  Our  most 
common  species  (  W.  nutans)  is  offered  this  quarter  by  the  Sul- 
livant  Moss  Chapter,  in  order  to  help  distinguish  these  two  genera. 

KEY    TO    BRYUM. 

1.  Leaves  bordered,    .  .         .2. 

Leaves  not  bordered,  at  least  in  the  upper  half,  19. 

2.  Costa  plainly  vanishing  below  apex 3- 

Costa  percurrent  or  excurrent,  .         .         .  4- 

3.  Upper  leaves  orbicular,  obtuse.      .  .     C)  clophyllum. 

Upper  leaves  acute,  with  long  decurrent  wings,        Duvalii. 

4.  Leaf  cells  above  base  with  length  less  than  twice  their 

diameter capillare . 

Leaf  cells  more  than  2.5 -.  I,        .  .         .         .  5- 

5.  Apex  of  leaf  serrate,  or  excurrent  costa  toothed  6. 

Apex  of  leaf  entire,  or  excurrent  costa  smooth,  16. 

6.  Plants  large,  3  cm.  or  more  in  height,         .  .  .         .    i3- 

Plants  smaller,  2  cm.  or  less  in  height,         .         .  .  7. 

7.  Endostome  adherent  to  peristome,  cilia  lacking,      .         .8. 

Endostome  free,  with  2-4  appendiculate  cilia,  .  10. 

8.  Capsule  prominent  on  the  back,    mouth  oblique,    costa 

shortly  excurrent,  border  2-3  stratose,  autoicous,     . 

uliginosum  {cernuum) . 
Capsule  regular,  costa  long  excurrent,  border  of  one 

layer  of  cells,  usually  synoicous,         .  .  .         .     9- 

9.  Capsule  narrowly  pyriform,  long  necked,  teeth  of  peris- 

tome simply  articulate mc/malum,- 

Capsule  ventricose  in  the  middle,  short  necked ;  teeth 
of  peristome  with  the  transverse  bars  connected 
together  by  numerous  oblique  or  nearly  vertical  lines 
on  the  inner  surface  of  the  teeth,  pendulum. 

10.  Costa  long  excurrent;  dioicous,      .         .  .         caspiticium. 

Costa  long  excurrent ;  synoicous,      .  .  .  .  11. 

Costa  long  excurrent ;  autoicous,  .  pallescens. 

Costa  percurrent  or  shortly  excurrent,     .  12. 

11.  Capsule  usually  incurved;  operculum  small,  persistent, 

mtermediitm. 
Capsule  regular ;   lid  larger;   spores  maturing  earlier; 

leaf  border  more  distinct,         .         .         .       cuspidatum . 
Leaves  decurrent ;  synoicous,       ....  bitmtm. 

Leaves  not  decurrent,  dioicous,    .         .  turbinatum, 

Snyoicous;  leaves  decurrent,  ....        bimum. 

Dioicous,         ........  14 

Autoicous ;  leaves  scarcely  decurrenti         .  pallescens . 


12. 


13- 


— 1?— 

14.  Leaves  decurrent,  border  bistratose,  .         .        pallenS. 

Leaves  not  decurrent,  border  of  one  layer  only,  15. 

15.  Leaves    narrowly    bordered;  capsule   short    pyriforin. 

constricted  below  the  lid,         .  .        iurbinatum. 

Leaves   broadly  bordered ;  capsule  long  obconic,   not 

constricted pseiidotriquetrum . 

16.  Leaves  with  shortish  points;  costa   scarcely   or   shortly 

excurrent,  .  .  .  .17- 

Leaves  with  costa  excurrent  into  a  long  point,  .  18. 

17.  Endostome  adhering  to  peristome,  ciVialacking.  purpurascens. 

Endostome  free,  with  2-4  append iculate  cilia,     .  14. 

18.  Subalpine;  autoicous;  peristome  teeth  simply  articulate; 

cilia  3,  appendiculate,         ....       pallescens . 
Plants  of  lower  elevations;  synoicous,  rarely  subautoi- 

cous ;  teeth  as  described  under  9 ;  cilia  lacking,  pendulum. 

19.  Costa  plainly  vanishing  below  apex,         .  .  .20. 

Costa  excurrent  or  percurrent,  .  .  .  22. 

20.  Branches  julaceous,  plants  silvery  and  shining  when  dry, 

common  in  paths  and  waste  soil,  argenteuiii . 

Branches  not  julaceous,  leaves  green,  larger  at  summit 

of  stem,  forming  tufts  or  rosettes.         .  .  .  21. 

21.  Plants  from  underground  stolons,   lower  leaves  minute 

and  scale-like,  upper  leaves  large,  10-12x3-4"™., 
forming  a  strongly  marked  rosette;  habit  and  ap- 
pearance of  a  Mnium;  not  rare,  .  proliferum. 
Plants  not  from  stolons;  difference  between  upper  and 
lower  leaves  less  marked,  upper  3x1.5  mm-  A  rare 
alpine  moss calophyllum. 

22.  Stems,  slender,  filiform,  julaceous;  wet  rocks  in  moun- 

tain streams ;  rare,  ....     concinnatum. 

Stems  not  julaceous,         .  .  .  .  .  23. 

23.  Costa  excurrent  into  a  long  point,  .  .         .24. 

Costa  shortly  or  not  at  all  excurrent,  .         .  25. 

24.  Synoicous,  fruiting  in  late  summer  and  autumn,  intermedium. 

Dioicous,  fruiting  in  summer;  leaves  sometimes  faintly 

bordered, caspilicium. 

25.  Costa  scarcely  or  not  at  all  excurrent,   tufts  dense  and 

wide,  glossy   red   and   green;   capsule   red  brown. 
Wet  rocks  in  mountains;  rare  and  beautifully   col- 
ored, .......  alpinum. 

Costa  distinctly  excurrent,  tufts  thin,  ripe  capsule  pur- 
ple-red,     ....         atropurpureuni  ybicolor .) 

A.  J.  G. 


We  hope  that  every  person  interested  in  the  study  of  mosses 
will  make  a  special  effort  to  attend  the  gathering  of  the  clans 
next  June.     For  full  particulars,  see  third  page  of  cover. 


HOW  TO  KNOW  SOME  OF  THE  COMMONER  BRYUMS. 
By  Elizabeth  G.  Britton. 


THERE  are  about  500  species  of  Bryum ;  195  have  been  re- 
ported from  Europe  and  North  America,  50  of  which  are 
common  to  both.  Taking  it  for  granted  that  those  who 
will  use  this  article  know  the  differences  between  Leptobryum, 
Webera,  and  Bryum,  and  that  they  are  not  likely  at  first  to  col- 
lect any  of  the  rarer  species  of  the  other  sections,  I  will  describe, 
as  briefly  as  possible,  the  few  species  of  Eubryum  and  Rhodo- 
bryum  which  are  most  often  collected.  Dividing  the  Eubryums, 
as  Dixon  does,  into  two  series,  the  first  to  include  the  larger  spe- 
cies with  long,  narrow  leaves,  excurrent  costa,  usually  prolonged 
into  an  awn,  with  tall  pedicels,  and  capsules  generally  one-eighth 
to  one-quarter  of  an  inch  long;  the  second  to  include  the  smaller 
species,  with  small  leaves,  rarely  acuminate,  the  costa  ending 
with  or  below  the  apex;  the  capsules  small,  and  often  deep  red. 
In  the  first  group  we  have  five  of  the  species  described,  four  of 
them  common. 

Bryum  bimum  is  common  in  wet  woods  at  base  of  trees,  in 
swamps,  on  rocks  and  moist  banks,  and  even  on  old  stone  walls 
and  railroad  cuttings,  having  been  reported  from  Newfoundland 
to  Vancouver  Island,  and  in  the  United  States  from  Maine  to 
Florida,  and  Washington  to  California.  As  Dixon  says:  "It  is 
not  to  be  confounded  with  any  other  except  B.  pseiidotriquetrum, 
on  account  of  its  robust  habit,  the  large  leaves  with  short  points 
and  long  capsules  on  a  tall  seta,  and  the  synoicous  inflorescence." 
The  stems  are  matted  together  by  a  red-brown  felt  of  radicles, 
and  the  leaves  are  twisted  when  dry,  the  margins  strongly  re- 
curved, and  bordered  by  several  rows  of  narrow  cells.  The  var. 
elatum  grows  in  very  wet  places,  and  I  have  collected  it  in  a 
spring  in  Smuggler's  Notch,  five  inches  high.  Bryum pseudotri- 
quetrum  {B.  ventricosum)  is  considered  by  Dixon  to  be  only  a 
dioicous  form  of  B.  bttnum.  It  has  the  same  range  in  the  United 
States,  and  often  grows  with  it,  here  as  well  as  in  England.  B. 
intermedium  is  almost  as  common  a  species,  with  as  wide  a  range, 
preferring  moist  places,  but  resembling  more  in  its  leaves  B. 
ccESpilicium,  from  which  it  differs  in  being  synoicous  and  in 
maturing  its  capsules  later,  in  summer  and  autumn,  instead  of 
spring,  having  an  incurved  capsule  with  small  mouth,  and  pale 
teeth. 


Bryuvi  cccspiticium,  as  its  name  indicates,  forms  dense  tufts, 
bright  green  and  glossy.  The  leaves  end  in  a  long  serrate  bristle, 
are  crowded,  but  not  twisted  when  dry,  with  narrow  marginal 
cells.  It  is  conspicuously  dioicous,  the  antheridial  heads  mingled 
with  the  fertile  plants.  The  pedicels  and  capsules  are  shorter 
than  in  B.  bimum.  It  is  common  under  trees  in  open  woods,  and 
on  old  walls,  ranging  throughout  Europe  and  Asia,  reaching 
14,000  feet  in  the  Himalayas.  In  North  America  also  it  is  very 
common,  having  been  collected  in  nearly  every  State  and  through- 
out British  America. 

Bryiim  captllare  is  so  named  for  the  thread-like  points  of  the 
leaves,  which  are  wider  than  in  bimum  or  caspilicium,  spirally 
twisted  when  dry,  and  less  crowded  on  the  stem.  The  plants  are 
usually  dioicous,  but  here  again  Dixon  ignores  species  based 
solely  on  this  character  and  unites  with  it  B  iorguescens,  which 
is  usually  synoicous,  but  known  to  be  variable.  Both  species  love 
rich,  loamy  soil  in  woods,  preferrmg  hilly  or  mountainous  regions, 
and  are  oftenest  found  on  rock  ledges  in  the  Alleghenies  and 
Rocky  Mountains,  ranging  southward  down  the  Andes.  It  forms 
soft  dark  green  tufts,  fruits  but  seldom,  and  varies  greatly  in  the 
length  of  the  costa,  which  may  be  either  percurrent,  excurrent, 
or  disappear  below  the  apex,  but  is  smooth.  Sterile  plants  have 
been  collected  in  the  Hemlock  Grove  in  Bronx  Park,  and  on  the 
Palisades  Austin  found  the  var  flaccidum  on  wet,  shady  rocks. 
It  fruits  in  summer. 

Bryum  argenteum  may  be  taken  as  the  type  of  the  second 
group  of  smaller  species.  It  certainly  is  the  most  cosmopolitan, 
found  throughout  Europe  and  Asia,  ranging  from  sea-level  to 
12,000  feet  in  the  Himalayas  and  the  Andes,  where  it  becomes 
conspicuously  white  and  is  known  as  the  var.  lanatutn.  It  is 
very  common  in  the  United  States  and  Canada,  in  sandy  soil  and 
waste  places,  and  has  been  collected  in  several  cities  between  the 
paving  stones  and  bricks,  also  on  old  roofs,  walls,  and  door-mats. 
It  fruits  abundantly,  maturing  during  the  fall  and  winter,  but 
keeping  it  almost  throughout  the  year.  It  is  also  the  most  easily 
recognized  of  any  of  the  species,  except  //  roseiim,  by  its  silvery, 
gray  leaves,  which,  when  old,  are  white  and  without  chlorophyll 
at  apex,  but  when  young  are  green  and  then  liable  to  be  mistaken 
for  some  other  species.  The  leaves  are  crowded  on  the  stems, 
overlapping  each  other,  making  the  stems  julaceous,  and  ending 
in  a  slender  bristle  forming  a  brush  of  hairs  at  the  tips  of  the 


—  iS— 

branches.  The  pedicels  and  capsules  are  a  dark  red  when  ripe, 
and  the  lid  and  annulus  are  large  and  make  beautiful  objects  under 
the  microscope,  as  well  as  the  peristome. 

Bryum  roseum  {Rhodobryum  proliferum)  is  the  largest  and 
showiest  of  our  Bryvms,  forming  rosettes  of  leaves  at  the  summits 
of  the  erect  stems  which  arise  from  creeping  stolons,  and  are 
almost  leafless  below.  Only  under  favorable  circumstances  does 
this  species  form  mats  or  cushions;  usually  the  plants  are  scat- 


DESCRIPTION   OF    PLATE. 

Bryum  argenteum.—\.  Plant,  natural  size.  2-5.  Outlines  of  leaves.  6. 
One  leaf  enlarged,  showing  cells.  7.  Cross-section.  8.  Antheridial  head, 
g.  Bract.  10.  Antheridiumandparaphysis.  n.  Youngcapsule  with  calyptra. 
12.  Old  capsule.  13.  Calyptra.  14.  Lid.  15.  Vaginule  at  base  of  seta.  16. 
Peristome.  17.  Portion  of  peristome,  with  two  teeth,  two  keeled  segments 
and  cilia.     18.   Annulus      19.  Spores. 


—  19— 

tered,  and  in  this  region  sterile.  The  fruit  is  also  rare  in  England. 
The  rosettes  are  sometimes  quite  small,  and  scattered  in  among 
other  mosses,  though  they  may  reach  half  an  inch  across,  bearing 
as  many  as  five  capsules  on  stout,  erect  pedicels,  the  capsules 
often  one-quarter  of  an  inch  in  length,  and  slightly  curved- 
Kindberg  has  separated  oiT  B.  Ontariense  as  a  species,  but  the 
differences  which  he  notes  are  seen  also  in  European  specimens, 
according  to  Cardot,  who  believes  it  to  be  simply  a  form  of  B. 
roseum.  Certainly  there  are  great  differences  in  specimens  ac- 
cording to  habitat.  The  species  has  a  wide  range,  but  is  most 
common  in  the  East,  from  New  Brunswick  to  Ontario,  and  Maine 
to  Virginia,  also  in  California.  It  grows  in  woods,  on  rocks  and 
logs  and  at  the  base  of  trees,  in  rich,  loamy  soil,  and  a  few 
depauperate  specimens  have  been  found  in  Bronx  Park.  Mats  of 
it,  brought  down  from  the  Adirondacks,  have  suffered  from  our 
hot,  dry  summers.  In  Mexico  and  South  America  there  are  sev- 
eral closely  allied  species,  and  the  genus  seems  to  reach  its  maxi- 
mum development  in  Japan,  where  one  species  grows  which  is 
six  inches  in  height,  and  has  rosettes  an  inch  across. 
New  York  Botanical  Gardens,  New  York  City. 


CLAOPODIUM  PELLUCINERVE  (Mitt.) 


AMONG  a  number  of  interesting  mosses  brought  back  from  the 
Yukon  Territory  by  Mr.  R.  S.  Williams  is  Claopodiuin  pel- 
lucinerve.  Although  destitute  of  fruit,  yet  when  compared 
with  a  specimen  of  this  species  kindly  sent  to  me  by  Dr.  Mitten,  it 
is  found  to  be  unquestionably  the  same.  C.  pellucinerve  was  origi- 
nally described  as  Leskea  in  Mitt.  Muse.  Ind.  Or.  and  was  col- 
lected at  Simla,  North  India.  Comparing  it  with  the  recognized 
North  American  Claopodia*  it  is  found  to  be  somewhat  intermedi- 
ate between  C.  Whippleanum  and  C  Bolanderi,  differing  from 
the  former  in  not  having  the  leaves  of  the  terminal  branches  two 
ranked,  the  stem  leaves  entire  and  not  margined  by  a  row  of  cur- 
vilinear cells,  the  median  cells  oval  rhombic,  distinctly  studded 
by  minute,  bead-like  papillae,  and  the  subfiliform  acumen  hyaline 
pointed.  From  C.  Bolanderi  \\.  differs  in  being  smaller,  the  stem 
leaves  0.25-0.3501111.  wide  and  0.5-0.70101.  long,  the  median  cells 
oval-rhombic,  not  quadrate  hexagonal  as  in  that  species  and  in  the 
more  numerous  and  distinct  papilht.  Dr.  Mitten  informs  me  that 
the  capsule  of  C.  pellucinerve  is  exactly  the  same  as  that  of  C. 
Whippleanum.— G.  N.  Best,  Rosemoni,  N.  J. 

♦Bull.  Torr.  Club  24:  427.    1897. 


GRIMMIA.  TERETINERVIS  LIVIPR.  IN  NORTH  AMERICA. 

By  John  M.   Holzinger. 


FOR  nearly  fifteen  years  the  writer  has  had  under  observation 
a  plant  which  occurs  abundantly  in  certain  localities  near 
Winona,  on  arenaceous  boulders  near  the  tops  of  our  bluffs. 
It  prefers  north  exposures,  and  grows  io  dense,  black  green  cush- 
ions one  to  four  inches  in  diameter.  It  has  been  found  at  several 
stations  within  a  radius  of  forty  miles,  but  always  sterile,  or  with 
depauperate  female  flowers  only.  All  attempts  at  a  satiirfactory 
determination  of  this  plant  in  its  sterile  form  have  been  futile, 
until  recently  I  happened  upon  Limpricht's  figures  of  leaf  sections 
of  his  Grimmia  teretinervis  ;  these  agreed  strikingly  with  the 
accompanying  figures  of  leaf-sections  of  the  American  plant 
drawn  some  time  prior  to  the  discovery.  Professor  Limpricht  at 
first  referred  this  plant  doubtfully  to  Eugrimviia,  but  entered  it 
in  his  Laubmoose  under  Schistidiinn.  Had  he  adhered  to  his 
first  judgment  and  entered  it  as  a  Eugrimmia,  the  determination 
could  have  been  made  long  ago,  for  I  have  persistently  referred 
it  to  Eugrimtnia.  I  am  of  opinion  that  the  plant  belongs  nearer 
to  Grimmia  Olneyi  Sulliv.,  and  Grimmta  campestris  Burchell, 
than  to  any  other  American  species  of  this  genus.  The  reasons 
for  this  conclusion  will  be  suggested  by  a  comparison  of  leaf-cells 
and  leaf-sections  figured  below,  without  detailed  discussion. 

Prof.  Limpricht,  to  whom  the  plant  has  been  referred  for 
comparison,  states  that  he  considers  it  correctly  determined.  He 
has  also  kindly  sent  for  comparison  some  of  the  plants  collt  cted  by 
J.  Breidler  in  Steinmark,  cited  in  Laubm,  i :  p.  718.  These  plants 
agree  very  closely  with  the  American  plants  and  fully  clear  up  all 
remaining  doubts.  Prof.  Limpricht  describes  the  stems  as  un- 
branched;  Breidler's  plants  are  certainly  branched,  as  are  those 
from  near  Winona.  The  leaves  a*e  described  as  "lance  linear 
from  (or  above)  a  decurrent  oval  base;"  this  description  of  an 
"oval  base"  had  vexed  me  a  little,  apparently  constituting  a 
disagreement;  but  the  leaves  on  Breidler's  and  the  American 
plant  are  exactly  alike  in  shape.  Then,  our  plants  seemed  to 
have  none  of  the  golden-yellow  gemma?  (Brutkorper)  mentioned 
at  the  end  of  the  author's  description.  On  this  point  Prof.  Lim- 
pricht writes,  in  his  letter  dated  February  4,  1900:  "The  species 
never  shows  gemma;;  my  citation  rests  upon  an  error  into  which 
I  was  led  by  the  scant  original  material  in  i88j,  which  was  mixed 


—21 — 

with  Didymodon  rigidum;  and  it  is  to  this  that  the  described 
'gemrose'  belong." 

Allowing,  therefore,  the  modifications  suggested  above,  that 
author's  original  description,  subjoined,  holds  for  this  plant 

Some  weeks  ago  I  received  from  Mrs  Britton  a  specimen  of 
Gr^'mt7iia  ieretmervis  coWecieA  in  Austrian  Tyrol  by  Dr.  Burchard. 
That  plant,  though  coming  from  the  first  region  cited  in  Laubra. 
p.  718,  does  not  agree  so  well  with  the  author's  description,  nor 


Explanation  of  Figures.  Grimmia  teretinervis  Limpr.  Fig.  i. 
A  plant.  X2^.  Fi?.  2.  A  leaf,  X30.  Figs.  i-6.  Enlarged  cells  fiom  apex, 
middle,  and  base  of  leaf.  Figs.  7-13  Cross-sections  of;  leaves.  Fig.  14.  En- 
larged leaf  of  Grimmia  Olneyi  Figs.  15-20  Cross-sections  of  leaves  of 
Grimmia  campestris  Burchell.  Fig.  21.  Cross-section  of  a  leaf  of  Gr//«»«»a 
Ol?ieyi  &ho\&  middle. 


—  22  — 

with  the  American  specimens,  as  does  Breidler's  plant  communi- 
cated by  the  author.  But  this  is  a  matter  for  European  students 
to  settle.  It  is  a  matter  of  satisfaction  for  American  students  to 
be  sure  that  the  plant  in  question  is  true  Griinmia  teretinervis 
Lirapr,  and  the  writer  desires  to  thank  both  the  author  and 
Mrs.  Britton  for  kindly  sending  specimens,  without  which  this 
problem  could  not  have  been  settled. 

The  description  of  Grimmia  teretinervis,  is  translated  from 
Limpr.,  Laubm.,  i:  717,  718. 

297.  ScHiSTiDiUM  (?)  Teretinerve  (Limpr.)  Synonym;  Grim- 
mia {Eugrimmia'!)  teretinervis  Limpr.  in  61.  Jahresb.  d.  schles. 
Ges.  p.  216  (1884).  Dioicous,  known  only  in  female  sterile  plants. 
Perhaps  to  be  placed  ne.\t  to  Grimmia  comtnutata  or  G.  ovaia. 
Cushions  blackish,  more  rarely  dark -green,  to  4  cm.  {n  diameter, 
loosely  cohering,  in  habit  somewhat  like  G.  commutata.  Stems 
1-2,  rarely  3  cm.  long,  slender,  unbranched,  in  cross  section 
showing  large  thin-walled  parenchyma  cells,  small  thick-walled 
cortical  cells  and  a  little  developed  central  strand.  Leaves 
firm,  the  lower  erect  patent,  the  upper  appressed,  but  when 
moistened  becoming  somewhat  recurved,  then  also  erect-patent, 
from  a  decurrent  oval  base,  lance  linear,  concave  (1.2-1  3510111. 
long  and  0.4-0  45  mm-  wide)  with  a  slender,  short,  toothed  hair 
about  0.45mm-  long;  lower  leaves  hairless,  or  with  a  very  short 
hair  point.  Leaf  margin  plane,  only  at  the  base  slightly  reflexed. 
Lamina  toward  base  of  one  cell  layer,  in  the  middle  .sporadically 
bistratose,  toward  ape.^  bistratose  for  several  cells  from  the  mar- 
gin, hence  the  unistratose  areas  on  each  side  of  the  costa  appear 
as  two  well  defined  longitudinal  strips.  Costa  stout,  brownish; 
biconvex,  with  4-6  ventral  cells,  central  cells  alike,  small.  Leaf 
cells  similar  throughout,  with  rather  thick,  yet  even  walls,  not 
unequally  thickened,  very  small,  roundish-quadrate,  0.007- 
0.009mm.  in  size,  only  toward  the  base  on  each  side  of  the  costa 
with  a  few  rows  of  short  rectangular  cells.  Female  buds  at  ends 
of  branches,  with  5-6  poorly  developed  archegonia  (o  54mm  long) 
and  a  few  pellucid  paraphyses.     Male  plants  and  fruit  not  known. 

Winona,  Minn.,  February,  igoo. 


Keep  watch  of  the  different  mosses  in  your  locality  and  record 
the  date  of  the  first  appearance  of  the  sporophyte  and  the  date  of 
ripening  spores.  Be  sure  to  collect  specimens  to  verify  your  ob- 
servations. 


ILLUSTRATED  GLOSSARY- Continued. 


2"2 


Bisexual,  synoicous. 

Cladocarpous,  having  the  sporophyte  terminating  a  short  spec- 
ial fertile  branch;  something  like  half-way  between  acrocarpous 
and  pleurocarpous;  fi.  g-  Fontinalis. 

Dioicous  or  dicecious,  having  the  male  and  female  organs  on 
separate  plants. 

Flowers,  often  applied  to  the  reproductive  organs. 
Fruit,  often  applied  to  the  sporophyte. 

Gametophyte  or  gametophore,  that  part  of  the  plant  which 
bears  the  gametes  or  sexual  cells.  In  mosses  all  the  plant  ex- 
cept the  "fruit,"  or  seta  and  capsule. 

Inflorescence,    often    applied  to 
the  clusters  of  reproductive  organs. 
Monoicous  or  ntoftaxious,  having 
male  and   female  organs    on  the 
same  plant. 

Oosphere,  the  egg  cell  or  ovum 

found  in  the   base   of   the    arehe- 

gonium.      After    fertilization,     by 

union   with    the    antherozoid,  it   develops    into   the   sporophyte- 

(Fig.  20.) 

Paraphyses,  jointed  hyaline  hairs 
growing  among  the  reproductive  organs. 

(Fig.    21.) 

Paroicous,  having  its  male  and  fe- 
male organs  in  the  same  cluster,  but  not 
mixed,  the  antheridia  being  in  the  axils 
of  the  perich£ttial  bracts  below  the  arch- 
egonia.     (Fig.  22.) 

Perickceiiujn  and  perigonium,  see 
under  topic  leaves. 

Pleurocarpous,  having  the  sporo- 
phyte lateral  on  a  short  lateral  special 
branch.  (  Fig.  23  )  Pleurocarpous  mosses 
can  usually  be  recognized  by  the  creeping 

habit. 
Spermatozoid,  see  antherozoid. 

Sporophyte  or  spcrophore,  the  spore-bearing  part  or  genera- 
tion. In  mosses  it  consists  of  the  seta  and  capsule  and  constitutes 
the  so  called  fruit. 

Stipitate,  having  a  short  stem.  Applied  to  antheridia  and 
archegonia. 


—  24— 

Synoicous  or  synaxious,  having  the  male  and  female  organs 
mixed  together  in  the  same  cluster.     (  Fig.  21.) 

TERMS  I  SED   IN  THE  DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  GAMETOl'H VTE,   EXCLUSIVE  OF 
THOSE  ALREADY    DEFINED. 

CcESpitose,  forming  matted  tufts  or  cushions ;  e.  g.  Leucobryuin. 

Canescent,  rather  hoary;  e.  g.  Ra- 
comitrium  canescens. 

Central  strand.  The  middle  of  many 
moss  stems  is  made  up  of  a  bundle  of 
much  narrower  and  more  slender  cells, 
known  as  the  "central  strand."  (Fig.  24.) 
This  is  usually  continuous  with  the  mid- 
rib or  costa  of  the  leaves,  much  after  the 
manner  of  the  vascular  bundles  in  the 
higher  plants. 

Capittiluni,  a  rounded  head. 

Coma  or  comal  tuft,  a  tuft  of  leaves  at  the  top  of  a  stem  or 
branch. 

Confervoid,  formed  of  tine  threads. 

Fascicle,  a  bunch  or  cluster  of 
leaves  or  branches. 

Fascictilate,  arranged  in  bunches 
Fastigiate,    of    branches,      all 
reaching  an  equal  height  (Fig.  iS). 
Flagella,  tine  string-like  branch- 
es; e.  g.  Dkranum  flagellare. 

GcmmcE,  bud  like  bodies,  capa- 
ble of  reproducing  the  plant. 
Sometimes  borne  in  special  heads, 
sometimes  on  the  surface  of  the 
leaves.      (Fig.  25.) 

Getmniferous  or  Geinmlparous, 
bearing  gemma'. 

Gregarious,    growing    near  to- 
gether or  clustered,  but  not  in  close 
tufts  or  mats. 
Hygroscopic,  readily  absorbing  water  and  thereby  altered  in 
form  or  direction. 

Julaceous,  smooth,  slender  and  cylindric;  like  a  catkin  or  a 

worm. 


THE    BRYOLOGIST 


Vol.  III.  July,  1900.  No.  3. 

FISSIDENS  IN  NORTHEASTERN  NORTH  AMERICA. 

By  Ann'e  Morrill  Smith. 

IT  is  very  easy  to  recognize  a  Fissidensif  looked  at  carefully  with 
a  hand  lens,  and  under  the  microscope  with  even  a  very  low 
power  one  need  not  hesitate.  The  leaves  are  entirely  different 
from  any  of  the  mosses  already  studied  in  The  Bryologist.  They 
are  in  two  ranks  and  apparently  edgewise  to  the  stem,  with 
the  basal  portion  of  the  upper  edge  apparently  split  in  two  and 
sheathing  the  stem  and  the  lower  edge  of  the  leaf  next  above  it.  as 
shown  in  the  figure.  In  Bryum  the  border  is  made  up  of  cells  of 
an  entirely  different  character  and  shape  from  those  of  the  rest  of 
the  leaf,  while  in  Fissidens  the  border  cells  are  of  the  same  size 
anddifferonly  in  being  of  a  lighter  color,  or  paler,  as  the  key  says. 
The  leaf  then  consists  of  three  parts,  differently  named  by  different 
authors.  I  prefer  to  follow  in  this  study  Prof.  Charles  R.  Barnes' 
Revision  of  the  North  American  Species  of  Fissidens,  Botanical 
Gazette,  Vol.  XII.  J  inuary  and  February,  1887.  The  three  parts 
are  called  7'aginant  lamina,  vertical  lamina  and  inferior  lamina 
to  designate  respectively  the  sheathing  or  conduplicate  portion  of 
the  leaf,  Fig.  3,  a  ;  the  whole  of  the  vertical  blade,  b ;  and  the 
part  of  it  below  the  costa,  c.  The  peristome  is  so  much  like  that 
of  the  Dicranums  that  the  families  to  which  these  genera  belong 
are  usually  regarded  as  somewhat  closely  allied. 

For  the  benefit  of  the  more  advanced  students  I  refer  them 
to  a  reprint  on  "The  Genus  Fissidens."  by  Ernest  Stanley 
Salmon,  of  Charlton  House.  Kew,  England,  \n  Annals  of  Botany, 
Vol.  XIII.  March,  iSgq.  This,  in  three  double  plates,  gives  94 
figures  and  is  very  full  regarding  the  morphology  of  the  genus  as 
well  as  classification. 

Key  to  the  species;* 

A. — fruit  terminal. 
Leaves  with  a  narrow  border,  at  least  on  the  vaginant  lamina — 

Border  usually  confluent  at  apex  with  percurrent  costa; 

male  flowers  axillary F.  brvoides. 

Border  wanting  at  apex;  male  flowers  at  base  of  stems; 
leaf  cells  smooth F.  tncurvus. 

Border  none  except  on  vaginant  lamina;  leaf  cells  papil- 
lose  F.  Ravenelit, 

*I  am  greatly  indebted  to   Prof.   Charles  R.   Barnes  for  invaluable 
assistance  in  preparing  this  key. 


Leaves  without  a  border — 

Leaves  obtuse,  cells  pellucid,  operculum,  conic,     .     .     . 

F.  obttisifolhis. 

Leaves  apiculate,  operculum  acicular-rostrate,     .     .     .     , 

F.  osumndoides. 

B. — FRUIT  LATERAL. 

Leaves  without  a  border — 

Leaves   broad  pointed,  irregularly   serrulate;  fruit   sub- 
basal;  plants  i-2cm.  high,       .     .     .     .      F.  subhasilaris. 
Leaves  mucronate,  regularly  serrulate;  fruit  basal  or  sub- 
basal F.  taxifolins. 

Leaves  bordered   by  several  rows  of  paler,  often  incrassate 
cells — 
Leaf   cells   obscure    (6-9X6-12//),  capsule   erect    or    in- 
clined,      F  crtstatus  Wils*. 

Leaf  cells  distinct   (  12-15X18-24/O   capsule  erect  or  in- 
clined  F.  adiantoides. 

C. — PLANTS   AQUATIC. 

Plants  sterile,  large  (  s-iscrn.),  growing  in  very  wet  places  or 

in  water.     Leaves  thick,  rigid,  opaque.     F.  grand  if rons. 

Plants  filiform,  much  branched,  aquatic  and    floating,   with 

the  habit  of  a  Fontinalis.    Leaves  not  rigid,  F.  Julianus. 

*F.  decipiens  L.  &  J.  Manual. 

The  ten  species  above  given  are  those  most  likely  to  be  col- 
lected in  our  range.  Of  the  aquatic  series  only  F.  grandifrons 
Bridel  and  F.  luliamis  cSavi.)  Schimp.  are  included,  though 
F.  Hallianiis  Mitt,  may  be  found  more  rarely  on  wood  and 
stones  in  swamps  and  streams.  F.  grandifrons  Bridel  has  been 
found  over  a  wider  range  than  is  given  in  the  Manual  and 
should  be  looked  for  in  many  limestone  regions.  Owing  to  its 
large  size  it  will  not  be  overlooked  if  present  at  all.  F.  Closteri 
Aust.  and  F.  hyalinus  Hook.  &  Wils.  have  been  omitted  as  being 
too  rare  and  also  too  minute  to  be  often  found  by  a  beginner,  for 
whom  this  key  and  notes  are  intended.  F.  polypoidoides  Hedw. 
has  also  been  left  out,  as  it  is  sub-tropical  only.  It  is  found  in 
Florida  and  in  the  southern  half  of  Georgia. 

Of  the  species  given  in  the  key,  F.  subhasilaris  Hedw.  is 
reported  as  not  common.  I  have  it  from  two  stations  only,  one  in 
New  York  State  and  the  other  near  Baltimore.  It  is  a  small 
plant  and  therefore  easily  overlooked ;  this  applies  as  well  to 
F.  bryoides  Hedw.,  which  may  sometimes  be  found  growing  on 
greenhouse  pots.  F.  incurvus  Schwaegr.  is  another  small  plant 
very  common  East.  There  are  two  varieties  as  given  by  Prof. 
Barnes  in  his  Revision,  namely,  van  miniitulus  Aust.  and  var. 
exiguus  Aust.  Authors  differ  about  the  specific  rank  of  these  three 
mosses,  but  this  question  will  not  be  be  considered  now,  as  one 


— 3  — 

will  not  go  far  wrong  if  they  unite  both  varieties  under  incurvus, 
and  leave  the  subject  of  specific  rank  aad  nomenclature  to  wiser 
heads. 

F.  Ravenelii  SuUiv.  is  a  minute  moss  found  on  Cypress  trees 
in  southern  swamps,  but  while  more  frequent  in  the  extreme 
south,  is  reported  from  South  Carolina  and  further  search  may 
extend  its  northern  limits.  The  other  mosses  of  our  list  are  of 
medium  to  large  size  and  common.  F.  cr  is  tat  us  Wils.,  which  is 
offered  to  Chapter  members,  is  of  medium  size  and  grows  on  the 
soil  and  rocks;  it  somewhat  resembles  F.  adiantoides  Hedw.,  but 
the  leaves  are  usually  more  closely  imbricated.  F.  obtiisijolius 
Wils.  grows  on  wet  rocks  or  stones  and  is  of  frequent  occurrence, 
constituting  with  F.  adiantoides  Hedw.,  F.  cristatus  Wih.  and  F. 
taxifolius  Hedw.,  our  most  common  species.  F.  osmtindoides 
Hedw.  is  also  common  in  all  situations. 


Description  OF  Figures,  i.  Fruiting  Fissidens  cristatus.  2.  Capsule 
with  calyptra  removed.  3.  Leaf  and  pDrtion  of  stem  to  which  it  is  attached. 
4.  Leaves,  showing  how  they  overlap  each  other  and  sheath  the  stem. 


4 

FISSIDENS  HYALINUS. 


WE    found  this  moss  growing  on  a  steep  bank  in  a  moist, 
shaded   ravine,   along  with  F.  ta.xijolius  and  Hypnutn 
hians.     It  seems  not  to  grow  abundantly  where  it  does 
grow,  and  this,  added  to  its  insignificant  appearance,  makes  it  a 
difficult  object  to  find. 

When  we  gathered  these  plants  a  short  time  ago  it  occurred 
to  me  that  the  conditions  were  not  so  peculiar  that  they  might  not 
be  found  in  other  places,  and  we  began  a  hunt  for  other  banks  in 
moist,  shaded  ravines  where  the  iaxifolius^rovjs..  The  t axif alius 
was  our  guide,  and  we  have  recently  been  successful  in  finding 
the  moss  in  three  other  places. 

We  begin  to  think  this  little  moss  is  more  widely  distributed 
than  has  been  supposed.  When  in  fruit  it  may  be  detected  by  a 
sharp  eye  held  close  to  the  ground,  as  the  red  peristome  is  promi- 
nent for  so  small  an  object.  In  hunting  for  this  plant  we  have 
found  it  a  good  plan  to  take  up  with  a  case  knife  a  slice  of  ground 
where  smaller  plants  of  ta.xifolius  grow  somewhat  loosely  and 
examine  with  a  magnifying  glass.  If  the  hyalinus  is  in  fruit  it  is 
easily  detected  by  its  red  peristome,  and  its  leaf  is  easily  known 
when  seen  through  a  glass,  since  it  is  without  mid-rib  and  the 
cells  are  so  large  that  its  appearance  is  similar  to  that  of  Phys- 
comitrium.  The  hyalinus  sometimes  grows  in  clusters  of  20  to 
50  plants,  but  oftener  separately.— £"jr/ra(r/  frotn  a  letter  of 
Alonzo  Linn  to  Mrs.  E.  G.  Brittoii,  Nov.  ist,  iSg^. 


FISSIDENS  GRANDIFRONS  Brid. 


THIS  rare  and  interesting  species  is  one  of  the  largest  of  the 
genus;  its  stems  measure  from  one  to  five  inches  in  length, 
often  repeatedly  branched  and  rooting  at  the  base  of  each 
branch,  ultimately  dividing  into  numerous  smaller  plants,  and 
thus  propagating  the  species.  The  leaves  are  long  and  narrow, 
closely  placed,  and  the  stem  appears  as  a  white  wavy  line  be- 
tween their  clasping  bases.  They  are  composed  of  several  layers 
of  cells,  which  make  them  opaque  and  dense,  for  which  reason 
Carl  Miiller  coined  the  name  Pachyfissidens,  since  raised  to 
generic  rank  by  Limpricht.  They  grow  immersed  in  water  satu- 
rated with  lime,  or  in  mud,  and  the  plants  are  often  encrusted  and 
discolored  to  a  dark  green  or  brown.  The  species  is  dioicous,and 
the  fruit  has  been  found  only  once,  in  the  Himalaya  Mountains 
by  Falconer,  though  this  species  occurs  at  several   stations  in 


— 5— 
Europe,  along  the  Rhine  and  its  tributaries,  in  Switzerland  and 
the  Pyrenees.  In  America  it  is  not  uncommon.  New  York  State 
leading  with  four  or  five  stations  in  the  western  and  central  part, 
Niagara  Falls  being  the  best  known.  It  has  also  been  found  in 
the  mountains  of  Virginia,  and  in  Michigan,  Ohio,  and  Missouri. 
It  occurs  at  several  stations  in  Ontario,  and  in  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains from  British  Columbia  to  Idaho  and  Montana,  and  from 
Washington  to  California.  Its  nearest  relative  seems  to  be  a 
Mexican  species.  F.  mstgm's  Sch.  from  Mt.  Orizaba,  of  which 
the  fruit  is  unknown.— £".  G.  Br  it  ton. 

ON  THE  GENUS  FISSIDENS,  BY  ERNEST  STANLEY  SAL- 
MON, ANN.  OF  BOT.  13:  J03-I30,  PL  A  TESj-7, 
MARCH,  1899. 

i  L  '-pHE  structure  of  the  leaf  in  the  genus  Fissidens  is  gener- 
I  ally  described  as  quite  anomalous  amongst  mosses." 
After  describing  this  structure,  the  author  proceeds  to 
explain  the  three  principal  theories  which  have  been  advanced  to 
explain  the  morphology.  The  first  one,  accepted  up  to  1819,  held 
that  the  leaf  corresponds  to  that  of  other  mosses,  and  that  the 
sheathing  part  results  from  a  split  in  the  thickness  of  the  leaf. 
The  second  was  that  of  Robert  Brown,  published  in  1819,  which 
held  that  the  double  division  ot  the  leaf  is  its  true  blade,  and  the 
deviation  from  the  normal  structure  is  in  the  greater  compression 
of  the  leaf  and  in  the  addition  of  a  dorsal  and  terminal  wing. 
"In  support  of  this  view  it  may  be  observed  that  in  the  lower 
leaves  of  the  stem  both  the  additional  wings  are  greatly  reduced 
in  size,  and  in  some  cases  entirely  wanting,  as  they  are  univer- 
sally in  the  perigonial  leaves,  which  likewise  have  the  more 
ordinary  form,  being  only  moderately  concave  and  not  even 
navicular."  This  view  was  accepted  by  Bruch  and  Schimper, 
and  has  been  followed  by  Limpricht  and  others.  Lindberg  ad- 
vanced the  third  theory,  and  has  been  followed  by  Braithwaite, 
stating  that  the  whole  expansion  of  the  leaf  is  the  true  leaf,  with 
the  exception  of  one  of  the  wings  of  the  sheathing  part,  which  is 
considered  a  stipule. 

In  order  to  prove  which  of  these  theories  is  correct,  Mr.  Sal- 
mon has  studied  the  structure  of  the  vein  of  the  leaves  of  18 
species  of  Fissidetts  and  those  of  similar  leaves  in  Bjyo.xiphium, 
Sorapitla  and  Diplophyllum,  and  compared  them  with  leaves  of 
Polytrichitm,  Cat  liar  inea.  Pott  hi.  Bar  but  a  and  Tortitla,  such  of 
them  as  have  outgrowths  or  lamelke  on  their  leaves.     He  con- 


— 6— 

eludes  that  the  structure  of  the  vein  and  the  occasional  differen- 
tiation of  the  line  of  suture  between  the  vaginant  lamina  and  the 
apical  wing,  notably  in  F.  Floridanits,  proves  Robert  Brown's 
theory  to  have  been  correct.  His  sections  and  figures  include  six 
North  American  species  of  F/ss/dens,  a.?,  follows:  bryoides,  de- 
cipiens,  tncurvus,  Floridaniis,  grandi/rons  a.r\6.  ia.xifolius :  also 
Catharinea  angustaia,  Polytrichu>nformosum,  Potiia  cavifolia, 
Barbula  chtoronotis,  and  Bryo.xiphium  Norvegicum.  The  plates 
are  excellent,  and  the  whole  study  is  eminently  satisfactory  to  all 
students  of  this  genus,  as  showing  what  morphology  can  do  to 
help  us  in  classification. — E.  G.  Britton. 


NOTE  ON  CINCLIDOTUS  FONTINALOIDES. 


IN  THE  month  of  July,    1869,   the  writer  made  a  boat  voyage 
around  the  northeast  coast  of  Lake  Superior.     On  the  27th  of 

that  month  he  collected  in  a  brook  thirty  miles  west  of 
Michipicoten.  The  gatherings  were  submitted  to  careful  exam- 
ination by  myself,  but  as  many  species  were  found  that  I  had 
never  before  seen,  and,  being  without  books,  I  could  do  nothing 
with  them.  In  1871,  through  Mrs.  Roy,  of  Owen  Sound,  Ontario, 
I  opened  up  a  correspondence  with  Prof.  James.  The  specimens 
found  on  the  rocks  in  the  brook  were  submitted  to  him  and  named 
Cinclidotus  fonitnaloides,  but  sterile. 

Later  I  may  have  submitted  them  to  Austin,  and  from  him 
got  the  name  Racomitrium  aa'ctilarc,  or  I  may  have  named  them 
so  myself ;  but  at  any  rate  that  was  the  second  name. 

Still  unsatisfied,  I  sent  part  of  the  original  specimen  to  Dr. 
Kindberg,  who  named  it  Grimmia  apocarpa,  var.  rivularts. 
Within  the  last  month  Mrs.  Britton  has  confirmed  the  later  deter- 
mination, so  that  Cinclidotus  fontinaloides,  as  far  as  the  writer's 
specimens  are  concerned,  has  to  be  eliminated  from  the  North 
American   Y\ox2i.—John   Macoiin,    Ottawa,    Canada,    February 

2jd,    IQOO. 

[A  Note.— A  search  has  been  made  for  the  original  specimens 
on  which  the  note  in  Lesquereux  and  James'  Manual  was  founded, 
but  they  are  not  to  be  found  in  the  James  collection.  Whether 
they  were  returned  to  Mrs.  Roy  or  sent  to  the  Lesquereux  herba- 
rium, remains  yet  to  be  discovered.  At  any  rate  nothing  exists 
in  any  collection  thus  far  made  to  show  that  Cinclidotus  J  otitina- 
loides  has  been  thus  far  found  in  America.— E.  G.  Britton.] 


ILLUSTRATED   GLOSSARY— Continued. 


Pinnate,  having  numerous  equi- 
distant spreading  branches  on  each 
side,  like  a  feather.     (Fig.  26. ) 

Plumose,  feathery. 

Polygamous,  with  antheridia  and 
archegonia  disposed  in  various  ways 
on  the  same  plant. 

Proliferous,  bearing  young  Shoots 
from  the  antheridial  or  archegonial 
cluster  of  leaves. 

Protonema,  the  green,  branched,  alga-like  threads  produced 

from  the  spore  and  often  persist- 
ent during  the  lifetime  of  the 
plant  produced  from  it.  Pro- 
tonema and  radicles  differ  chiefly 
in  the  presence  or  absence  of 
chlorophyll,  and  either  may  de- 
velop the  other.     (Fig.  27.) 

Pseudopodium,  a  leafless  branch 
resembling  a  seta  and  often  bearing  gemmse.      (Fig.  25.) 
Pulvinate,  like  a  cushion. 

Radicles,  rootlets  springing  from  the  sides  and  base  of  stem. 
See  also  protonema. 

Ramuli,  minute  branchlets. 
Rhizoid,  see  radicles. 

Stoloniferous  stem,    a   slender   creeping   stem   with  minute 
leaves. 

Tomentose,  covered  with  a  thick  felt  of  radicles. 

TERMS    USED    IN    DESCRIBING   THE    SI'OROPHYTE. 

Acicular.  needle-shaped.     Applied  to  the  beak  of  the  oper- 
culum. 

Amphithccium,  the  outer  layers  of  cells  of  the  sporogonium. 
Annulus,  a  specialized  ring  of  vesicular  cells 
'phy.  between  the  mouth  of  the  capsule  and  the  lid. 
7/>#  These  cells  are  often  highly  elastic  and  aid  in 
removing  the  lid  when  the  spores  are  ripe;  they 
have  a  peculiar  appearance,  which  is  well  illustrated  in  Fig.  2S. 


— S— 

Apophysis,  see  hypophysis,  the  more 
correct  term  according  to  Braithwaite. 

Appendiciilate  cilia,  cilia  with  small 
transverse  spurs  attached  at  intervals 
along  the  margin.  (Fig.  29.)  As  these 
bars  sometimes  extend  inward  instead  of 
laterally,  they  are  not  always  visible  in  a 
strictly  dorsal  view. 

Arcuate  (capsule),  bent  in  a  curve 
like  a  bow.     (Fig.  30. ) 

Articulate  (teeth  of  peristome), 
marked  by  cross-bars  as  in  Figs. 
31  and  43. 

Astomojis  (capsule),  without  a 
mouth.  Used  of  capsules  which 
have  no  regularly  dehiscent  lid. 

Beak,  prolonged  narrow  tip  of 
the  operculum.  The  opercula  in 
Figs.  30  and  32  are  strongly  beaked. 
Calyptra,  the  thin 
mouth  of  the  capsule. 
Cancellate,  latticed, 
the  Fontinalace.-e. 
r?-?  Ct7/Jz//-?,  the  enlarged  distal  end  of  the  sporo- 
phyte;  it  contains  the  spores,  and  is  sometimes 
known  as  the  sporangium.     (Figs.  30,  32,  35,  39  and  40.) 

CernuoHS  (capsule),  droop- 
ing or  nodding,  somewhat  in- 
clined as  opposed  to  erect. 
(Fig.   35) 

Cilia,  hair  like  threads  of  the 
endostome,     alternating     with 
the   segments.       (Fig.    29   and 
Figs.  36,  c  and  43,  d  ) 
Clathrate,  resembling  lattice-work. 
Cleistocarpous,  capsule  opening  irregularly,  not 
by  a  lid  or  valves. 

Collum,  the  neck  or  tapering  base  of   the  cap- 
sule.     (See  Fig.  40. ) 

Coluviella,    the    central    axis   of    the   capsule; 

around  it  and  between  it  and   the  outer  wall  of 

35  the  capsule  are  borne  the  spores.      Sometimes  the 


veil  or  hood  covering   the 
(Figs.  33  and  41.) 
Used  of  the  endostome  of 


— 9— 
lid  adheres    to    it    and   is    raised    upon    it,    as    in 

Fig.  37- 

Consir/cied,   used  of    capsules  that  become  nar- 
rowed under  the  mouth  when  dry.     (Fig.  32.) 

Contracted,  see  constricted. 


INJURY  DONE  TO  MOSSES  BY  INSECTS. 

By  G.  N.  Best. 


MOSSES  furnish  an  excellent  harbor  for  insects  which  in  turn 
feed  upon,  mutilate  and  destroy  them.  From  a  diagnostic 
standpoint  the  injury  they  inflict  is  of  importance  since  it 
modifies  to  a  considerable  extent  the  normal  characters.  When 
mosses  are  seriously  injured,  they  show  it  in  their  short,  stubby 
branches  and  in  their  withered,  shrunken,  often  contorted  and  dis. 
colored  leaves.  The  stems  are  the  parts  most  commonly  attacked. 
On  these  appear  minute  reddish-brown  spots  or  nodules,  usually 
with  a  central  perforation,  around  which  the  tissues  are  necrosed  and 
thickened.  These  spots  not  rarely  coalesce  to  form  patches,  gird- 
ling the  stem  in  such  a  way  as  to  interfere  with  its  nutrition. 
Less  often  the  midribs,  the  pedicels  and  the  capsules  are  attacked 
in  the  same  manner.  A  common  seat  of  injury  is  about  the  base 
of  the  capsule  which  then  rarely  attains  a  normal  development, 
the  peristome  suffering  most.  When  the  stems  are  affected  the 
areolation  of  the  leaves  is  often  quite  abnormal,  the  basal  and 
alar  cells  especially.  Sometimes  the  cells  of  one-half  of  a  leaf  dif- 
fer from  those  of  the  other  half.  In  fact  these  deformities  not 
rarely  so  obscure  the  normal  characters,  as  to  give  grounds  for  a 
suspicion  that  a  new  species  is  at  hand  ;  and  it  is  quite  probable 
that  not  a  few  species  owe  their  existence  more  to  insects  than  to 
nature. 


NEW  AMERICAN  MOSSES. 


Grimmia  Evansi  E.  G.  Britton.  Rhodora  1  :  148,  \%^^,  pi.  7, 
"Plants  forming  low,  dense,  dirty  tufts  of  a  dark  green  or 
yellowish  brown  color,  only  the  uppermost  ends  of  the  branches 
being  green  and  free  from  gravel.  Stems  about  15mm.  high, 
with  short  fastigiate  branches  5mm.  long,  naked  and  radiculose 
below,  crowded  above  with  spreading  leaves  which  are  about 
imm.  long  by  o.  5-0. ymm  broad,  oblong,  concave,  acute  or  api- 
culate   with  inrolled   margins    above,    forming  a    more    or    less 


-to— 


cucullate  apex,  the  stout  vein  ending  in  or  just  below  the  point 
which  occasionally  is  formed  by  a  single  short  hyaline  cell; 
apical  cells  rounded  and  indistinct,  slightly  sinuous,  composed 
more  or  less  of  two  irregular  layers  of  cells,  or  frequently 
with  only  one  layer  and  occasional  groups  of  bistromatic  cells 
here  and  there,  not  papillose,  but  the  thickened  walls  of  the 
apical  cells  giving  an  irregular  outline  to  the  cross-sections  of  the 
leaves;  basal  cells  in  one  layer,  more  distinct,  oblong  or  quad- 
rate, .oi3-.o2imm.  in  diameter.  Dioicous.  only  male  plants  col- 
lected, antheridia  large,  bright  yellow,  with  or  without  para- 
physes. 

On  rocks.  Tuckerman's  Ravine,  Mt.  Washington,  N.  H., 
alt.  1,230m.,  July  30,  1890.  Collected  by  Dr.  Alexander  W.  Evans 
of  Yale  University,  to  whom  this  species  is  dedicated  in  recogni- 
tion of  his  .services  to  American  bryology.  Dr.  Evans*  speci- 
mens have  been  compared  with  Gn'mmia  ccESpiticia  (Brid. )  Jur., 
{G.  sulcata  Sauter)  and  with  Limprichf  s  description  and  figures 
(Rab.  Kryptfl.  4:  2,  778.  fig- 203).  Though  closely  resembling 
this  species  in  the  form  and  structure  of  the  leaves,  ours  lack  the 
two  prominent  folds  of  the  European  species  and  the  plants  are 
coarser  and  more  loosely  tufted." 


ENTOSTHODON  LEIBERGII,  sp.  oov.  E.  G.  Britten. 


PLANTS  gregarious;  stems  short,  5mm,  simple  or  divided  at 
base,  naked  below,  leaves  crowded  at  summit,  the  largest 
2-3nim.  long  by  imm.  wide,  oblong-lanceolate,  acute  or  api- 
culate,  the  vein  ending  in  or  below  the  apex  or  excurrent  into  a 
subulate  point,  serrate,  above,  marginal  cells  somewhat  longer  and 
narrower,  but  not  bordered,  those  of  the  basal  angles  occasionally 
inflated,  forming  an  auricle;  perichetial  leaves  smaller,  generally 
entire,  with  the  vein  ending  far  below  the  apex.  Autoicous;  seta 
5_iom'm.  long,  pale,  becoming  red  brown  as  well  as  the  mature 
capsule,  which  is  globose- pyriform,  i-2nim.  long,  with  a  tapering 
neck ;  btomata  numerous;  lid  convex,  bordered  with  yellow,  the 
marginal  cells  quadratic  in  straight  rows,  the  inner  smaller,  irreg- 
ular and  oblique;  mouth  sligiitly  flaring  when  dry,  bordered  by 
4-8  rows  of  transversely  elongated  cells  and  one  row  of  orange- 
colored  smaller  cells;  annulusnone;  peristome  short,  rudiment- 
ary, teeth  irregular,  divided,  orange-colored;  spores  rough,  .025- 
.029mm-  rusty  brown. 

In  wet,  springy  places  near  Hope,  Idaho,  at  2100  feet,  May, 
1892.  Collected  by  John  B.  Leiberg,  to  whom  this  species  is  ded- 
icated. Nearest  to  Entosikodoji  ertcetorum  C.  M.  {Funarui 
obtusa  Lindb.),  from  which  it  differs  in  its  larger  size,  broader 
leaves  without  the  narrow  border  of  cells,  so  markedly  shown  in 
No.  281  of  Wilson's  Musci  Brittanici. 


— II- 


coddO^Q 


Description  OF  Plate.— I.  Plant,  natural  size.  2.  Capsules  enlarged. 
3.  Lower  leaf.  4.  Upper  leaves.  5.  Stomata.  6.  Apex  of  leaf.  7.  Auricled 
basal  cells.    8.  Median  cells.    9.  Portion  of  peristome.     10.  Portion  of  lid. 


TWO  NEW  SPEaES  OF  BRACHYTHECIUM. 


BRACHYTHECiuM  NovEBOR ACENSE  sp.  Dov.  Gametophytc  in 
loosely  interwoven,  thin,  bright  green  mats,  darker  green 
to  brown  below;  stems  ascending  or  creeping,  irregularly 
and  rather  sparingly  branching,  sparingly  radiculose  except  when 
in  contact  with  the  soil;  branches  3-6cra.  long,  somewhat  fascicu- 
late; branch  leaves  distant,  loosely  spreading,  not  at  all  or  very 
slightly  striate  when  dry.  very  narrowly  decurrent,  ovate- 
lanceolate,  slender  pointed,  strongly  serrulate  above,  about 
2x0.75mm,  costate  nearly  to  middle;  median  cells  linear- 
vermicular,  12-18:1;  basal  cells  enlarged,  shorter  and  broader, 
oblong  to  subquadrate;  stem  leaves  very  distant  below,  spread- 
ing, broadly  ovate,  acuminate,  2.25X1™"--  alar  cells  somewhat 
inflated,  with  a  tendency  to  form  auricles,  otherwise  like  branch 
leaves;  costa  sometimes  double  with  one  long  and  one  short 
branch.  Monoicous;  perichaetial  leaves  squarrose,  long  filiform- 
acuminate  from  an  ovate  base,  ecostate,  nearly  or  quite  entire. 

Sporophyte  2-2.5cni.  high;  seta  red,  strongly  twisted  to  the 
right,  rough  with  scattered  papilke;  capsule  sub- erectand slightly 
unsymmetric  when  fresh  and  ripe,  curved  and  strongly  contracted 
under  the  mouth  when  dry  and  empty,  light  red-brown,  2-2. 25mm. 
long,  3  i;  operculum  long  conic,  abruptly  apiculate;  annulus? 
Teeth  papillose  above  with  long  sharp  papilhe;  median  line  very 
indistinct  in  lower  two-thirds  of  teeth;  inner  peristome  nearly  as 
long  as  teeth,  with  basal  membrane  as  long  as  segments ;  seg- 
ments papillose,  more  or  less  split;  cilia  single  and  large  or 
double;  spores  ripening  in  autumn  (Dec.)  unequally  developed, 
rough,  the  largest  0.026mm- 

Type  from  peaty  soil  in  swampy  woods.  Valley  Stream,  L.  Id  , 
December  9,  iSgg;  closely  interwoven  with  B.  acutum. 

This  might  be  easily  mistaken  for  B.  rutahulum  when  sterile, 
and  indeed  would  be  hard  to  distinguish  from  it.  The  alar  cells, 
however,  are  larger  and  the  leaf  apices  shorter  as  a  rule.  The 
leaf  apices  are  longer  and  alar  cells  smaller  than  is  usual  in 
B.  rivulare.  The  leaf  characters  are  somewhat  intermediate 
between  these  two  species  and  those  of  B.  Starkei,  but  the  stem 
leaves  are  longer  and  ovate  rather  than  deltoid  ovate.  The  stem 
leaves  are  more  distant  than  in  any  of  the  related  species,  re- 
minding one  of  Hypnum  cordifolmm.  The  sporophyte  is  dis- 
tinct from  that  of  any  other  species  in  the  light  colored  cap.sule, 
sub-erect  and  slightly  unsymmetric  and  much  smaller  than  in 
any  of  the  related  species ;  teeth  much  narrower,  without  a  dis- 
tinct median  line  in  the  upper  middle  portion. 

This  species  is  so  distinct  that  collectors  ought  to  have  no 
difficulty  in  recognizing  it.  A  specimen  from  Van  Cortland  Park, 
New  York  City,  has  the  seta  rougher  than  in  the  type. 

Brachythecu^m  Wasiiinctonianum  Eaton,  Ms.,  newly  de- 
scribed. Gametophyte  in  loose  mats  of  bright  glossy  yellow- 
green;  stems  creepmg,  ascending,  5-iocm.  long,  closely  and  more 


-13- 


or  less  regularly  pinnate,  particularly  near  the  ends;  branches 
7-i2mm.  long;  branch  leaves  equally  spreading,  strongly  plicate, 
both  moist  and  dry,  ovate,  not  decurrent,  1.5-1.  75  X  o.45-o-7omm., 
broadest  a  little  above  the  base  and  thence  gradually  narrowed 
to  a  long  narrow  apex,  more  strongly  serrate  above  than  in 
B.  lamprochryseum ;  costa  extending  from  one-half  to  two- 
thirds  the  entire  length  of  the  leaf;  median  cells  linear-vermicular 
0.080-0. 125mm.  in  length;  10-16:1 ;  basal  cells  shorter  and  broader, 
extreme  alar  sometimes  inflated  and  vesicular  with  a  single  row 
of  much  enlarged  rectangular  cells  along  the  base  (  These  fre- 
quently fail  to  be  detached  with  the  leaf ) ;  stem  leaves  of  lower 
stems  slenderly  deltoid-ovate,  auricled  and  decurrent  (The  auricles 
are  often  made  more  distinct  by  strong  plica?  near  the  margin,  as 
in  Cliinacium  Americanum),  2-2.  smm.  long  and  about  one  half 
as  wide  at  the  widest  portion  of  the  base;  median  and  basal  cells 
as  in  the  branch  leaves;  auricular  cells  rectangular  to  hexagono- 
rhomboidal,  the  lower  somewhat  inflated  and  vesicular.  Dioicous 
apparently;  no  male  buds  found;  perichtetial  leaves  sheathing 
with  long  squarror.e  filiform  apices,  entire  or  distantly  dentate 
above,  ecostate  or  rarely  with  traces  of  a  costa. 

Sporophyte  3-4cm-  high;  seta  red,  becoming  red-brown  when 
old,  very  rough,  very  little  or  not  at  all  twisted ;  capsule  oblong- 
cylindric,  arcuate  and  inclined,  to  nearly  horizontal,  with  oper- 
culum about  3. smm.  long,  about  4:1 ;  somewhat  contracted  under 
the  mouth  when  dry;  operculum  conic  and  ro-^trate  with  a  shining 
black,  needle-like  beak,  about  one-third  the  height  of  the  entire 
operculum;  annulus  inconspicuous,  of  a  single  row  of  cells;  teeth 
red;  segments  slender,  widely  open  along  the  keel,  from  a  basal 
membrane  about  one-half  their  height;  cilia  two  or  three,  well 
developed  but  shorter  than  the  .segments,  nodose  or  slightly  ap- 
pendiculate;  spores  about  0.013'nin,,  shrunken  and  apparently 
immature  on  date  of  collection,  November  23,  iSqo 

Type  locality,  moist  banks.  Mason  county,  Washington. 

G.  V.  Piper,  No.  25,  Nov.  23,  1S90. 

Type  in  Eaton  Herbarium  at  Yale.  Co-type  in  Herbarium  of 
Columbia  University. 

Closely  related  to  B.  aspe?r/iuuin  and  B.  lamprochryseum, 
differing  from  both  in  its  almost  regularly  pinnate  branching  and 
auriculate  stem  leaves;  also  from  the  former  in  the  narrower,  more 
strongly  plicate  stem  leaves,  branch  leaves  not  decurrent,  and  in 
the  longer,  more  slender,  and  more  arcuate  capsule.  From  the 
latter  it  also  differs  in  the  more  slender  habit  and  narrower,  less 
plicate  stem  leaves.  B.  asperrimum  and  B.  Washingtontanum 
are  characterized  by  an  operculum  abruptly  rostrate  when  dry 
with  a  slender  black  shining  beak,  the  operculum  itself  being 
some  shade  of  brown.  This  is  well  illustrated  in  Sullivant's 
figures  of  .5.  asperrimum.  Icones  Muse.  Suppl, //.  76.  When 
moist  this  operculum  becomes  long  conic  and  rostrate,  as  shown 
in  the  plate.     Taken  by  itself,  this  species  might  be  referred  to 


Description  of  Plate  I.— Figs  1-7,  B.  Noveboracense :  1  and  2.  Cap- 
sules. 7.  Stem  leaf.  6  and  ^.  Basal  angle  and  apex  of  the  same.  5.  Stem 
leaf  with  double  costa.  4  Branch  leaf.  Figs.  8-12,  B.  Wasliingtonianum : 
10.  Stem  leaf.     12.  Basal  angle  of  the  same.    11.  Branch  leaf 


—  15— 

Eiirhym  hium  or  Caniptotheciuvt,  but  it  is  certainly  more  closely 
related  to  B.  asperri»ium  and  B.  lamprochryseuin  than  to  any 
other  species  of  Musci.  The  capsules  of  B.  asperrimttm  in  Sul- 
livant's  figures  are  more  slender  than  is  the  rule  in  a  large  series 
of  specimens  examined. 

The  following  additional  collections  have  been  made: 
J.  B  Leiberg  (No.  573),  Lake  Pend  d'Orielle,  Idaho,  in  cal- 
careous springs,  Jan.  21,  '91.  This  is  more  robust  and  less  pin- 
nate than  the  type  and  varies  in  the  direction  of  />.  lamprochry- 
Si-uin.  Macoun's  Canadian  Musci,  439,  Hypnum  {Camptothe- 
ctum)  tnegaptilnvi,  on  base  of  old  sturap^  near  the  sea,  Hastings, 
Barnard  Inlet,  B  C,  is  apparently  this  species.  Bjth  these  spec- 
imens have  been  previously  referred  by  me  to  B.  lainprochryseum, 
this  being  the  nearest  species  previously  described. 


FURTHER  NOTES  ON  MOUNTING  MOSSES. 

IT  is  an  acknowledged  fact  that  the  present  method  of  mounting 
mosses  is  productive  of  anything  but  good  looking  sheets  after 
the  collection  has  been  in  existence  for  some  time.  Un- 
less the  sheet  is  full,  there  is  always  the  temptation  to  add 
just  one  more  specimen.  Then  as  study  proceeds,  some 
of  these  specimens  are  almost  sure  to  be  referred  to  other 
places,  and  must  be  detached  from  the  sheet,  leaving  unsightly 
spots.  By  the  use  of  half  or  quarter  sheets  much  of  this  difficulty 
may  be  avoided,  but  for  one  who  wishes  to  mount  mosses  on 
sheets  the  same  size  of  those  his  flowering  plants  are  mounted 
upon,  some  sort  of  an  elastic  system  must  be  adopted  which  will 
allow  him  to  fill  the  whole  sheet  an  once,  and  yet  permit  the  col- 
lection to  grow.  The  method  here  illustrated  seems  to  meet  all 
requirements.  It  consists  of  the  ordinary  mounting  sheet  of 
standard  size,  in  which  sixteen  short  slits  are  cut,  and  into  which 
the  corners  of  four  quarter  sheets  may  be  inserted.  The  speci- 
mens are  then  mounted  on  the  small  sheets,  and  afterwards 
fastened  to  the  ordinary  sheet  by  placing  the  corners  in  the  slits. 
This  method  has  the  following  advantages:  Specimens  wanted 
for  study  may  be  detached  instantly.  Specimens  may  be  changed 
about  on  the  sheet  without  damaging  the  sheet  or  specimens. 
Different  species  of  the  same  genus  may  be  mounted  on  the  same 
.sheet  temporarily,  and  later  replaced  by  other  specimens,  in  which 
case  all  the  specimens  of  one  species  may  be  kept  on  the  same 
sheet,  and  lastly,  the  whole  collection  can  be  filed  away  in  covers 
uniform  with  those  of  flowering  plants.  While  this  is  primarily  an 
elastic  svstem  the  mounts  may  be  made  permanent  by  fastening 
the  small  sheets  to  the  large  one  with  a  drop  of  glue. —  Willard 
N.  Clute,  Binghamton,  N.   V. 


THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  CHAPTER. 


We  purpose  printing  each  quarter  a  list  of  members  who  have 
added  new  or  interesting  localities  for  our  rarer  mosses,  or  exten- 
sions of  range  for  the  more  common  ones. 

(Names  of  L.  &  J.  Manual  are  used  for  convenience.) 

Mr.  J.  Warren  Huntington  has  listed  122  species  from  Ames- 
bury,  Mass.,  including  the  following:  Dicranum  vzrtde  Schimp. 
Dichelyvia  capillaceuin  B  &  S.  Catharinea  crispa  James. 
Brachythecium  rutabulum  B.  &  S  Plagiotheciu)n  latebricola 
B.  &  S.  }{o)nalothecii(i)i  subcaptllatu»i  Sulliv.  Fissidens  jnmu- 
tulus  Sulliv. 

Mr.  Charles  K.  Dodge,  Port  Huron,  Mich.,  reports:  Mnium 
rostratum  Schrad.     Polytrkhum  strictuin  Banks. 

Mrs.  Eby.  Lancaster.  Pa.,  reports:     Barbuja  mura//s  Tim  n. 

Miss  Crockett,  Camden,  Maine,  has  ccr"'  ted  over  43  species, 
including  TAu/d/uw  si//um  Aust.  Hypni  ha'tansL..  Mm'um 
affine  Bland  {vSir.ciliare  of  Mrs.  Brilton  s  nt  )  M.  ortkorrhyn- 
chum  B.  &  S.     Hypnum  dilatatum  Wils. 

Mr.  Greenalch  has  collected  96  species  in  and  near  Schuyler- 
ville,  N.  Y.,  including  the  following:  Anacamptodon  splachnoides 
Brid.  Thelia  as  pre  I  la  Sulliv.  Anomodon  obtusifolius  B.  &  S. 
Pylaisia  vclutina  B.  &  S.  Hypnuin  serrulaium  Hedw.  H. 
rusciforme  Weis.  //.  /u'spiduliiin  Brid.  H.  cupressiforme  L. 
Mnium  marginal uin  (Dicks  )  P  Beauv.  M.  orthorrhynchum 
B.  &  S.  Thnmia  megapolilana  Hedw.  Buxbaitmia  aphylla  L. 
Die  helyma  falcatum  Myrin.  Gymnoslomum  curvirostriim  Hedw. 
Fissidens  incurznis  Schwa^gr.  F.  laxi/olius  Hedw.  Lepto- 
l r ic hum g I auce scens^SiVn^Q.  Dicranum fulvuin  Hooker.  Orlho- 
Irichum  slrangulalum  Beauv.     Encalypla  liliala  Hedw. 

Mr.  Edward  B.  Chamberlain  reports  the  folio wmg:  Mnium 
spinulosum  from  central  Maine,  collected  by  E.  D.  Merrill.  M. 
siellare  from  Hebron,  Maine,  collected  by  Mrs.  M.  L   Stevens. 

Mr.  Francis  Windle,  West  Chester.  Pa  ,  has  consented  to 
identify  any  Lichens  that  members  of  the  Chapter  may  send  to 
him,  enclosing  the  necessary  return  postage. 


THE    BRYOLQGIST 

Vol..  III.  October,    1900.  No.  4. 


The  success  of  The  Bryologist  and  of  the  Sullivant  Moss 
Chapter  has  been  very  largely  due  to  the  untiring  efforts  of  Mrs. 
Smith.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  members  of  the  Chapter  will 
remember  this  when  they  vote.  It  is  needless  to  say  that  this  is 
inserted  without  consulting  Mrs.  Smith. 

"*" 
Beginning  with  the  January  number,  The  Bryologist  will 

contain  sixteen  pages.     At  least  two  pages  will  be  devoted  to  the 

Lichens,  under  the  editorship  of  Mrs.   Carolyn  W.  Harris.     Mrs. 

Harris  is  well  qualified  for  this  work,  and  we  assure  our  readers 

that  there  is  a  rare  treat  in  store  for  them.     Some  space  will  also 

be  devoted  to  the  Hepatics,  as  circumstances  warrant. 

Keep  watch  of  the  different  mosses  in  your  locality  and  record 
the  date  of  the  first  appearance  of  the  sporophyte  and  the  date  of 
maturing  spores.  Be  sure  to  collect  specimens  to  verify  your  ob- 
servations. This  kind  of  work  can  be  done  by  anybody  who  is 
willing  to  take  a  little  pains  in  observing,  and  it  is  work  of  great 
scientific  value  when  collected  and  correlated.  Altogether  too 
little  work  of  this  kind  has  been  done  in  the  past  in  any  depart- 
ment of  botany.  There  is  a  regular  procession  of  mosses,  as  it 
were.  Beginning  in  early  spring  one  can  collect  mosses  in  mature 
fruit  all  the  year  round.  Different  .species  of  the  same  genus 
mature  spores  at  different  seasons,  and  in  this  way  afford  as  good 
a  means  of  identifying  the  species  as  any  structural  characters. 

"*" 
To  stimulate  work  of  this  sort,  the  Editor  offers  as  a  prize  a 
century  of  North  American  Musci  Pleurocarpi  and  a  year's  sub- 
scription to  The  Bryologist  to  that  subscriber  of  this  journal  who 
shall  send  him  the  dates  of  appearance  of  sporophyte  and  of  ma- 
turing spores  of  the  largest  list  of  mosses.  The  dates  can  be  given 
as  the  first,  second,  third,  or  fourth  week  of  the  month,  or  the 
exact  day  of  collecting  can  be  given.  The  list  must  be  accom- 
panied by  a  specimen  of  species  listed,  collected  on  the  date  given 
by  the  person  submitting  the  list.  Date  of  maturing  spores  will 
count  two  points,  date  of  appearance  of  sporophyte  one  point. 
Spores  are  supposed  to  be  mature  when  the  lid  readily  separates 
from  the  dry  capsule.  Observations  previous  to  date  may  be 
counted  if  a  specimen  has  been  preserved.  Specimens  should  be 
fully  labeled.     Contest  closes  December  i,  iqoi. 


SUGGESTION  FOR  GLYCERINE  JELLY  MOUNTS. 

By    Pkoi-.  John  M.   Holzinger. 

I  HAVE  always  found  it  awkward  to  handle  small  mounts  of 
of  mosses  or  sections  of  organs  in  jelly  between  mica.     To 

obviate  this  difficulty  I  have  hit  upon  a  plan  which  has  re- 
ceived much  favorable  comment  from  several  of  my  correspondents. 

I  take  two  thicknesses  of  paper,  one  of  ordinary  writing  paper, 
the  other  cardboard  slightly  heavier  than  postal  card  paper.  From 
each  I  cut  out  strips  of  equal  size,  as  long  as  ordinary  microscope 
slides  and  a  very  little  wider.  These  I  fasten  at  one  end  with 
paste  to  keep  them  from  slipping.  Then  I  lay  the  glycerine  jelly 
mount,  which  of  course  must  not  be  as  wide  or  as  long  as  my 
paper  slide,  on  this  paper  slide  and  center  it,  marking  off  a  space 
a  little  less  than  the  mount.  This  space  I  cut  through  both  thick- 
nesses with  a  sharp  pointed  pen-knife.  Then  I  cover  the  inside 
of  the  cardbord  with  paste,  lay  down  over  it,  properly  centered, 
the  jelly  mount,  and  press  down  the  thin  paper,  carefully  avoiding 
any  misplacement.  The  two  thicknesses  of  paper  thus  become  a 
frame  for  the  mount,  with  a  sufficient  margin  of  white  paper  to 
receive  all  necessary  data. 

These  slides  I  keep  each  with  its  proper  packet  of  moss  mate- 
rial, protecting  it  from  injury  by  a  small  paper  pocket.  This  idea 
is  not  original,  but  was  suggested  by  some  mounts  of  Bruch's 
which  I  remember  having  seen  in  the  National  Herbarium  at 
Washington. 

p.  S.— That  was  a  timely  suggestion  made  recently  in  these 
columns  by  Mrs.  Britton  to  the  younger  moss  students  who  habit- 
ually appeal  to  their  older  moss  friends  for  aid  in  determinations, 
namely,  that  they  should  send  with  each  moss  to  be  named  a  pre^ 
pared  slide.  If  this  were  done  more  uniformly  the  elder  "breth- 
ren" would  be  saved  much  mechanical  work  of  preparing  moss 
parts  for  inspection.  But  I  am  sure  it  would  also  have  a  more 
far-reaching  effect  upon  all  who  take  up  the  study  of  mosses, 
making  them  much  more  thorough,  and  acquainting  them  much 
more  rapidly  with  the  microscopic  characters  of  our  mosses.  One 
is  much  more  likely  to  examine  critically  a  moss  accompanied  by 
a  slide  than  one  without  such  preparation.  And  this  not  only 
because  it  is  easier  to  examine  it,  but  largely  because  the  prepara- 
tion of  the  slide  is  an  earnest  of  the  purpose  of  the  beginner  who 
seeks  aid. 

Wint  na,  Minn. 

[Four  parts  should  always  be  mounted  on  each  slide— stem 
leaves,  branch  leaves  from  the  middle  of  the  branch,  the  short 
branch  from  which  the  middle  leaves  have  been  stripped,  and  the 
peristome. — Eds.  ] 


WEISSIA.* 

By  a.  J.  Grout. 


THE  Weissias  have  the  characteristic  brownish-green  or  black- 
ish-green color  of  the  Grimmia  family.      They  are  distin- 
guished from  all  save  Orthotrichum  by  the  hairy  calyptra. 
Both  Orthotrichum  and  Weissia  grow  on  the  bark  of  trees  or 
more  rarely  on  rocks,  in  cushions  of  varying  size  and  thickness. 


Dlscriptign  of  Figures,  a,  a,  Weissia  ulophylla  X  4  and  X  i  re- 
spectively, b,  b',  Capsules  of  the  same  X  20.  c,  Young  sporophyte  with 
calyptra  <  20  d,  d',  Weissia  coarctata  X  4  and  X  i  respectively,  e,  Cap- 
sule  ;■;  20.    f,  Calyptra  of  mature  capsule  X  21. 


—44— 
The  Weissias  growing  on  trees  usually  grow  in  more  rounded  tufts 
with  the  leaves  more  crisped  when  dry  than  is  usual  with  Ortho- 
trichum  growing  in  similar  situations.  The  books  all  say  that  the 
hairs  on  the  calyptra  of  Weissia  are  tlexuous,  and  those  on  Ortho- 
trichum  straight,  but  this  distmction  appears  to  be  rather  too  fine 
for  the  amateur  to  profit  by  it.  The  capsules  in  both  genera  are 
erect  and  symmetric  and  quite  regularly  striate  when  dry  with 
eight  or  sixteen  ridges  and  as  many  alternating  furrows.  These 
ridges  consist  of  cells  larger,  darker,  and  thicker- walled  than  the 
alternating  tissue.  The  seta  in  Orthotrichum  is  so  short  that  the 
capsule  is  nearly  always  partially  immersed ;  in  Weissia  the  seta 
is  long  enough  to  exsert  the  capsule  entirely  beyond  the  perichee- 
tial  leaves. 

Orthotrichum  is  a  very  large  and  difficult  genus,  and  cannot 
be  successfully  treated  in  a  book  of  this  kind.  Weissia  is  a  small 
genus   whose   species   are  easily   recognizable   without  any  lens 

whatever. 

The  Puckered  Weissia  has  pear-shaped  capsules,  abruptly 
narrowed  to  the  very  small  mouth ;  the  ridges  and  furrows  extend 
only  a  short  distance  around  the  mouth  of  the  capsule,  giving  it 
the  peculiar  and  characteristic  appearance  shown  in  the  cut. 

The  capsules  of  the  Crisped  Weissia  have  a  much  larger  mouth 
and  are  striate  for  the  entire  length.  The  seta  is  shorter,  the  color 
is  lighter,  and  the  tufts  are  rather  thicker  than  in  the  Puckered 
Weissia.  In  a  not  uncommon  variety  of  the  Crisped  Weissia  the 
capsule  is  much  shorter  and  is  suddenly  contracted  into  a  neck, 
narrow  and  much  twisted  when  dry.  These  two  species  grow 
exclusively  on  trees;  the  third,  the  American  Weissia,  grows  exclu- 
sively on  rocks.  Its  leaves  are  rigid  when  dry  like  those  of  Ortho- 
trichum, not  crisped  as  in  the  two  tree-growing  species;  the  cap- 
sules very  closely  resemble  those  of  the  Crisped  Weissia. 

AH  three  of  the  Weissias  are  common  in  the  hilly  regions  of 
our  range.  They  mature  their  capsules  in  autumn  or  early  win- 
ter, but  apart  from  the  calyptra  are  more  characteristic  when  dry 
and  empty.  The  tree- growing  species  furnish  good  coUectmg  for 
winter  and  early  spring,  when  most  other  mosses  are  buried  under 

the  snow. 

Weissi.4  EiiRH.=Ulota  Mohr. 

The  Puckered  Weissia=  H^.   coarctata   (Beauv.)   Lindb.=  67tf/fl 

Ludwii^ii  Brid. 
The  Crisped  W.=  W.  nlophylla  YMx\\.^Ulota  cnspa  Brid. 

variety^  W.  ulophylla  crispula\'&xnch)  Hammar 

==  Ulota  cr/spiila  Brid. 
The  American  Weissia=  W.  Americana  (Beauv.)  \J\vAh.=  Ulota 

HutchmscE  Schimp. 

*From  "  Mosses  With  a  Hand-lens,"  by  permission. 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 


NOTES. 


Antherozoids  of  Mosses. — Dr.  Grout  states  that  "not  one 
botanist  in  a  hundred  has  ever  seen  these  bodies  in  motion."  I 
think  this  is  too  sweeping  a  statement.  I  have  had  no  difficulty 
in  finding  motile  antherozoids  whenever  I  chose  to  look  for  them. 
I  have  seen  them  in  the  following  species:  Aulacomniu))i pahisire, 
Dicranella  heteromalla,  Physcomitrium  turbinatum,  and  Bryutn 
argenteum.  It  seems  to  me  to  be  only  necessary  to  study  any  of 
the  commoner  species  in  some  locality  for  several  years,  and  watch 
the  changes  in  development  due  to  variation  in  the  seasons,  and 
the  amount  of  moisture,  to  learn  when  and  where  to  find  them. — 
E  G.  Britton. 

North  American  Musci  Pleurocarpi,  issued  by  A.  J.  Groitt, 
Ph.  D. — Dr.  Grout  has  taken  the  initiative  in  issuing  these 
exsiccatae  by  beginning  with  several  of  the  genera  which  he  has 
recently  studied  and  monographed,  and  securing  the  aid  of  L  S. 
Cheney  and  others.  It  is  just  what  is  needed  at  the  present  time, 
sets  of  species  of  certain  critically-studied  genera,  so  that  those 
who  have  been  trying  to  follow  the  many  changes  and  corrections 
incident  on  the  great  stimulus  which  has  been  given  to  the  study 
of  North  American  mosses  by  the  numerous  European  publica- 
tions of  the  last  decade,  shall  have  a  chance  to  understand  and 
correctly  appreciate  these  changes  without  the  expenditure  of  so 
much  time  and  money  as  is  necessary  to  ferret  them  out  individ- 
ually. A  similar  set  of  acrocarpous  mosses  will  be  issued  from 
the  Herbarium  of  the  New  York  Botanical  Gardens  by  the  work- 
ers there,  and  a  large  accumulation  of  material  is  awaiting  sorting 
and  determination  from  various  parts  of  the  country.  Dr.  Small 
has  made  large  southern  collections,  Mr.  Williams  has  lived  for 
many  years  in  Montana  and  secured  many  valuable  specimens, 
and  there  are  many  other  sets  of  specimens  awaiting  the  students 
to  come  and  work  on  them. — E.  G.  B. 


ILLUSTRATED  GLOSSARY-Continued. 


Cribose    (of   the   peristome    teeth),    perforated 
with  small  apertures.     (Fig.  38.) 

Ciicullate  calyptra,    a   calyptra  that   is  hood- 
shaped  and  split  on  one  side  only.      (Fig.  33.) 

Cygneous  (of  the  seta),  curved  suddenly  down- 
wards like  a  swan's  neck. 

Deoperciilate,  applied  to  a  capsule  after  its  lid 
7^ «  has  fallen  ofiE. 

Dimidiate,  split  on  one  side. 
Divisural  line,    the   line   down   the   teeth  of  a  peristome, 


-46- 
through  which  they  split.      (The  zigzag  line  down   the  middle  of 
the  teeth  and  the  line  down  the  middle  of  the  segments  in  Fig.  43. ) 

Emergent,  or  emersed,  half  uncovered ;  of  the  capsule,  when 
the  perichtetial  leaves  reach  but  do  not  overtop  it. 

Efidostome,  see  peristome. 

Etidothecium,  the  inner  layers  of  cells  of  the  capsule. 

Epiphragm,  a  membrane  covering  the  mouth  of  the  deoper- 
culate  capsule ;  in  the  Polytrichums  and  their  allies  it  consists  of 
the  dilated  top  of  the  columella.     (Fig   35,  a.) 

E.xostome,  see  peristome. 

Exserted,  elevated  above  the  surrounding  parts;  of  the  cap- 
sule, when  the  perichtL-tial  leaves  do  not  reach  so  high  as  its  base. 

Fenestrated,  perforated. 

Cenictilate  (of  the  seta),  suddenly  bent,  like  a  knee. 

Gibbous  (of  the  capsule),  more  tumid  or 
swollen   on   one    side   than    on   the   other. 

(Fig-  39  ) 

Glaucous,    originally   applied   to   plants 
covered  with   a   bluish   white   bloom,    but 
now  applied  to  mosses  that  have  that  color. 
Granulose,  or  granulated,  rough  as  with 
minute  grains  of  sand. 
Gyninostomous,  without  a  peristome. 

Hygroscopic,  readily  absorbing  water  and  thereby  altered  in 
form  or  direction.  Hygrometric  is  sometimes  used  with  a  similar 
meaning. 

HypopJiysis,  a  swelling  of  the  seta  immediately  under  the 
capsule.      (Fig.  35.) 

Immersed,  covered  up;  of  the  capsule  when  the  perichastial 
leaves  project  beyond  it. 

Leptodermous,  thin  coated;  applied  to  capsules  when  soft 
and  pliable. 

Lid,='^percultcm,  which  see. 

Mamillate,  or  mammillar  (of  the 
lid  of  the  capsule),  convex  with  a 
short  projection  in  the  center.  ( Figs. 
40  and  41.) 

Mitriform  (of  the  calyptra),  cleft 
on  two  or  more  sides,  and  symmet- 
rical.     (Fig.  41.) 

Muricatc,  Muriculatc  (of  the 
spore),  rough  with  minute  sharp 
points. 


—47— 
A^.?£-^  (of  the  capsule),  the   lowest  part  just  above  the  point 
where  it  joins  the  seta.     See  also  collum. 

Nodose,  covered  with  knots  or  prominences. 
Nodulose,  covered   with   very  small   knots  or  prominences. 
(The  cilia  in  Fig.  43.) 

Ochrea,  a  thin  sheath  around  the  base  of  the  seta,  terminating 
the  vaginula. 

Operculum,  the  lid  which  closes  the  capsule  and,  falling,  per- 
mits the  spores  to  escape.      (Figs.  32,  37,  .jo.) 

Pachvderinous,  thick  skinned;  applied   to  the  walls  of  cap- 
sules or  to  cells  when  firm  and  resisting. 

Papillose  (of   the   seta),    rough   with  small 
rounded  or  acute  protuberances.      (Fig.  42  ) 
Pedicel, =sela,  which  see. 
Pendulous,  somewhat  hanging  or  drooping; 
more  so  than  in  cernous.     (Fig.  40.) 

Peristome,  the  fringe  surrounding  the  mouth 
of  the  capsule  upon  removing  the  lid.  This 
fringe  may  consist  of  a  single  row  of  processes, 
known  as  teeth,  as  in  Fig.  31,  or  of 
a  double  row  as  in  Fig.  43.  In 
the  latter  case  the  entire  fringe  is 
still  the  peristome,  but  the  term  is 
also  applied  in  a  particular  sense 
to  the  outer  row;  the  outer  row  is 
often  spoken  of  as  the  exostome 
{b),  and  the  inner  as  the  endostome 
{c).  The  inner  row  consists  of  as 
many  projections  as  the  outer,  but 
alternating  with  them ;  these  are 
known  as  processes  or  segments 
(( ).  Between  the  segments  there 
are  often  one  or  more  slender  hair- 
like processes  known  as  cilia. 
(Fig.  43,  d ;  fig.  36,  c.) 

Moss  peristomes,  viewed  with  a 
compound  microscope,  are  among 
the  most  beautiful  of  natural  ob- 
jects. They  are  not  composed  of 
cells  (except  in  the  Polytrichaceic  and  a  few  other  small  families), 
but  of  thickened  cell  walls.  The  cross  markings  on  the  teeth, 
segments,  and  cilia  are  the  lines  of  junction  of  the  transverse  cell 
walls  with  the  longitudinal  cell  walls  forming  the  peristome.    The 


-48- 
radial  walls  are  rarely  thickened  so  as  to  appear  in  any  way;  the 
divisural  line  shows  the  place  of  their  attachment  to  the  teeth  and 
segments. 

NEW  AMERICAN  MOSSES. 


Hypnum  (Cali.iergon)  Cyclophyllotum  Holzinger,  Minne- 
sota Botanical  Studies,  Nov.,  1896,  pi.  jg. 

"Plants  dark  green  above,  yellow  below;  8-iQcm.  high;  erect 
by  crowding.  Stem  leaves  concave,  ascending  when  moist,  as 
broad  as  long,  or  broader,  obtuse,  entire  margined,  costate  to  apex ; 
costa  broad ;  leaf  angles  decurrent,  strongly  excavate,  their  cells 
abruptly  enlarged,  hyaline,  0.08-0.  imm.  xo.025-o.04mm.,  the 
thin  walled  cells  not  quite  reaching  the  costa;  upper  leaf  cells 
0.04-0. o6mni.  X  0.008-0  oimm.;  branch  leaves,  of  the  .short  axillary 
branches,  also  concave,  much  smaller,  the  costa  faint,  not  ex- 
tended into  the  obtuse  apex.  Dioicous ;  antheridial  buds  numer- 
ous along  the  middle  part  of  the  stem,  shorter  than  the  leaves,  in 
their  axils.      Fruiting  plants  not  found. 

' '  This  plant  is  near  Hypnum  cordifoliutn,  but  differs  from  this 
species  in  having  its  leaves  more  closely  set  on  the  stem,  costate  to 
apex,  and  muth  wider  in  proportion  to  length ;  also  in  having  the 
larger  cells  of  the  auricles  abruptly  enlarged,  and  the  leaf  cells 
proper  smaller. 

"It  dirt'ers  from  Hypnum  gigatttcum  in  its  unusually  broad 
leaves,  smaller  size,  dark  green  color,  and  fewer  and  shorter 
branches." 

Collected  in  Lamoille  "Cave,"  Minnesota;  associated  with 
Brachytheciuni  rivulare. 

Grimmia  (Eugrimmia)  Brittonni.i?  R.  S.  Williams,  Bull.  Torr. 
Bot.  Club,  27:  316.  //.  ig.     1900. 

"Growing  in  dense  hemispherical  tufts  up  to  3.5cm.  high. 
Stems  slender,  usually  bearing  long  branches.  Outer  perichaetial 
and  upper  stem  leaves  with  blade  imm.  in  length,  oblong,  some- 
what lanceolate  pointed,  concave,  flat  on  the  borders  with  a  nearly 
smooth  hair  point  up  to  three  times  the  length  of  blade ;  lower 
leaves  a  little  smaller  with  hair  point  scarcely  equaling  blade, 
more  concave  and  somewhat  recurved ;  inner  perichictial  leaves 
minute,  triangular,  with  hair  point  eight  to  ten  times  length  of 
blade ;  upper  cells  irregular,  roundish  or  quadratic,  about  o.oo6mm- 
in  diameter,  gradually  becoming  elongated  below,  towards  the 
base  three  or  four  times  longer  than  broad  near  the  costa  and 
one  and  a  half  to  two  times  longer  than  broad  near  margin ;  cells 


-49- 

but  slightly  sinuous  walled  when  filled  with  chlorophyl,  later  on 
the  walls  become  distinctly  sinuous  both  above  and  below. 

"Apparently  dioicous;  fruit  unknown." 

Growing  on  shaded  perpendicular  walls,  partly  calcareous,  in 
rather  dry  places.  Collected  for  several  seasons  in  Bad  Rock 
Canon,  Flathead  river,  Mont. 

Dedicated  to  Mrs.  E.  G.  Britton. 

Grimmia  (Eugrimmia)  Tenuicaulis,  R.  S.  Williams,  1.  c.  pi.  20. 

"In  compact  tufts  up  .to  6  cm.  high.  Stems  very  slender, 
often  threadlike,  with  few  simple,  mostly  short  branches;  peri- 
chatial  and  upper  stem  leaves  rather  broadly  ovate-lanceolace, 
concave,  revolute  on  the  borders,  blade  \\  mm.  long,  with  rough 
hair  point  about  \  blade  in  length,  the  papilL-e  of  point  spreading, 
often  recurved;  moistened  leaves  erect-spreading;  upper  cells  ir- 
regular, somewhat  transversely  or  vertically  elongated,  mingled 
with  rounded  cells  0.004.006  mm.  in  diameter;  cells  toward  base 
more  or  less  elongated  rectangular,  those  near  margin  from 
nearly  quadratic  to  twice  longer  than  broad,  toward  costa  becom- 
2-4  times  longer  than  broad;  cells  apparently  never  sinuose 
walled ;  occasionally  the  leaf  is  hyaline  nearly  \  down  from  apex, 
the  hyaline  cells  alwavs  elongated;  evidently  dioicous;  sporo- 
phyte  not  seen." 

"Type  from  near  Neihart,  Belt  Mts.,  Mont,  Sept.  21,  also, 
obtained  at  Marsh  Lake  and  Dawson  on  the  Yukon  River." 

The  above  descriptions  are  slightly  abreviated  from  the 
original. — A.J.  G. 


RECENT  LITERATURE  RELATING  TO  NORTH  AMERI- 
CAN MOSSES. 


MJULE^  CARDOT,  the  well-known  French  student  of 
mosses,  has  recently  rendered  a  great  service  to  Ameri- 
can bryology  in  examining  the  types  of  Hedwig  and 
Schwsegrichen,  which  are  preserved  in  the  Boissier  Herbarium.* 
One  of  the  greatest  stumbling  blocks  to  American  students  is  the 
uncertainty  as  to  what  the  types  may  be,  for  they  are  often  in 
European  herbaria  accessible  only  to  the  man  who  can  afford  to 
cross  the  Atlantic.  We  hope  Monsieur  Cardot  will  not  stop  here, 
but  will  go  on  and  look  up  other  American  types  stored  in  foreign 
museums.  The  types  of  the  late  C.  Miiller  will  afford  an  interest- 
ing and  profitable  study.  We  present  below  some  of  the  most 
important  of  M.  Cardot's  conclusions: 

Barbula  acuviinaia  YieAw.=B.  fa/la.i  Hedw. 

B.  lanceolata  Hedw.  is  a  form  of  B.  tDiguiculata  Hedw.,  as 
also  is  B.  strict  a  Hedw. 


*  Etude  sur  la  Flore  Bryologique  de  L'Amerique  Du  Nord.     From  Bull. 
Herb.  Boissier  7:  300-380,  iSgg. 


— 50— 

Hypnum  asprelluvi  Schwregr.,  Suppl.  i^  :  246  is  a  slender 
form  of  BrachytheciuDi  plitmosum  (Sw.)  B.  &  S. 

Hypmnii  cJirysostojniDn  Rich,  is  a  form  of  Brachythecium 
plumosum. 

H.  fragile  Brid.  is  a  form  of  H.  chrysophyl/tan  Brid. 
Hypnum  polyrhizon  BriJ.  is  a  form  of  Brachythecium  plu- 
mosum. 

The  type  of  Hyp/u/m  stoloniferuin  Hook,  is  the  form  known 
as  var.  Cardoti  {YAxvdih)  R.  &  C.  M.  Cardot  proposes  the  name 
var.  substoUmiferum  for  the  plant  to  which  recent  authors  have 
applied  the  name  Hypmim  {Isot/ieczutii,  Eurhynchium)  stoloni- 
ferum. 

Hypnuin  fenax  Hedw.  is  a  synonym  of  Aiiihlystegium  irri- 
guum.  The  specific  name  tenax  antedating  Jlypnum  irr/giuim 
of  Wilson  by  fifty  years. 

Leskea  compressa  Yi&&^.=Entodon  cladorrhtzans  (Hedw.) 
C.  M. ;  not  E.  compressiis  C.  M. 

Leskea  fasciculosa  Hedw.  is  a  var.  of  Ei/rhynch/um  strigo- 
siim  (Hoffm.)  B.  &  S.,  intermediate  between  var.  diversifolmm 
and  var.  pfuccox.  It  is  undoubtedly  the  var.  prircox  as  defined  in 
my  revision.  This  opinion  is  based  on  the  locality  from  which 
the  specimen  came. 

Leskea  gracilescens  Hedw.  was  not  found  in  the  Herbarium. 
In  the  opinion  of  M.  Cardot  it  is  probably  L.  microcarpa  Sulliv. 

Leskea  imbricatula  Hedw.  is  a  synonym  of  Brachythecium 
acuminatum  (Hedw.)   Kindb. 

Pterigynandru»i  intricatum  'iieA\sr.=^Pylazsiella  velutina 
(Schimp. )  Kindb.,  not  P.  intricata  oi  modern  authors.  For  the 
plant  known  as  P.  intricata  he  proposes  the  name  Pylaisia 
SchimperiYL.  Sz  C.  This  modified  to  Pylaisiella  becomes  Pylat- 
siclla  Sch/mperi  (R.  &  C.)  Grout,  as  issued  in  my  North  Ameri- 
can Musci  Pleurocarpi  No.  3:  Jan.  i,  1900. 

Petrogonium  ascendens  Schwicgr.  ^Platygyrium  brachy- 
cladon  Kindb.  It  is  apparently  a  separate  species  near  Ento- 
don  repcns  (Brid.)  Grout. 

Tricliostomum  tenax  }led.'^.=Ditrichu?n  tortile,  var.  ptisil- 
li/m  of  ICurope. 

llvpnum  sipho  P.  '5>ea.Viv.=AmblystegiumJlo7-idanum  R.  &  C. 
and  not  A.  riparium  (L.)  B.  &  S.  A.  J.  G. 


THE  SULLIVANT  MOSS  CHAPTER. 


Report  of  the  Second  Meeting  of  the  Sullivant  Moss  Chapter. 

On  June  27th,  1900,  the  Sullivant  Moss  Chapter  was  a  guest 
at  the  Museum  of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden  at  Bronx  Park, 
and  held  its  second  meeting  there,  being  called  to  order  by  Presi- 
dent Grout  at  1 130  v.  m.  The  meeting,  owing  to  the  extreme  heat, 
was  very  informal.  A  number  of  papers  were  read  by  title  only, 
as  time  was  limited.  Dr.  Grout  gave  the  opening  address  of  wel- 
come, emphasizing  the  point  that  in  times  past  a  classical  educa- 
tion was  considered  necessary,  whereas  now  no  one  could  be 
considered  cultured  who  did  not  have  a  knowledge  of  some  of  the 
many  departments  now  comprised  under  the  head  of  "  Natural 
Science."  Then  followed  a  report  of  the  first  meeting  of  the 
Chapter,  held  at  Columbus,  Ohio,  August,  1899,  read  by  Mrs.  E. 
G.  Britton.  This  gave  the  history  of  the  organization  for  the 
finst  six  months.  Then  followed  the  report  of  the  Secretary  up 
to  date.  Prof.  T.  C.  Porter,  of  Easton,  Pa.,  gave  most  interest- 
ing personal  reminiscences  of  collecting  with  Lesquereux,  and 
other  distinguished  botanists.  Dr.  George  N.  Best  read 
a  valuable  paper  on  "Asexual  Reproduction  in  the  Mosses." 
Miss  Taylor  gave  a  paper  on  her  recent  studies  "  On  the  Stem  of 
Dcndroligotrichuiii  dendro/des."  Mr.  Williams  gave  an  account 
of  his  collecting  in  the  Klondike,  and  explained  his  collection, 
which  was  on  exhibition,  as  was  also  the  Herbarium  of  the  Chap- 
ter. This  exhausted  the  time  and  the  meeting  was  adjourned. 
Some  went  on  the  walk  about  the  Garden,  and  some  remained  to 
carry  on  an  informal  discussion  till  time  for  the  "  Al  fresco" 
dinner  at  French  Charlie's.  Thirty-two  persons  were  present. 
The  Chapter  now  numbers  83.  All  interesled in  Mosses,  Hepat- 
ics  and  Lichens  are  invited  to  join. 

Local  lists  were  exhibited  from  twenty-five  members,  and  the 
general  feeling  was  that  the  Chapter  was  now  on  a  firm  basis  and 
only  needed  the  enthusiastic  cooperation  of  all  to  make  it  a  most 
powerful  working  force  in  its  chosen  field. 
Respectfully  submitted, 

Annie  Morrill  Smith,  Secretary. 


NOTE. 

Bu.xbaumia  aphylla  L.— This  rare  and  curious  moss  has  been 
twice  found  in  Chester  county.  Pa.,  first,  by  Benjamin  M.  Ever- 
hart  many  years  ago  near  the  South  Valley  hills,  on  slaty  soil ; 
second,  by'  myself  in  a  woods  near  West  Chester,  on  the  north 
slope  of  a  slaty  hill  near  a  stream,  where  many  other  mosses 
grew.  The  Bu.xbaumia  was  then  in  fruit— December  i6,  iSgg  — 
but  spores  not  yet  ripened.  I  visited  the  spot  again  this  spring- 
March  7,  iQoo— audfounda  few  plants  which  had  fruited,  but  had 
shed  their  spores  by  this  time,  excepting  one  capsule.  In  this 
instance  it  was  a  winter  fruiting  plant;  Dixon  and  Jameson  give 
its  fruiting  time  as  early  summer. — Francis  Windle,  West 
Chester,  Pa. 

Elections. 

Forward  your  ballots  for  officers  and  amendments  to  Mr.  J. 
Franklin  Collins.  468  Hope  St  ,  Providence,  R.  I.,  on  or  before 
November  ist.  Show  your  interest  in  the  Chapter  by  voting  as 
early  as  possible. 

CANDIDATES. 

For  President— Dr.  G.  N.  Best,  of  Rosemont,  N.  J.,  the  well- 
known  writer  on  mosses  and  the  author  of  several  monographs, 
and  Mrs.  Carolyn  W.  Harris,  of  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

For  Vice-President- Mr.  J.  Warren  Huntington,  of  Ames- 
bury.  Mass,,  and  Mr.  Edw.  B.  Chamberlain,  of   Providence,  R.  I. 

For  Secretary-Treasurer— Mrs.  Annie  Morrill  Smith,  and 
Miss  Harriet  Wheeler,  of  Chatham,  N.  Y. 

AMENDMENT. 

The  following  amendment  to  the  Constitution  is  proposed; 
Section  4  of  Article  3  shall  be  amended  so  as  to  read:     The 
regular  yearly  dues  shall  be  seventy-five  cents  for  active  mem- 
bers and  fifty  cents  for  associate  members. 

A.  J.  Grout, 

Annik  Morrill  Smith, 

J.  Franklin  Collins. 

This  amendment  is  proposed  in  order  to  give  the  Chapter  a 
little  revenue  for  postage,  printing,  etc.  At  present  much  of  the 
Chapter  expense  has  been  met  by  Mrs.  Smith. — A.  J.  G. 

The  Chapter  is  to  be  congratulated  that  Dr.  Best  has  con- 
sented to  become  a  candidate,  as  there  is  no  one  better  qualified 
for  the  position  than  he.  Very  few  students  in  this  country  have 
the  knowledge  of  our  common  mosses  that  is  possessed  by  Dr. 
Best,  as  any  one  will  have  discovered  that  has  been  fortunate 
enough  to  correspond  with  him. — A.  J.  G. 

The  printer  made  two  or  three  serious  errors  in  my  Keys  to 
Vt.  Mosses  and  I  have  prepared  a  set  of  printed  corrections  to 
be  supplied  to  Chapter  members  for  a  self-addresaed  stamped  en- 
velope. — A.  J.  G. 


The  July  number  was  issued  June  28. 


Reprinted  July,  1904.- 


Entered  at  Post  Office,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  as  Second  Class  Mail  Matter. 

THE    BRYOLOGIST. 


Vol.  IV.  J.VNUAKY,   1901.  No.   i. 


Readers  of  The  Bkyoi.ogist  will  be  interested  to  know  that  in  this,  its 
first  year  of  independent  existence,  it  has  just  paid  for  itself.  This  may  seem 
a  poor  showing  to  those  not  acquainted  with  such  matters,  but  we  can  assure 
our  readers  that  it  is  a  better  financial  showing  than  many  more  pretentious 
scientific  journals  can  make.  Encouraged  by  the  cordial  reception  given  the 
Bryologist  during  the  past  year,  the  Editors  have  decided  to  add  four 
pages  to  each  issue  and  illustrate  more  freely,  nearly  doubling  the  cost  of 
the  journal. 


*  * 

* 


In  order  to  fill  the  additional  space  with  material,  we  earnestly  solicit 
from  our  readers  more  short  notes  on  interesting  finds.  The  notes  on  Bu.v- 
baumia  in  this  number  will  illustrate  what  is  meant. 


VEQETATIVE  REPRODUCTION  OF  MOSSES. 

By  G.  N.   Best. 

The  asexual  or  vegetative  reproduction  of  mosses,  by  which  we  mean 
the  multiplication  of  these  plants  by  other  means  than  by  sexually  formed 
spores,  is  accomplished  in  two  general  ways,  either  by  parts  of  the  plants 
normally  considered,  or  by  adventitious  formations  which  appear  on  the 
normal  plant  for  this  purpose. 

More  than  fifty  years  ago  Schimper*  made  the  broad  assertion  that 
"  every  leaf  and  every  portion  of  a  leaf  detached  from  the  mother  plant  and 
placed  under  favorable  conditions  can  produce  proembryonic  filaments,"  and 
more  recently  Limprichtf  has  stated  that  "all  parts  of  a  moss  plant  have 
the  capacity  to  produce  secondary  protonema."  It  remained,  however,  for 
Healdl  to  demonstrate  experimentally  that  if  a  moss  leaf  was  detached  from 
its  stem  and  placed  under  favorable  conditions  for  growth,  it  would  produce 
rhizoids  from  its  its  lower  surface  and  protonema  from  its  upper,  and  that 
in  time  buds  would  appear  on  the  latter,  and  that  these  would  ultimately 
grow  into  the  vegetative  plant.  But  it  is  to  Correns||  more  than  to  anyone 
else  that  we  are  indebted  for  a  comprehensive  treatise  on  this  subject. 

It  is  of  interest  to  note  that  the  outer  cells  of  the  stems  and  branches  of 
a  moss  plAnt,  as  well  as  the  leaf  cells,  are  analogous  in  function  to  sexually 
formed  spores,  in  that  they  have  the  capacity  to  produce  rhizoids  and  pro- 
tonema, and  thus  reproduce  the  parent  plant.  While  it  is  exceptional  for 
vegetative  buds  to  appear'on  the  rhizoids,  they  sometimes  so  occur.  It  is 
not  uncommon,  however,  for  rhizoids  to  produce  secondary  protonemata  and 
for  buds  to  appear  on  these  as  on  primary  protonemata. 


*Recherches  .A.nat.  et  .Morph.  sur  les  ilousses,  19,  1848. 
+Die  Laubmoose,  l:6i,  iS^jo. 
JBot.  Gaz.,  26:i6g,  1808. 
llVermehrung  der  Laubmoose,  1899. 


The  stems  of  most  mosses  are  made  up  of  a  succession  of  similar  parts, 
the  annual  growths,  and  are  separable  or  transversely  breakable  at  certain 
points,  more  especially  at   the  points  where  one  season's  growth  ends  and 
the  next  begins.     When  a  part  is  detached  and  is  carried  to  a  favorable  spot, 
it  commences  its  growth  by  producing  rhizoids,  which  serve  the  double  pur- 
pose of  fastening  it  to  a  substratum  and  of   assisting  in  its  nourishment. 
The  part  may  now  continue  its  growth  and  develop  into  a  plant,  or  it  may 
produce  protonemata  with  vegetative  buds  directly,  or  by   the  intervention 
of  rhizoids.     Branches,  when  detached  from  their  stems,  usually  reproduce 
the  plant  in  the  same  manner  as  stems.     They  are,  however,  in  some  species, 
as  Campylopus  flexuosiis,  provided  with  special  means  for  vegetative  repro- 
duction.    At  a  certain  point,  usually  near  ite  distal  end,  the  branch  is  so 
weakened  by  a  cleavage  in  its  walls  (Trennschicht),  that  the  terminal  por- 
tion is   readily   shed.     When   detached,  these  end  branches  (Endknospen) 
grow  into  plants  in  the  manner  already  detailed.     In  structure  and  devel- 
opment they  are  closely  related  to  bulbils.     When  a  leaf  of  a  moss  plant  is 
detached  from  its  stem  (which  often  happens  as  the  result  of  mechanical 
action  or  of   a   process   of   fatty   degeneration    of    its  insertion  cells,  as  in 
Dicranum  scoparium)  and  finds  a   favorable  lodgment,  it  reproduces  the 
parent  plant  as  stated  when  reference   was  made  t.o  Heald's  experiments, 
more  rarely  by  vegetative  buds  directly  from  its  surface.     In  some  species,  as 
Dicranum  viride  and  Anomodon  trisiis,  the  leaves  are  transversely  breaka- 
ble by  a  line  of  weakened  cell  cohesion,  the  detached  or  broken  parts  repro- 
ducing the  plant  as  is  done  by  the  whole  leaf. 

The  adventitious  formations  which  serve  to  propagate  asexually  the 
moss  plants  are  of  two  kinds,  bulbils,  sometimes  called  gammae,  and  brood 
bodies,  sometimes  called  propagula.  In  their  simplest  form,  bulbils  are  lit- 
tle buds  without  apparent  central  axes,  and  usually  appear  on  the  stem,  as 
in  Webera  annotina,  but  may  be  located  on  any  part  of  the  moss  plant. 
When  shed,  sometimes  even  before,  they  produce  rhizoids  and  grow  directly 
into  the  vegetative  plant.  In  their  higher  development,  with  rudimentary 
stems  and  leaves,  they  appear  in  bud-like  aggregations  on  the  end  of  stems, 
as  in  Leskea  iier.vosa,  sometimes  on  branches  as  well.  In  their  highest 
development,  their  character  as  shoots  becomes  apparent,  with  stems  and 
leaves,  as  in  Dicranum  flagellare,  growing  into  plants,  however,  in  pre- 
cisely the  same  manner  as  is  done  by  the  simplest  forms. 

Brood  bodies  are  polymorphous  and  variously  located.  In  their  sim- 
plest form  they  are  deciduous  rhizo-protonemata  which  appear  in  clusters  on 
stems,  often  on  midveins,  as  in  Plagiothecium  Roeseamim.  They  are,  how- 
ever, usually  more  complex  in  structure,  and  are  sometimes  borne  on  spe- 
cialized stems  and  branches,  the  pseudopodia,  as  in  A u lacomniltm  palustre : 
or  in  a  cup-shaped  involucre,  as  in  Georgia  pellucida;  or  on  rhizoids  (Brut- 
knollen),  as  in  some  of  the  Barbulae;  or  on  the  excurrent  costa,  as  in  Ulota 
phyllantha;  or  on  the  paraphyses.  as  in  Pottia  riparia;  or  on  the  upper 
surface  of  leaves,  as  in  Tor  tula  papulosa;  or  on  both  surfaces,  as  in  Ortho- 
trichum  Lyellii:  or  in  fasciculate  clusters  on  the  midrib  at  the  base  of  the 
leaves,  as  in  Grimmia  torquata.  In  whatever  form  or  position  they  appear, 
their  function  is  the  same,  the  reproduction  of  the  parent  plant,  which  they 
accomplish  by  producing  protonemata. 


— 3— 

What  are  these  brood  bodies,  and  what  structures  do  they  represent? 
Evidently  they  are  either  metamorphesed  buds  or  leaves.  It  may  be  con- 
jectured that  there  was  a  time  in  the  history  of  these  plants  when  they  were 
destitute  of  sporophytes,  and  that  vegetative  reproduction  was  the  only 
means  of  their  multiplication.  Even  at  this  day,  were  it  not  for  this  factor, 
our  moss  flora  would  dwindle  away  and  become  but  a  remnant  of  what  it 
now  is.  By  the  action  of  winds,  rains  and  snows,  these  brood  bodies,  as  also 
stem  segments  and  leaves,  are  not  only  loosened  from  their  attachments,  but 
are  carried  away,  sometimes  to  considerable  distances,  and  thus  become 
effective  not  only  in  the  propagation  but  in  the  dissemination  as  well,  of 
the  plants  from  which  they  were  derived. 


HYLOCOMIUMS  OF  THE  NORTHEASTERN  UNITED  STATES. 

By  Annie  Morrii.i,  Smith. 


Key  to  the  species. 

Leaves  secund,  sharply  serrate  at  apex,  costa  long  and  sin- 
gle: alar  cells  quadrate. 
Leaves  not  secund  (equally  spreading). 
Paraphyllia  none. 

Leaves  sulcate,  bicostate:  leaf  cells  enlarged  at  base, 
Leaves  slightly  sulcate,  faintly  bicostate  orecostate, 

a  triangular  patch  of  orange  cells  at  angles, 
Leaves  not  sulcate,  faintly  bicostate,  alar  cells  some- 
what enlarged  and  more   hyaline,  not  inflated, 
suddenly  recurved-squarrose  at  tip, 
Paraphyllia  present. 

Leaves   deeply   sulcate,    with    long   distinct  double 

nerve,  serrate  in  upper  half, 
Leaves   obscurely     bicostate:    paraphyllia    pinnate: 

branches  2-3  pinnate. 
Leaves  distinctly  double  nerved:  parayhyllia  minute: 

branches  irregularly  pinnate, 
Leaves  one-nerved  to  middle,  coarsely  serrate, 


I.    rugosum 


3- 


triquetrum 
parietinum 


4.    squarrosum 


umbratum 

proliferum 

brevirostre 
Pyrenaicum 


In  the  present  study  of  Hylocomiums,  eight'species  found  in  northeast- 
ern America  have  been  included.  Lesquereux  &  James'  Manual  cannot  be 
followed  in  this  genus.  H.  rugosum  is  there  placed  in  the  subgenus 
Rhytidium,  H.  Schreberi  in  the  Calliergon  group.  I  prefer  to  follow  Lim- 
pricht  and  include  the  latter  among  the  Hylocomiums,  dropping  also  Les- 
quereux &  James'  subgenus  Pleurozium,  and  counting  all  in  one  genus.  H. 
robusium   and    H.    loreum    are   of  western   range  only,  and   are  therefore 

omitted. 

It  is  difficult  to  describe  in  words  the  differences  which  separate  the 
Hylocomiums  from  the  Hypnums,  but  when  once  the  general  appearance 
of  the  plants  is  learned,  one  can  readily  see  a  strong  family  resemblance. 
They  are  of  free  and  robust  growth,  loving  both  damp  and  shade  as  well  as 
the  open  situations.  Most  of  our  species  of  Hylocomiums  fruit  sparingly  or 
infrequently,  the  capsules  maturing  in  late  summer  or  autumn.  H.  rugosum 
never  fruits  with  us,  but  fruits  abundantly  in  the  Klondike. 


—4 


I.      //.  rugosiiin  (Ehrh  )  De    Not.,  is   not  very   common,  but  is  found  in 
patches  by  itself,  iind  can  readily  be  identified   by    its   secund  leaves,  with 


Fig.    I.     H.  >-Hgos!iiii  X  I ;  leaves  x  5  ;  alar  cells  highly  magnified. 

long-pointed  and  serrate  apex,  and  by  the  small  alar  cells,  which  are  quite 
different  from  any  of  the  other  species.  It  has  acute,  spinulose  papillae  on 
the  back  of  the  leaf.  Its  favorite  habitat  seems  to  be  on  thin  layers  of  soil 
on  bluff's  and  ledges,  though  it  is  found  on  grassy  banks  in  woods,  and  in 
mountain  regions.  Adirondack  Mts.,  Bluffs  of  Lake  Champlain,  and  around 
the  lakes  of  central  New  York. 

2.  H.  iriquctruni  (L.)  B.  &  S..  is  the  coarsest  and  most  bushy  of  all  the 
Hylocomiums,  and  is  very  common.  It  grows  in  loose  tufts  in  pine  woods 
on  the  ground,  or  on  rocks  in  both  very  dry  and  very  wet  situations.  Once 
known  this  moss  is  never  overlooked.  The  leaves  are  large  and  spreading 
with  a  broad  orange-colored  insertion,  as  seen  under  the  microscope.  They 
have  a  strong  double  nerve,  with  stout  papillae  on  the  back. 

3.  H.  pariethiiDH  Lindb.  {Hypmnn  SL-/irt'beri  \^\\\(1.),  is  by  Lindberg 
as  well  as  Limpricht,  placed  in  the  genus  under  consideration,  and  as  it  has 
a  very  decided  likeness  to  the  other  species  in  the  held,  it  is  given  here.  The 
habit  of  growth  is  more  slender  than  the  preceding  species,  the  main  stems 
being  longer  and  the  branches  more  pinnate.  I'he  nerve  is  very  faint  when 
present,  and  is  either  lacking  or  double.  The  point  of  distinction  under  the 
microscope  is  a  small  triangular  patch  of  inflated  orange  cells  at  base  of  the 
leaf.  It  is  a  very  common  moss,  found  on  rocks,  ground  and  logs  in  damji 
•woods.  It  somewhat  resembles  Hypiuoii  iiispidation  in  outward  appear- 
ance. 


5  — 


Fig.  2.     Hylocomium  triquetrum  x  i;  stem  leaf  x  4. 

4.  H.  sguarrosum  (L. )  B.  &  S.  has  a  more  feathery  look  than  H.pari- 
etimftn,  the  leaves  being  thinner  and  more  spreading  (squarrose)  on  the 
stems,  which  are  usually  red,  as  are  also  those  of  parietinum  and  pro- 
liferu7n.     The  apices  of  the  leaves  are  long  and  slender  and  reflexed.     The 


k^ 


Fig.  3.  On  the  left  leaves  of  H.  squai-rosinn  y.  5:  branch  x  4:  alar  cells 
highly  magnified.  On  the  right  leaves  of  H.  iyiquctrum  x  5;  alar  cells 
highly  magnified  showing  pitted  cell  walls. 

alar  cells  are  somewhat  larger  and  clearer,  but  are  not  inflated.     The  cells 
in  this  species  are  papillose,  and  the  papillae  are  from  the  end  walls  of  the 


cells  and  not  from  their  faces,  as  is  more  often  the  case  in  other  genera.  H. 
sqjiarrosuDi  is  rather  rare,  growing  in  low  swampy  places  in  the  Adiron- 
dacks,  Berkshires,  Green  Mountains,  White  Mountains,  and  along  the  Massa- 
chusetts coast. 

The  preceding  species  are  without  paraphyllia;  in  the  following  they  are 
highly  developed. 

5.  //.  iimbratiDii  (Ehrh.)  B.  &  S.  has  dense  paraphyllia,  leaves  rather 
small,  sharply  serrate  to  apex.  They  are  deeply  sulcate  or  folded,  with  a 
strong  double  nerve.  It  varies  in  outward  looks,  having  somewhat  the  habit 
of  pro  I  iff  rum.  In  the  field  one  would  be  more  apt  to  confound  it  with 
Pyre/niia/in  though  this  last  is  a  larger  and  coarser  plant.  H.  utubraiuin 
is  a  moss  of  cool  moist  mountain  woods,  and  is  usually  abundant,  growing 
on  rocks  and  ground  in  wet  places  in  deep  woods  above  2,000  feet. 

6.  H.  prolifoiim  (L.)  Lindb.  (//.  sfi/riidc/is  B.  X:  S. )  is  as  easily  recog- 
nized as  //.  triqi(ci)-inn  when  once  in  mind,  it  having  a  most  distinct  habit. 
The  branches  are  tri-pinnate  and  closely  set,  giving  it  a  similar  look  to  some 
forms  of  uinhratuni,  but  its  mode  of  growth  is  somewhat  unusual,  and  could 


Fig.   4.      Hyloconiiioii  prolifer-idii  y.  i. 


not  be  mistaken  for  any  other  species  of  the  genus.  The  paraphyllia  are 
small  and  pinnate.  We  also  find  spinulose  papillae  on  the  back  of  the 
leaves.  The  moss  is  common  on  dead  trees  and  fallen  logs  in  moist,  cool 
woods.  Its  delicate  color  and  feathery  aspect  makes  it  our  most  showy  and 
beautiful  Hylocomiinn. 


7.  H.  brevirostre  (Ehrh.)  B.  &  S.  is  a  larger  moss,  with  more  irregu- 
larly pinnate  mode  of  branching  and  the  serration  of  the  leaf  more  conspicu- 
ous than  in  the  following  species,  which  it  somewhat  resembles  when  dried. 
In  the  field  it  would  be  more  often  mistaken  for  sguarrosmn,  because  of  its 
spreading  but  not  reflexed  leaves.     It  is  not  common. 

8.  H.  Pyrenaicum  (Spruce)  Lindb.  is  a  synonym  for  Hypnum  Oakesii 
SuUiv.  In  this  species  the  serration  of  leaf  is  decided  but  fine,  the  nerve  is 
distinctly  single  to  the  middle  of  the  leaf,  the  cells  are  papillose,  and  uniform 
to  the  colored  base  of  insertion  on  the  stem.  It  grows  on  old  logs  and  on 
earth  in  cool,  damp  woods. 

The  distinctions  between  species  are  well  given  in  Di.xon  &  Jameson's 
Handbook  of  British  mosses,  in  the  fine  print.  This  is  still  our  only  availa- 
ble Handbook  covering  the  whole  field,  as  the  Lesquereux  &  James  Manual 
is  superseded  by  more  recent  works.  Husnofs  Muscologia  Gallica,  is  com- 
plete, and  is  useful  for  reference.  In  Rabenhorst's  Kryptogamen-Flora  the 
mosses  by  Limpricht  have  just  reached  the  Hylocomiiims,  which  have  not 
yet  been  issued.  Braithwaite's  British  Moss-Flora,  so  valuable  in  many 
genera,  has  only  begun  on  the  Hypnaceae.  Dr.  Grout's  book  "  Mosses  with 
a  Hand-Lens  "  is  now  ready  for  the  use  of  beginners,  and  we  hope  other 
more  advanced  works  will  follow. 


ILLUSTRATED  GLOSSARY— Concluded. 


The  researches  of  Philibert  have  shown  that  the  endostome,  not  the 
exostome,  corresponds  to  the  peristome  of  the  mosses  having  a  single  row  of 
teeth. 

Processes,  see  VLXi<S.QX  peristome. 

Rostellate,  (of  the  operculum)  with  a  short  beak. 

Rostrate,  (of  the  operculum)  with  a  long  beak.     [Figs.  30  and  32.] 

Roitg/i,  same  as  papillose. 

Scabrous,  same  a.?,  papillose. 

Segments  see  peristome. 

Seta,  the  stalk  on  which  the  capsule  is  borne.     [Figs.  30,  35,  and  40.] 

Sporangium,  often  applied  to  the  capsule,  but  by  some  authors  restricted 
to  the  spore-sac.  or  inner  sac  of  the  capsule  containing  the  spores. 

Spores,  small  round  bodies  contained  in  the  capsule,  serving  the  purpose 
of  seeds,  but  in  no  way  homologous  with  them.     [Fig.  43,  <?.] 

Sporogonium,  the  sporophyte  or  spore  bearing  part  of  the  moss. 

Stegocarpous,  having  the  capsule  operculate. 

Siomata,  spores  in  the  walls  of  cap- 

\Ji-J^l      ^r")f**n^3L     I    I)      sules,  surrounded  by  special  guard-cells 

(       |1      ^/  j^^^v-rX^^if/iHr     ^'^^   serving  the  same  purpose   as  the 


m 


,  n  n 

Qi    r)fV^^^    ^(  h'^^^'C^  \i    ''      stomata  in  the  epidermis  of  the  leaves 
~a(inUvlrl  J'-'C^Arirl         °^  ^^^  flowering  plants.     They  may  be 


W 


superficial  as  in  Fig.  44,  or  immersed, 
i.  e.  sunken  and  nearly  covered  by  other 
cells  as  in  Fig.  44a. 
Fig.  44a. 


StriDiia.  a  goitre-like  swelling  on  one  side  at  the  base  of  the 
capsule.     [Fig.  32.] 

Stritmose,  having  a  struma. 

Silicate  (of  the  capsule)  deeply  furrowed.     [Fig.  39  ] 

Systilius  (the  lid  continuing  fixed  to  the  columella,  and  thus 
elevated  above  the  capsule  when  dry).     [Fig.  37.] 

Tesst'laic,  checkered  in  little  squares;  applied  particularly  to 
the  peristomes  of  some  of  the  Tortulaceae.     [Fig.  45. J 

Tootli,  see  nnaQX  peristome. 

Trabeciilate  (of  the  peristome  teeth)  with  prominent  transverse 
45-   bars.     [Fig.  31.] 

Tionui,  Turgid,  appearing  as  if  swollen  from  pressure  within. 

Turbinate,  top  shaped,  e.  g.,  capsule  of  Bryiiiu  turbinatuin. 

i'liibonate,  round  with  a  projecting-point  in  the  centre. 

I'rceolate ,  shaped  like  an  urn  or  pitcher. 

Vagiiiitia,   the  cellular  sheath    surrounding  the    base    of    the 
seta,  originally  the  lower  part  of  the  archegonium. 
¥1  Veil,  the  calyptra. 

Ventrieose,  bulging  on  one  side.     [Fig.  46.] 
46. 


NOTES  ON  BUXBAUMIA. 


Mr.  R.  S.  Williams,  who  has  a  note  on  Bu.xbauinia  in  the  Journal  of  the 
New  York  Botanical  Garden  for  July,  1900,  and  another  in  the  Bulletin  of  the 
Torrey  Botanical  Club  for  August,  iguo,  states  that  we  have  three  good 
species  in  the  United  States,  B.  iiuiusiata,  Brid.,  with  two-celled  superficial 
stomata,  and  two  others.  B.  aphylla  L.,  and  B.  Tiperi  'Qi^st.  with  one-celled 
immersed  stomata.  The  first  two  range  across  the  continent,  the  last  has 
not  yet  been  found  east  of  the  Rockies. 

This  distinction  between  our  two  eastern  species  will  be  welcomed  by 
those  who  have  had  difficulty  in  determining  them.  This  distinction  is 
easily  (observed  by  mounting  a  portion  of  the  wall  of  the  capsule  near  the 
base.  This  distinction  is  explained  and  illustrated  in  the  conclusion  of  the 
Illustrated  Glossary  in  this  number 

Mr.  Williams  has  collected  B.  aphyl la  in  fhe  New  York  Botanical  Gar- 
den. He  states  that,  in  his  observation,  Bu.xbaiiiiiia  always  grows  on  rotten 
wood  or  soil  containing  fragments  of  rotten  wood. — A.  J.  G. 

Mr.  Windle"s  note  in  the  October  Bryologist  on  Bu.xbauinia  apltylla 
was  very  interesting  to  me,  because  it  tallied  very  closely  with  my  experi- 
ence with  that  interesting  species.  He  spoke  of  finding  the  plant  in  an 
immature  state  December  ist,  and  as  having  shed  its  spores  by  March  ist, 
which  I  think  is  almost  always  correct.  But  this  year  I  collected  it  on  the 
trunk  of  a  tree  in  perfect  fruit,  with  not  a  spore  shed,  September  15th.  In 
1S99  I  collected  my  material  February  ist,  and  in  1900,  January  ist.  I  have 
found  this  moss  in  four  localities  in  Amesbury,  Mass.  Every  one  of  these 
locations  is  on  the  north  side  of  a  hill,  as  thev  were  in  Mr.  Windle's  find.     I 


wonder  if  they  are  ever  found  otherwise.  One  of  these  stations  was  dis- 
covered by  Dr.  R.  H.  True,  Mr.  A.  A.  Eaton  and  myself,  and  Dr.  True  dis- 
covered the  fact  that  each  lid  pointed  to  the  south,  which  was  certainly  true 
of  that  colony.  Whether  it  be  the  case  generally,  I  am  not  prepared  to  say. 
Up  to  this  fall  I  have  never  found  a  calyptra.  I  think  they  are  all,  gone  long 
before  the  capsule  is  mature.  It  is  very  symmetrical,  being  perfectly  cylin- 
drical and  just  covering  the  lid.  I  was  fortunate  enough  to  collect  a  few- 
plants  just  as  the  sporophyte  first  appeared,  and  found  them  interesting 
indeed.  This  date  was  October  ii,  1900.—/.  IVarrc?!  Huntington,  Ames- 
hitry,  Mass. 

I  have  collected  Bu.xbaumia  but  once,  at  Jam.aica,  L.  I.,  on  soil — just 
ordinary  woodsy  soil,  October  15,  1899.  It  was  in  the  lance  stage,  the  cap- 
sules being  entirely  undifferentiated  from  the  seta,  so  far  as  appearance 
went,  except  for  the  calyptra.  — ^■^.  J.  G. 

It  may  be  interesting  to  know  the  stations  where  I  have  found  Bu.x 
baujiiia  aphylla.  It  does  not  seem  so  rare  to  me,  because  I  have  several 
times  come  upon  it,  though  in  very  small  quantities  in  each  instance.  I 
have  found  it  in  the  town  of  Austerlitz,  and  again  in  the  town  of  Ghent  in  this 
[Columbia]  county.  At  the  first  place  it  grew  on  a  shaded  bank  by  the  road- 
side, in  the  latter  beside  a  path  leading  to  a  waterfall,  and  in  deep  shade. 
This  summer  I  found  it  by  the  roadside  on  the  way  to  Hanging  Rock  Falls, 
near  Ellenville. — Harriet  Wheeler. 


FUNARIA  FLAVICANS  Michx. 


Last  June  the  writer  collected  specimens  of  a  Funaria  growing  on  grav- 


Fig.  1.  Capsule  not  quite  mature.  2.  Mature  capsule  with  obnormally  short 
column,  s  and  4.  Kipe  capsules  without  lid.  5  and  6.  Middle  and  upper  leaf. 
Figures  magnified  about  11  diameters. 

elley  soil  in  a  damp  hollow  at  Bedford  Park,  New  York  City,  that  proved  to 


he  J?cJ7' leans,  and  as  the  remarks  under  this  species  both  in  the  Lesquereux 
&  James'  Manual  and  in  SuUivant's  "  Icones"  are  somewhat  misleading,  the 
following  notes  may  be  of  interest: 

The  species  grows  in  separate  tufts, as  well  as  mingled  with  /iygro»ietyica, 
from  which  it  may  be  distinguished  by  average  smaller  size,  erect  pedicel, 
more  pointed  leaves,  and  mouth  less  oblique,  as  well  as  less  furrowed  cap- 
sule, which  matures  a  week  or  two  earlier  than  in  hygroiiietrica,  in  this 
region  at  least,  where  the  best  specimens  were  collected  from  the  ist  to  the 
loth  of  June.  When  well  ripened,  the  capsules  are  very  dark  reddish,  with 
alow  convex  lid  not  apiculate.  The  mouth  of  hygyo>iietyica  measures  about 
ten-fifteenths  mm.  across,  ol  flavicans  eight-fifteenths  to  nine-fifteenths  mm  , 
and  of  F.  jiiicrostoDia  about  one-half  mm.  The  spores  of  the  first  measure 
up  to  about  .oiS  mm.,  of  the  other  two,  up  to  about  .025  mm.  F.  JJavicaiis  is 
essentially  a  southern  species,  Austin  only,  I  believe,  having  collected  it  a 
little  farther  north  than  this,  near  Closter,  N.  J. — A*.  5.  Il^i7lia>?is,  Xt'i^' 
York  Botanical  Cidrdcn. 


QRIMMIA  MANNIAE  AND  QRIMMIA  HOLZINQERI. 

Bv    PK(i|\    J.    M.    IIulZINCEK. 


"Gkimmia  Holzin'ceki  Card.  &  Ther.  sp.  nov. — Very  sniall,  slender,  in 
small  cushions,  dull  green,  fuscous  below.  Stems  erect.  4-0  mm.  high,  spar- 
ingly branched,  branches  st)metimes  attenuate,  subfiagellate.  Leaves 
crowded,  very  small,  0.50-0.70  mm.  long,  020-0.35  mm.  broad,  erect  when 
moist,  appressed  when  dry,  shortly  ovate-oblong,  concave,  all  obtusely 
acuminate,  margins  plane,  entire:  costa  channeled,  reaching  the  apex,  0.02S 
mm.  broad  at  base,  upper  cells  bistratose,  quadrate-subrotund,  the  lower  cells 
larger,  unistratose,  yellow,  the  lowest  oblong  or  sublinear,  all  incrassate. 
Other  parts  unknown. 

"This  very  minute  species,  resembling  in  habit  the  small  forms  of 
A)ufredc'a  petrophila,  is  quite  distinct  from  all  the  European  and  North 
American  species  of  Grinniiia  with  muticous  leaves  by  the  small  size,  and 
the  shape  and  areolation  of  the  leaves.  —  Base  of  Sperry  glacier,  .Mt.  Trilby." 
Bot.  Gaz    30:124.  1900. 

Griininia  Manniae  C.  Muell.  in    P'lora.  70:223,  224.      1SS7. 

"Grimmia  (Eugrimmia)  ManniaI':  n.  sp. :  dioecious;  in  delicate  crowded 
intensely  green  cushions;  the  fastigiately  branched  stems  very  slender. 
densely  leafy,  loosely  cohering  and  obtuse  at  apex:  stem  leaves  closely 
imbricated,  small,  from  a  broad  truncate  base  extended  into  an  open  deeply 
keeled  lamina  which  is  obtusely  short-acummate,  their  erect  margins  very 
entire,  slender  costa  green,  excurrent  to  percurrent,  small  basal  cells  green- 
ish but  empty,  hexagonal,  somewhat  thick  walled,  the  upper  cells  minute 
and  indistinct:  perichaetial  leaves  densely  imbricated,  several,  larger,  more 
obtuse,  areolation  larger,  more  involute  (i,  e.  rolled  u]))  ;  all  leaves  some- 
what succulent;  capsule  erect,  rather  large,  globe- to  urn-shaped,  its  walls 
coriaceous,  pachydermous,  red,  raised  on  a  reddish  slender  slightly  spirally 
twisted  seta,  which  is  rather  long  exserted  considering  the  small  size  of  the 


—  1 1- 


plant;  the  conic  operculum  a  very  little  oblique;  teeth  short,  red;  more  or 
less  split  lengthwise  and  frequently  perforated. 

•■Type  station:  California.  Napa  Co.,  Napa  Springs.  Coll.  Mrs. 
Martha  Mann,  May  2,  1SS6. 

"  By  the  character  of  its  crowded  sods  and  of  its  stems  this  species 
approaches  somewhat  Grii/iinia  plagiopodia:  but  by  its  delicate  beautiful 
capsules  on  short  pedicels  it  stands  quite  apart,  a  most  elegant  species. 

"A  beautiful  Gri/iiinia,  distinguished  at  the  first  glance.  Its  stems 
remind  of  a  Zygoiion  of  the  cut  of  Z.  Fostcri  rather  than  of  a  Griinmia. 
And  its  fruits  possess  a  Bryum-like  appearance  of  the  type  of  Do/io/ufiiiin. 
only  in  diminutive  form." 

Dr.  Kindberg  has  suggested  that  Griinmia  Hol:ini:;cyi  Card.  &  Ther.,  is 
Griinmia  Maniiiae.  This  calls  attention,  first  of  all,  to  the  latter  species, 
which  seems  not  to  have  been  collected  since  1SS6.  The  above  is  a  transla- 
tion of  the  original  description.  The  type  station,  Napa  Springs,  California, 
is  some  75  miles  north  of  San  Francisco,  on  the  foot-hills  of  the  Coast 
Range,  in  Tertiary  formation,  at  an  elevation  of  less  than  a  thousand  feet, 
probably. 

Griinmia  Holzingeri  occurs  on  Archaean  rocks,  in  the  heart  of  the 
Rockies,  at  an  altitude  of  7000-8000  feet,  in  sight  of  slowly  expiring  glaciers, 
once  mighty  streams  of  ice,  associated  with  European  alpine  species,  fully 
700  miles  to  the  northeast  of  the  other  plant,  and  the  Bitter  Root  mountains, 
the  barren  plateau  region  including  the  Snake  river  plains  of  Idaho,  the 
Great  Basin  of  Utah  and  Nevada,  and  the  Sierra  Nevada  range  of  Califor- 
nia lie  between  the  stations.  Nevertheless,  the  two  plants  in  gross  appear- 
ance, in  size,  texture  and  color,  looks  exactly  alike.  And  Dr.  Kindberg  may 
be  right.  Unfortunately,  G.  Hohingcri  was  found  in  the  sterile  state  only. 
The  comparison  which  the  writer  was  able  to  make  with  two  sterile  plants 
of  type  material  of  (/.  Maniiiae  kindly  communicated  by  Dr.  Kindberg, 
resulted  in  discovering  apparent  discrepancies  m  size  and  areolation  of 
leaves.  But  since  the  original  description  of  G.  Maniiiae  has  become  avail- 
able to  the  writer,  the  idea  has  gained  ground  that  the  comparison  of  the 
two  plants,  which  at  first  seemed  to  cast  doubt  upon  Dr.  Kindberg's  sugges- 
tion, may,  by  accident,  have  been  between  perichaetial  leaves  of  one  plant 
and  ordinary  stems  leaves  of  the  other  1  And,  in  spite  of  the  considerable 
difference  in  altitude  at  which  the  plants  occur,  they  may  prove  identical. 
Further  and  more  conclusive  investigation  is  necessary  to  establish  this 
identity  beyond  doubt,  and  the  writer  would  consider  it  a  favor  if  any  moss 
students  who  read  the  BKVor.ooisr,  and  have  found  Griinmia  Maniiiae. 
either  near  Napa  Springs,  California,  or  at  points  intermediate  between  this 
type  station  and  that  of  Griinmia  llolzingcri.  namely,  the  region  north  of 
Lake  McDonald,  northwest  Montana,  would  enter  into  correspondence  with 
him,  with  a  view  fully  to  clear  up  the  present  doubt.  Meanwhile,  the  differ- 
ence in  altitude,  in  geological  horizon,  and  the  great  distance  between  the 
two  type  stations,  are  serious  obstacles  in  the  way  of  reducing  Griinmia  Hol- 

i^cri. 

And,  whereas  in  the  cases  of  unusual  plant  distribution  noticed  by  the 
writer,  a  plausible  explanation  has  always  been  found  by  reference  to  the 
phenomena  of  the  great  ice  cap  over    the    Northern    Hemisphere,  and  the 


-12- 


earlier  and  recent  proximity  of  the  Old  and  New  World  continents  in  the  far 
north,  no  such  explanation  presents  itself  to  clear  up  this  case,  should  the 
two  plants  finally  be  proved  identical. 


WEBERA  PROLIQERA  (Lindb  )   Kindb.   IN   NORTH  AMERICA. 


This  European  moss,  which  ranges  from  the  Alps  to  Scandinavia,  was 
collected  by  the  writer  some  three  years  ago  in  the  upper  Mississippi  valley, 
but  was  only  recently  doubtfully  referred  to  this  species.  Though  the  plant 
is  more  robust,  and  has  its  peculiar  "  gemmae"  vi'/Zowi's/^  instead  of  gyeen- 
ish,  as  in  the  Old  World  plant,  it  seems  best  to  adhere  to  the  present 
determination.  Mr.  Nicholson,  Dr.  Bryhn,  and  Dr.  I  Hagen,  write  that 
forms  as  robust  as  this  occur  in  Europe:  and,  together  with  such  careful 
workers  as  Dr.  G.  N.  Best  and  M.  Jules  Cardot,  they  agree  that  this  determ- 
ination is  right.  It  was  Dr.  Best  who  first  called  attention  to  the  agreement 
between  the  figures  in  Correns'  article  on  Brutkoerper  and  the  "  propagula  " 
on  this  moss.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  both  this  plant  and  Gri»i»iia 
teycti)ie7-vis  were  also  collected  by   Breidler  in  Steiermark. — Jolin  M.  Hol- 


A  NEW  HYPNUM  FROM  MONTANA. 


Recently  the  writer  distributed  his  northwest  Montana  mosses,  collected 
near  Lake  McDonald  in  iSgS.  Among  these  was  a  Hypnuin  which  Dr.  Best 
kindly  determined  for  me  as  Hypnuin  turgesccns  Sch.  The  plant  is  indeed 
the  same  as  Can.  Muse.  483,  determined  by  Dr.  Kindberg.  Within  a  few 
weeks  word  came  from  three  prominent  European  moss  students,  indicating 
that  each  recognized  in  this  a  new  species,  distinct  from  H.  turgcscens . 
Two  of  these  gentlemen  agree  in  referring  it  to  Liinnobiuni,  one  nearest  to 
H.  nrolle,  the  other  nearest  to  H.  dilataium.  To  avoid  further  attempts  at 
describing  this  moss,  the  writer  feels  constrained  to  publish  this  note. 

The  plant  is  distinct  from  its  near  relatives  by  the  larger  size  of  all  its 
parts,  and  by  the  different  shape  of  its  leaves.  Leaves  broadest  below  the 
first  quarter,  distinctly  decurrent,  lurid  or  olivaceous  green,  distant,  and 
very  widely  spreading,  the  areolation  more  loose,  and  formed  by  longer 
cells.  The  plant  must  be  called  Mypnum  (Limnobium)  Bestii  Ren.  & 
Bryhn. 

In  the  next  Bryologist  will  appear  a  more  detailed  description,  some 
figures,  and  explanations  that  will  do  justice  to  all  concerned.  Dr.  Best 
writes  that  Limnobium  is  antedated  by  a  genus  of  flowering  plants,  and  that 
Braithwaith  uses  Hygrohypnum  in  its  stead.  So  this  moss  may  have  to  be 
called  Hygrohypnum  Bestii  Ren.  &  Bryhn.— /t;//;/  M.  Holzinger. 


—  13— 
HYPNUM  OCCIDENTALE  S.  &  L. 

In  Bull.  Torr.  Club,  17:277.  1890,  N.  C.  Kindberg  described  Thuidium 
Vancouvericnse  as  a  new  species  from  Vancouver  Island.  In  Cat.  Can. 
Plants,  6:183.  1892,  the  same  plant  is  described  as  Hetcroclatiiion  Vancoit- 
vcrienst\  and  in  Eur.  &  N.  Amer.  Bryine;:^  it  is  referred  to  the  author's  new 
genus,  Psciidolcskclla.  It  turns  out,  however,  that  this  supposed  new 
species,  which  has  done  good  service  in  three  genera  in  no  less  than  six 
years,  is  identical  with  Hypnmii  accident  ale  S.  &  L.,  described  and  figured 
in  Icon.  Muse.  Supp.  ioi.pl.  Si.  1874,  as  an  authentic  specimen  from  Dr. 
Kindberg,  which  I  owe  to  the  kindness  of  Prof.  J.  M.  Holzinger,  and  a  por- 
tion of  Sullivant's  type,  which  I  owe  to  the  courtesy  of  Mrs.  Britton,  clearly 
prove.  77ntidiitiii  r<?//tt'//7'<v/V;/i-d- must  therefore  be  relegated  to  the  long 
list  of  synonyms  for  which  we  have  to  thank  our  worthy  trans-atlantic  con- 
freres, and  which  might  easily  have  been  avoided,  had  all  of  them  been  as 
anxious  to  ascertain  what  American  bryologists  have  done,  as  some  of  them 
have  been  eager  to  make  new  species  of  American  mosses.  — (/'.  A'.  lies/. 


i 

LICHENS— THE  USNEAS. 

In  commencing  our  study  of  lichens,  it  has  been  thought  best  to  begin 
with  Usnca  and  some  of  the  varieties,  as  they  are  so  generally  called 
mosses. 

The  so-called  Florida  moss  which  grows  so  luxuriantly  on  the  trees  in 
the  Southern  States,  is  often  supposed  to  be  a  lichen.  It  is,  in  fact,  a  flower- 
ing plant,  and  belongs  to  the  Bromeliaceae,  or  Pineapple  family.  Its 
botanical  name  is  Tillandsia  usncotdes,  the  specific  name  indicating  its 
resemblance  to  Usnca. 

Some  botanists  think  lichens  are  only  a  higher  order  of  fungi,  others 
who  have  studied  them  closely  accord  them  a  place  by  themselves,  between 
the  fungi  and  mosses.* 

A  lichen  is  composed  of  an  alga  and  a  fungus,  the  alga  supplying 
chlorophyll  or  green  matter,  the  fungus  absorbing  moisture  from  the  atmos- 
phere and  mineral  substances  from  the  substratum.  The  two  live  together 
in  what  is  called  a  symbotic  relationship,  the  one  necessary  to  the  life  and 
development  of  the  other. 

As  this  article  is  intended  for  beginners  in  the  study  of  these  interesting 
plants,  a  few  definitions  of  the  principal  parts  of  Usnca  may  be  helpful. 

The///^?///o-  is  the  vegetative  portion,  taking  the  place  of  the  stem  and 
branches  in  the  flowering  plants.  In  r.f;/(V?  it  is  fruticose  or  shrub-like.  In 
some  species  it  is  erect  and  rather  rigid,  in  others  it  is  pendulous  and  soft, 
and  through  the  centre  runs  a  white  cottony  substance  which  is  called  the 
medullary  cord. 

Fibrils  are  the  fine  hair-like  branches  found  on  the  main  thallus.  In 
some  species  these  are  stiff,  in  others  they  are  soft.  Fibrils  are  also  found 
on  the  margin  of  the  apothecia. 

*  Instructions  for  collecting  and  mounting  lichens  can  be  found  in  Asa  Gray  Bulletin, 
Vol.  VI,  No.  I,  Febrary,  iSyS. 


•14- 


^'^ 


Plate  I.  On  the  left:  upper,  branch  of  Usnca  bar  bat  a  hij-ia  x  5  show- 
ing soredia:  lower,  portion  of  U.  angulata  x  5.  On  the  right:  upper,  portion 
of  U.  longissinia  x  2;  middle,  of  U.  articula/a  x  2;  lower,  of  i'.  tricJwdea 
X  2. 


— 15 — 

The  apothecia,  which  are  developed  on  the  thallus,  are  the  fruit  bodies, 
and  contain  the  spores.  Their  form  is  dish-Hke,  scutellaeform.  They  are  a 
delicate  flesh-color,  and  on  the  margins  are  long  hbrils. 

Soredia  are  vegetative  bodies  appearing  on  the  thallus  as  pale  green, 
mealy-looking  objects.  They  are  composed  of  a  few  algal  cells  and  threads 
of  hyphae.  These  soredia,  in  dry  weather,  are  easily  detached,  and  if  con- 
ditions are  favorable,  develop  into  lichens. 

The  most  common  form  belonging  to  this  genus,  is 

ihnea  barbata  (L.)  Fr.  v^x.  florida  Fr.  It  grows  all  over  the  world  on 
dead  trees,  sometimes  on  those  which  are  still  living,  but  are  probably  dis- 
eased, and  on  old  fence  rails.  The  thallus,  which  is  light  green,  is  not 
smooth,  but  is  covered  with  fine  points.  Many  lichenists  call  it  scurfy,  but 
it  is  pimply,  rather.  From  the  main  thallus  are  fine,  rather  stifi:  fibrils.  It 
is  flrmly  attached  to  the  substratum  by  a  more  or  less  spreading  base.  From 
this  it  branches,  giving  it  a  shrubby  appearence.  The  apothecia  are  a  pale 
flesh-color,  quite  large,  surrounded  by  long  greenish  flbrils.  While  the 
apothecia  are  not  rare,  many  specimens  will  be  found  which  are  sterile,  but 
can  be  determined  by  the  appearance  of  the  thallus  and  habit  of  growth. 

Us}iea  barbata  (L.)  var.  \hirta  Fr.  is  much  \\\l&  florida,  and  often  grows 
on  the  same  tree.  It  can  be  distinguished  by  the  soredia  with  which  it  is 
usually  thickly  covered. 

L'siwa  barbata  (L.)  Fr.  var.  rubii^inea  Michx.  is  very  similar  to  Itirta, 
but  is  a  dull  red.     In  some  specimens  the  soredia  give  it  a  silvery  look. 

C's/n-a  barbcta  (L.)  Fr.  var.  Ct'rat/;ui  Schaev.  is  a  pendulous  species.  It 
is  rather  stifl:  and  coarse,  has  longer  branches  than  florid  a,  and  no  flne 
flbrils. 

i/siii-a  barbata  (L.)  Fr.  var.  articiilata  Ach.  is  also  pendulous  and  light 
green.  The  thallus,  while  not  smooth,  is  less  scurfy  than  the  other  varieties 
of  I'snca  barbata.  It  is  broken  into  short  pieces  or  joints,  between  these 
can  be  seen  the  medullary  cord. 

Usnea  angiclata  Ach.  as  the  name  indicates,  is  angled,  the  thallus  and 
flbrils  appearing  like  a  miniature  branch  of  cork  elm.  It  is  pendulous  and 
rather  rigid,  is  a. darker,  duller  green  than  the  other  species  of   Usnca. 

Usnca  tricJiodca  Ach.  has  a  soft  pendulous  thallus,  which  is  a  light 
gray-green,  with  few  branches  somewhat  interlaced.  The  apothecia  are 
small. 

I'snca  longissima  Ach.  is  a  mountain  species.  The  thallus  is  pendulous 
and  soft.  It  is  pale  green,  the  main  thallus  almost  white,  with  many  short, 
flne  fibrils  a  little  darker  in  color.  It  hangs  from  the  dead  spruces  in  the 
Adirondacks,  three  or  more  feet  in  length.  After  drying  it  is  almost  a 
straw-color. 

There  are  a  few  more  species  of  Usnca,  but  these  given  are  the  common 
ones. 

Like  the  mosses,  the  different  species  of  lichens  are  so  closely  allied  that 
it  is  often  difficult  to  decide  to  which  species  a  given  specimen  belongs. 
After  the  genera  are  learned,  every  new  species  determined  is  a  joy  to  one 
really  interested  in  these  curious,  much-neglected,  but  beautiful  plants. 


— 16- 


REPORT 

OF  THE 


Sullivant  Moss  Chapter. 


RFPORT  OF  THE  PRESIDENT. 

A  report  of  the  official  acts  of  the  President  during  the  past  year  must 
of  a  necessity  be  very  brief,  as  those  acts  have  been  so  few.  He  has  helped 
the  Secretary  in  identifying  a  few  difficult  mosses  communicated  by  mem- 
bers, edited  the  items  for  the  Moss  Chapter  page  of  the  Bryologist,  and 
made  suggestions  about  the  amendments  of  the  Constitution  and  the  can- 
didates for  office  He  feels  that  the  greatest  service  he  has  rendered  to  the 
Chapter  is  the  work  done  in  securing  the  board  of  officers  for  1901.  Our 
new  President  unties  bryological  knots  with  such  apparent  ease  that  you  may 
be  tempted  to  send  all  your  puzzles  to  him.  Don't  do  it !  He  is  a  very  busy 
men,  but  also  very  obliging,  and  for  these  reasons  we  want  to  save  him  as 
much  as  possible.  Send  all  except  the  very  worst  to  Mrs.  Smith.  If  they 
prove  too  much  for  her,  she  will  send  them  to  Dr.  Best.  Mrs.  Smith  has 
done  most  of  the  Chapter  work  for  the  past  year,  and  I  hope  you  will  let  her 
know  of  your  appreciation  whenever  possible.  Our  new  Vice-President  is 
one  of  the  most  indefatigable  collectors  in  the  Chapter  and  has  already  made 
many  interesting  discoveries. 


REPORT  OF  THE  SECRETARY. 


In  submitting  the  Second  Annual  Report  of  the  Sullivant  Moss  Chapter, 
a  most  gratifying  degree  of  prosperity  is  observed.  Our  membership  list 
now  stands  at  92,  showing  an  increase  of  34  during  the  year.  The  number 
of  those  in  more  or  less  regular  correspondence  with  the  Secretary  has 
increased.  It  was  the  intention  to  keep  an  accurate  account  of  all  letters 
written  and  of  the  mosses  identified,  but  this  turned  out  to  be  impossible 
under  the  circumstances.  It  is  enough  to  say  that  the  studies  of  some  twenty 
have  been  supervised,  and  much  mutyal  profit  has  been  the  result.  The 
mosses  collected  have  come  in  from  a  wide  range  of  territory,  our  member- 
ship covering  20  States,  the  District  of  Columbia,  and  Canada.  Some  have 
remembered  the  Chapter  while  visiting  California  and  the  Pacific  coast. 

A  good  beginning  for  the  Chapter  Herbarium  has  been  made.  At  the 
meeting  on  June  27,  1900,  at  the  Museum  of  the  New  York  Botanical  Gar- 


—  17  — 

den,  at  Bronx  Park,  the  Chapter  Herbarium  was  exhibited.  It  then  con- 
sisted of  153  sheets,  divided  among  52  genera,  and  a  large  amount  of  fine 
material  has  since  been  received  and  will  be  mounted  as  time  permits.  The 
Herbarium  is  felt  by  the  officers  to  be  an  important  work,  as  the  future  Sec- 
retaries may  not  have  access  to  large  herbaria,  and  will  need  this  in  the 
work  of  identification.  Another  development  of  the  year  has  been  the  inclu- 
sion of  the  study  of  the  hepatics  and  lichens.  This  is  a  distinct  evolution  of 
our  Chapter  work,  and  is  in  the  nature  of  a  wheel  within  a  wheel.  Both 
groups  of  plants  are  found  growing  with  the  mosses,  and  are  often  sent  in 
for  identification,  consequently  an  effort  was  made  to  find  some  Chapter 
member  able  to  do  the  work.  Mr.  Barbour  kindly  offered  to  undertake  the 
hepatics,  and  already  over  sixty  specimens  have  been  sent  to  him  for  identi- 
cation,  and  he  is  working  up  an  enthusiastic  circle. 

We  all  know  that  the  lichens  belong  to  an  entirely  distinct  family,  and 
from  a  systematic  standpoint  do  not  come  within  our  field,  but  there  seemed 
to  be  such  an  urgent  demand  for  some  one  to  give  a  helping  hand,  that  Mrs. 
Harris  was  prevailed  upon  to  take  up  the  work.  Our  Chapter  is  distmctly 
a  society  for  mutual  help,  and  the  more  advanced  are  giving  their  time  and 
knowledge  to  those  beginning  the  study  of  cryptogams,  hoping,  yea  feeling 
sure,  that  ere  long  those  receiving  help  now  will  be  able  soon  to  help  others, 
and  so  pass  on  the  work  in  ever  widening  circles. 

In  accepting  the  Secretaryship  for  the  coming  year,  it  is  with  regret 
that  we  part  with  our  leader,  Dr.  Grout,  who  has  always  been  lavish  of  his 
time  and  energy  in  Chapter  work,  and  from  Mr.  Collins,  who  has  ever 
promptly  responded  to  calls  made  upon  him.  but  I  am  sure  we  will  cordially 
unite  with  Dr.  Best  and  Mr.  Huntington,  and  give  them  our  enthusiastic 
support.  The  Chapter  may  be  considered  as  fully  organized,  and  its  future 
development  now  rests  with  each  individual  member. 

The  first  death  among  our  number  to  be  recorded  is  that  of  Rev.  George 
D.  Hulst.  He  was  President  of  the  Department  of  Botany  of  the  Brooklyn 
Institute  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  and  his  name  will  long  be  remembered  bv 
his  contributions  to  our  Chapter  Harbarium. 

Attention  is  called  to  the  unanimous  adoption  of  the  amendment,  which 
increases  the  Chapter  dues  to  seventy-fine  cents  for  active,  and  fifty  cents 
for  associate  members,  It  is  hoped  that  all  will  class  themselves  in  the 
active  ranks,  and  by  a  prompt  renewal  make  the  necessary  funds  available 
in  planning  the  year's  expenses. 

Annie  Morrii.l  Smith. 


REPORT  OF  THE  TREASURER. 

The  following  statement  for  the  year  1900  is  respectfully  submitted; 

Receitts. 

By  dues  from  members,  $4".  75 

By  cash  on  hand  January  i,  1S99,  5.49 

§49-24 


—  IS  — 
DiSBURSEMEN  IS. 

To  Bryologist.  $33.^0 

Express,  .65 

Herbarium  supplies,  6.41 

Stationery,  printing,  etc.,  7.25 

$48.11 

Cash  on  hand,  i  13 


$49  24 


Annie  Mokrii.i.  Smiih. 


REPORT  OF  JUDGE  OF  ELECTIONS. 


Mrs.  Annik  Morrill  Smith,  Secretary: 

I  submit  the  report  of  the  election  of  Sullivant  Moss  Chapter  officers  for 
1901,  as  follows: 

Number  of  votes  cast,  28 

Defective  ballots,  i 

Partially  defective,  i 

President:  Dr.  G.  N.  Best,  26 

Mrs.  C.  W.  Harris,  i -27 

Vice-President:  Mrs.  J.  W.  Huntington,  17 

Mr.  E.  B.  Chamberlain,  10 27 

Secretary-Treasurer:  Mrs.  A.  M.   Smith,  25 

Miss  H.  Wheeler,  i 26 

Amendment:  For  adoption,  23 

Against,  o 23 

Messrs.  Best  and  Huntington,  and  Mrs.  Smith  are  elected. 
Respectfully  submitted, 

J.  Franklin  Colliss,  /la/^'^t-  0/  Elections. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


1  Anthony,  Mrs.  Emilia  C  ,  Gouverneur,  N.  Y. 

2  Barbour,  Mr.  Wm.  C,  Sayre,  Pa. 

3  Barnes,  Miss  Edith,  Northboro,  Mass. 

4  Bailey,  Miss  H.  B.,  830  Amsterdam  avenue,  N.  Y.  City. 

5  Billings,  Miss  Elizabeth,  Woodstock,  Vt. 

6  Bivins,  Mrs.  E.  C,  162  North  20th  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

7  Britton,  Mrs.  Elizabeth  G.,  Botanical  Garden,  Bronx  Park,  N.  Y.  City. 

8  Brown,  Mr.  Edgar,          Div.  of  Botany,  Dept.  Agric,  Washington,  D.  C. 

9  Barnes,  Prof.  Charles  R.,  Dep't.  Bot.,  Univ.  Chicago,  Chicago,  111. 


lM:Ui.II.    .'I.  I  'siu-<i  /iiir/>,i/ii  /loriifii.    h.l'.barbalaliirta.   c.   L^.  ang  u  lata.    d.  ['.  trii  hoclra. 
(Pli()toy;raphcd  natural  size  bv  Luon  E.  Grout.) 


—  19- 


lo 
II 

12 
13 
14 
15 
16 

17 
18 

19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 

27 
2S 
29 
30 
31 
32 

33 
34 
35 
36 

37 
3S 

39 
40 

41 
42 
43 
44 
45 
46 

47 
48 

49 

50 
51 

52 
53 
54 
55 
56 


Best,  Dr.  George  N., 
Carter,  Mrs.  R.  H., 
Chamberlain,  Mr.  Edw.  B. 
Chapin,  Mrs.  L.  N., 
Clute,  Mr.  Willard  N., 
Crockett,  Miss  Alice  L., 
Collins,  Mr.  J.  Franklin, 
Clarke,  Miss  Cora  H., 
Clarke,  Mrs.  Sarah  L., 
Clarks,  Mr.  H.  S., 
Coomes,  Mrs.  Laura  M.. 
Cummings,  Miss  Clara  E., 
Cushman,  Miss  Mary  H., 
Demetrio,  Rev.  C.  H., 
Dacy,  Miss  Alice  E  , 
Dodge,  Charles  K..  Esq., 
Day,  Miss  Mary  P., 
Eaton,  Mr.  Alvah  A., 
Eby,  Mrs.  Amelia  F., 
Evans,  Dr.  Alex.  \V., 
Fisher,  Mr.  George  L., 
Findlay,  Mr.  W.  J., 
Garver,  Mr.  H.  B., 
Gilman,  Mr.  C.  W., 
Gilbert,  Mr.  B.  D  , 
Grout,  Dr.  A.  J., 
Greenalch,  Mr.  Wallace, 
Green,  Prof.  H.  A., 
Gregory,  Mrs.  H.  T., 
Greever,  Mr.  C.  O., 
Hart,  Miss  Mary  E., 


Rosemont,  N.  J. 

37  Church  street,  Laconia,  N.  H. 

Brown  University,  Providence,  R.  I. 

Hotel  Margaret,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  City. 

Binghamton,  N.  Y. 

Camden,  Maine. 

468  Hope  street.  Providence,  R.  I. 

91  Mt.  Vernon  street,  Boston,  Mass. 

I  West  8ist  street,  N.  Y.  City. 

31  Wells  street,  Hartford,  Conn. 

Queens,  Queens  County,  N.  Y.  City. 

Wellesley  College,  Wellesley,  Mass. 

300  North  Fifth  street,  Reading,  Pa. 

Emma,  Mo. 

28  Ward  street,  Boston,  Mass. 

Port  Huron,  Mich. 

658  Monroe  street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  City. 

Seabrook,  N.  H. 

141  North  Duke  street,  Lancaster,  Pa. 

2  Hillhouse  avenue,  New  Haven,  Conn. 

15  East  street,  St.  Thomas,  Ontario,  Canada. 

1009  Arch  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Middletown,  Pa. 

Palisades,  Rockland  County,  N.  Y. 

Clayville,  N.  Y. 

360  Lenox  Road,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  City. 

Schuylerville,  N.  Y. 

Chester,  S.  C. 

Southern  Pines,  N.  C. 

1345  East  Ninth  street,  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 

Dep't  Biology,  Western  College,  Oxford,  Ohio. 


Huntington,  Mr.  J.  Warren 
Holzinger,  Prof.  J.  M., 
Harris,  Mrs.  Carolyn  W., 
Harris,  Mr.  Wilson  P., 
House,  Mr.  Homer  D., 
*Hulst,  Rev.  George  D., 
Hadley,  Mrs.  Sarah  B., 
Jackson,  Mr.  Joseph, 
Joline,  Mrs.  A.  H., 
Kennedy,  Dr.  George  G., 
Krout,  Prof.  A.  F.  K., 
Lamprey,  Mrs.  E.  S., 
Lippencott,  Mr.  Charles  D 
Lowe,  Mrs.  Josephine  D., 
Mathews,  Miss  Carolin, 
Maxon,  Mr.  Wm.  R., 


Pond  Hills  Farm,  Amesbury,  Mass. 

Winona,  Minn. 

125  St.  Marks  avenue,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  City. 

566  Massachusetts  avenue,  Boston,  Mass. 

726  South  Crouse  avenue,  Syracuse,  N.  Y. 

15  Himrod  street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  City. 

South  Canterbury,  Conn. 

15  Woodland  street,  Worcester,  Mass. 

I  West  72d  street,  N.  Y.  City. 

Readville,  Mass. 

2132  North  13th  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

2  Guild  street,  Concord,  N.  H. 

Swedesboro,  N.  J. 

Noroton,  Fairfield  county.  Conn. 

Waterville,  Maine. 

U.  S.  National  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C. 


•♦Deceased. 


—  20 — 


57 

58 

59 
6o 
6i 

62 

63 
64 

65 
66 

67 
68 
69 
70 

71 
72 

73 
74 
75 
76 

77 
78 

79 
80 
81 

82 

83 
84 
85 
86 

87 
88 

89 
90 

91 
92 


Still  River,  Mass. 
417  California  avenue,  Peoria,  111. 
28  East  Walnut  street,  Oneida,  N.  Y. 
5236  Harlan  street,  W.  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
170  East  First  street.  Corning,  N.  Y. 
1109  M.  street,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Newman,  Rev.  S  M.,  Cor.  loth  and  G  streets,  N.  W.  Washington,  D.  C. 
O'Connor,  Dr.  Helen  Cox,  29  West  45th  street,  N.  Y.  City. 

Paddock,  Miss  Mabel  M.,  Fairbanks  Museum,  St.  Johnsbury,  Vt. 

Perrine,  Miss  Lura  L.,        State  Normal  School,  Valley  City,  N.  Dakota. 


Marshall,  Miss  M.  A., 
McDonald,  Mr.  Frank  E., 
Mirick,  Miss  Nellie, 
MacElwee,  Mr.  Alex., 
Moore,  Mrs.  Adele  D., 
Miller,  Miss  Marv  F., 


Plitt,  Mr.  Charles  C, 
Palmer,  Mrs.  Rebecca  L., 
Puffer,  Mrs.  James  J., 
Saunders,  Mr.  C.  F., 
Stevens,  Mrs.  M.  L., 
Smith,  Mrs.  Annie  Morrill, 
Stultz,  Mr.  W.  H., 
Small,  Miss  Abby  M., 
Sanborn,  Miss  Sarah  F., 
Stigell,  MissCarolin, 
Streeter.  Mrs.  M.  B., 
Seeley,  Mrs.  J.  A., 
Shepard,  Mrs.  C.  S., 
Sharp,  Mrs.  Katherine  D., 
Thompson,  Miss  Esther  H., 
Talbott,  Mrs.  Laura  Osborne, 
Van  der  Eike,  Mr.  Paul, 
Warner,  Miss  Edith  A., 
Windle,  Mr.  Francis, 
Wheeler,  Miss  Harriett, 
Wheeler,  Mr.  John  A., 
Wetherby,  Mr.  A.  G.. 
Williams,  Mrs.  Mary  E., 
Williams,  Mr.  R.  S., 
Williams,  Mr.  Thomas  A., 
Adam,  Mr.   F.  M., 


1706  Hanover  street,  Baltimore.  Md. 

615  Putnam  avenue,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  City. 

Box  39,  Sudbury,  Mass. 

307  Walnut  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

6  Holyoke  Place,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

78' Orange  street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  City. 

103  West  Second  street,  Duluth,  Minn. 

Northboro,  Mass. 

54  Center  street.  Concord.  N.  H. 

27  Monroe  Place,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  City. 

113  Hooper  street,  Brooklyn.  N.  Y.  City. 

104  State  street,  Ogdensburg,  N.  Y. 

415  Washington  avenue,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  City. 

London,  Ohio. 

Box  407,  Litchfield,  Conn, 

1445  Huntington  PL,  Washington,  D.C. 

New  Glarus,  Wis. 

78  Orange  street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  City. 

8  South  High  street.  West  Chester,  Pa. 

Chatham,  Columbia  county,  N.  Y. 

Milford,  N.  H. 

Magnetic  City,  Mitchell  county,  N.  C. 

1536  Pine  street,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Botanical  Garden,  Bronx  Park,  N.  Y.  City. 

Takoma  Park.  D.  C. 
361  Madison  street,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 


A  copy  of  Dr.  Grout's  Illustrated  Glossary  will  be  sent  free  to  every 
member  of  the  Chapter  sending  seventy-cents  as  annual  dues,  if  applica- 
tion be  made  to  the  Secretary  for  the  same,  or,  if  eighty-five  cents  more  be 
added  ($1.60)  a  copy  of  Mosses  with  a  Hand-lens  will  be  sent.  Direct  all 
such  orders  to  Mrs.  Smith. 


The  October  1900  number  was  issued  October  8th. 


THE    BRYOLOGIST 


Vol.  IV.  April,  1901.  No.  2. 


In  The  Plant  World  for  October,  3-  145-148.  />/•  5.  1900,  Mr.  F.  H. 
Knovvlton  has  some  "  Notes  for  the  Beginner  in  the  Study  of  Mosses."  We  are 
very  glad  to  see  others  trying  to  interest  people  in  the  study  of  mosses,  for  ex- 
perience has  shown  that  persons  so  interested  very  soon  subscribe  for  The  Brv- 

OLOGIST. 


* 


Thk  Editors  of  The  Brvologist  feel  a  personal  loss  in  the  death  of  Mr. 
Thomas  A.  Williams,  formerly  editor  of  the  Asa  Gray  Bulletin.  Although  Mr. 
Williams  had  begun  a  series  of  articles  on  lichens  in  the  Asa  Gray  Bulletin,  he 
had  promised  all  the  aid  and  assistance  in  his  power  to  Mrs.  Harris  with  her 
articles  in  Thk  Brvologist.  By  his  death  the  botanical  world  loses  not  only  a 
scholar,  but  a  man  of  rare  courtesy  and  kindliness  of  nature. 


* 


We  have  added  four  extra  pages  to  this  issue  in  an  attempt  to  bring  the 
descriptions  of  new  species  up  to  date.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  most  of 
our  new  species  are  by  Eiiropeans,  who  seem  to  have  greater  assurance  in  matters 
relating  to  American  bryology  than  American  botanists  themselves. 

HYPNUn  BESTII    Ren.  &  Bryhn. 

Bv  R.  S.  Williams. 


Hvi'xi'M  (Limnobium)  Besth    Ren.  &  Bryhn;  M.  F.  Renauld,  Bull,  d.  L'Acad. 

Int.  d.  Geog.  Bot.  lO:  7.  Ja.  r.     190L 
Hypnu})i  {Hy^rohypnu»i)  Restii  (Ren.  &  Bryhn)  Holzinger,  Bryologist,  4: 

12.     1900. 
Hypnum  turgcscens  T.  Jensen;  Macoun,  Can.   Mosses,  no.  483.     Kicking- 

Horse  Lake,  7500  feet,  Augu.st,  1890,  and  Hector,  B.  C,  1890. 

Hypnmn palnstre  Hudson;  Austin  Herbarium.  Sierra  Nevada,  California, 
Warne. 

HypiiiDn  dilatatum  Wils.,yiV<'  D.  C.  EatoiL  No.  34,  C.  V.  Piper,  Olympic 
Mountains;  also  no.  80,  Lillewaup  Falls,  Washington. 

Hypnum  dilatation  Wils.,  /?rt'^  R.  S.  Williams,  no.  410,  South  Fork  of  Cut- 
bank  Creek,  Montana;  no.  166,  Neihart,  Montana,  and  no.  770,  Skagway, 
Alaska;  also  no.  99,  J.  A.  Allen,  Mt.  Ranier,  Washington,  5000  feet,  1898. 

This  plant  is  published  by  M.  Renauld  as  a  subspecies  of  H.  niolle  Dickson. 
It  appears  to  be  a  not  uncommon  plant  throughout  the  Rocky  Mountains,  ex- 

The  January  Bryologist  was  issued  January  9th. 


— 22 — 

tending  from  Alaska  to  California,  and  eastward  to  the  Belt  Moimtains  of  Mon- 
tana, but  not  yet  found  fruiting.  The  finest  specimens  come  from  the  vicinity  of 
Mt.  Rainier,  those  of  J.  A.  Allen's  having  stems  up  to  20  cm.  long.  1  incline  to 
think  it  will  stand  as  a  species  quite  distinct  from  H.  niolle.  In  general  appear- 
ance it  more  resembles  dilaiatum,  but  is  distinct  from  both  these  species  in  hav- 
ing no  central  strand  to  the  stem.  H.  dilatatuni  also  has  a  more  rounded  leaf, 
with  a  distinct  conve.x  cluster  of  alar  cells  not  found  in  Besfii,  while  this  last  is  a 
stouter  plant  than  moile,  with  stiff,  wiry  stems,  rough  below  with  tlie  broken-off 
bases  of  the  secund  leaves. 

tfON  LiriNOBIUM  BESTII    Ren.  &  Bryhn, 

Bv    J.    M.    HOLZINGER. 


In  The  Bryologist  of  January,  1901,  the  writer  published  a  brief  notice 
regarding  this  moss,  promising  there  a  more  detailed  description,  some  figures 
and  explanations  that  would  do  justice  to  all  concerned.  Simultaneously  with 
this  note  there  appeared  from  the  pen  of  M.  F.  Renauld  a  discussion  and  de- 
scription of  this  plant  and  related  European  forms  in  the  Bulletinf  de  L'Acad^mie 
Internationale  de  G^ographie  Botanique,  January  i,  1901;  also  in  Revue  Bryo- 
logique  of  the  same  date.  It  was  the  knowledge  that  these  articles  were  to 
appear  which  seemed  to  justify  the  brevity  of  my  own  note.  It  has  seemed  best 
for  various  reasons  to  translate  M.  Renauld's  more  full  note  from  the  Bulletin 
above  referred  to.  The  accompanying  figures  were  drawn  by  M.  Renauld,  and 
are  here  published  with  his  consent. 

"  Hypnum  (Limnobium)  molle  Dicks.  Subspecies  *H.  Bestii  Ren.  et  Bryhn. 
Cushions  soft  pale  olive-green.  Stem  stout,  firm,  6 — 8  cm.  long,  at  the  base 
generally  stripped  of  leaves,  divided  above  into  several  erect  branches.  Leaves 
distant,  everywhere  spreading,  sometimes  squarrose  at  the  ape.x,  rather  large, 
as  much  as  3  mm.  long  and  2  mm.  wide,  ovate-elliptical;  above  the  middle  dis- 
tinctly narrowed,  broadly  and  bluntly  acuminate,  at  the  ape.x  indistinctly  dentic- 
ulate. Costa  very  strong,  two-forked,  the  longer  branch  extending  to  the  mid- 
dle or  a  little  beyond.  Areolation  very  loose,  consisting  of  linear-rhombic  or 
fusiform  cells,  the  upper  ones  shorter,  those  in  the  middle  up  to  80//  long,  at 
the  apex  frequently  subacute,  those  at  the  base  more  loose,  the  alar  ones  few, 
indistinct,  lengthened,  rectangular,  hardly  inflated,  forming  rather  indistinct 
auricles. 

"  Hab.  North  America:  Avalanche  Basin,  Montana,  alt.  1500  m.,  leg.  J. 
Holzinger,  July  29,  1898. 

"The  robust  appearance  of  this  plant,  its  color,  its  very  large,  distant  leaves, 
spreading  in  all  directions,  give  at  first  the  impression  of  a  distinct  species;  and 
yet  the  comparison  with  numerous  specimens  of  H.  molle  Dicks,  shows  the 
more  close  affinity  with  this  species  as  it  is  understood  by  Schimper,  Syn.  ed.  II. 

tM.  F.  Renauld  in  Bull,  de  I'Acad.  Intern,  de  Geog.  Bot.  i  Jan.  1901,  p.  7.  Tran.slated  by 
J.  M.  H. 

Note.— The  asterisk,  *,  is  used  by  European  bryologists  to  mark  subspecies. 

ttBy  a  typographical  error  in  the  January  issue,  page  12.  last  line,  Hygroh\pnum  Bestii 
(Ren.  &  Bryhn)  Holzinger  was  printed  Hygyohypnum  Bestii  Ren.  &  Bryhn.  The  editor  alone 
is  responsible  for  this. 


—23— 


Plate  III  I  Hvpnnm  Bestii  Ren.  et  Bryhn,  from  Montana.  2.  H.  Bemi 
var  Pvrenaiaan^^nAxom  the  Pyrenees  3.  H.  molle^^x.  ^naxrmum  Boul. 
from  Mont  Hlanc.         Leaves  x  16,  leaf  cells  x  200.  Renai.ld.  del. 


—24— 

(H.  molle  Dicks.,  van  maximum  Boul.  Muse.  Fr. ).  The  form  of  tiie  leaves  is 
the  same,  and  this  is  the  principal  character  used  for  separating  from  it  H.  dila- 
tatum  Wils.  and  H.  alpinum  Sch.  These  latter  species  intergrade  with  each 
other  and  with  H.  molle  by  numerous  transitional  forms  poorly  delimited,  so 
that  one  can  not  consider  them  as  distinct  species.  The  case  stands  the  same 
with  *  H.  Bestii  Ren.  et  Bryhn,  which  allies  itself  with  the  type  of  H.  molle 
Dicks,  rather  than  with  H.  dilatatum  and  H.  alpinum,  but  which  is  distinct  by 
its  general  make-up,  its  loosely-set  leaves,  the  areolation  a  little  more  loose  and 
the  middle  cells  longer  (60-90//,  while  in  H.  molle  they  are  40-70 /i), 

"  A  form  collected  in  1884  by  Dr.  Jeanbernat  in  the  Pyrenees  had  struck  me 
by  its  peculiar  appearance,  differing  from  all  European  or  American  specimens 
of  H.  molle  which  I  have  been  able  to  see,  and  had  labeled  in  my  herbarium 
'  H.  molle  Dicks,  forma  insignis.'  Its  form  is  a  little  less  robust,  the  leaves  are 
smaller,  the  costa  is  less  strong  than  in  the  plant  from  Montana;  but  one  finds 
here  again  the  same  distinctive  appearance  (port),  the  leaves  less  crowded, 
spreading,  the  areolation  more  lax  and  the  cells  in  the  middle  of  the  leaf  long 
and  rather  pointed.  It  ought  to  be  placed  as  a  variety  with  *  H.  Bestii  Ren.  et 
Bryhn. 

"Var.  Pyrenaicum  Ren.  In  appearance  very  similar,  but  of  smaller  size, 
leaves  smaller,  costa  a  little  shorter,  less  stout. 

"  Hab.  Pyrenees,  Lac  de  Camporeil,  Capsir,  alt.  2200  m.,  leg.  Dr.  Jeanber- 
nat, 1883." 


QRinMIA  HOLZINQERI  ONCE  MORE. 

Bv   J.   M.   HOLZINGER. 


The  note  in  the  January  Brvologist  was  written  with  the  desire  to  clear 
up  effectually  the  doubt  regarding  this  species  caused  by  Dr.  Kindberg's  sug- 


Fig.  I.    a,  Grimmia  Holzingeri  Card,  et  Ther. ;    b,    G.  Mamiiae  C.  Muell. 
Leaves  of  each  X21.5,  leaf  cells  x  180.  Cardot,  del. 


—25— 

gestion.  It  was  hoped  to  find  other  stations  than  the  type  localities  for  the  two 
plants  involved.  But  so  far  it  does  not  appear  that  either  plant  has  been  col- 
lected a  second  time.  Through  the  kindness  of  Mrs.  Britton,  the  writer  learns 
tiiat  some  of  the  material  from  the  type  station  of  Grhmnia  Manniae  is  in  the 
herbarium  of  Columbia  University,  which  makes  it  possible  to  investigate  con- 
clusixely  the  claims  of  the  two  species  independently.  Yet,  according  to  a  note 
and  drawings  in  a  recent  letter  from  M.  Cardot,  who  has  a  right  to  be  heard  on 
this  point,  it  seems  hardly  necessary  to  doubt  further  the  distinctness  of  the  two 
species.     For  the  benefit  of  American  students,  both  are  published  herewith. 

M.  Cardot  says  :  "Although  approaching  it  closely  in  scnne  respects,  Grim- 
mia  Afafiniae  is  quite  different,  having  larger,  thicker  leaves,  with  basal  areola- 
tion  loose,  formed  of  hyaline  thin  walled  cells;  while  in  Grinimia  Holzingeri 
the  basal  cells  are  yellowish  and  thick  walled.  I  inclose  comparative  figures  of 
the  two  mosses." 

These  figures  represent  leaves  and  basal  leaf  cells  of  the  two  species,  and 
argue  well  for  the  \alidity  of  Grinimia  Holzingeri. 

nOSSES  NEW  TO  NORTH  AMERICA. 

*  Desmatodon  svsTiLioiDES  Ren.  &  Card.  Bot.  Gaz.  30:  i6. />/.  // Jujy, 
1900.  Monoicous,  gregarious.  Stems  short,  erect.  2-5mm.  high.  Leaves 
crowded  in  a  rosette,  spreading,  oblong-lanceolate,  rather  suddenly  and 
shortly  acuminate,  acute,  margins  plane,  irregularly  dentate  above;  nerve 
strong,  reddish,  percurrent  or  shortly  e.xcurrent;  lower  cells  lax,  sub-rectan- 
gular, empty,  hyaline  or  yellowi.sh;  middle  and  upper  cells  small,  obscured 
by  numerous  papillae;  2-4  rows  on  the  margin  of  quadrate  or  shortly  rec- 
tangular cells,  hardly  or  faintly  papillose,  forming  a  distinct  yellowigh 
translucent  border.  Perichaetial  leaves  scarcely  different,  a  little  shorter. 
Capsule  erect,  8-12  mm.  long,  on  a  yellow  or  pale  red  seta,  twisted  to  the  right 
when  dry,  short,  oblong,  brown;  operculum  short-conic  or  sub-rostrate,  persist- 
ing at  the  top  of  the  columella;  no  annulus  or  peristome  observed.  Spores 
smooth,  18-20^  in  diameter. 

Labrador:  L'Anse-au-Mort  (Rev.  A.  C.  Waghorne,  1894). 

By  the  lid  attached  to  the  coUumella  and  persistent  after  the  opening  of  the 
capsule  this  species  resembles  D.  sy  sty  litis  B.  &  S.,  but  is  clearly  distinct  from 
it  by  the  leaves  of  a  more  obscure  and  more  papillose  areolation,  witn  a  distinct 
pellucid  yellowish  border,  the  nerve  stouter,  brownish,  not  or  very  shortly  e.x- 
current, and  by  the  total  lack  of  peristome;  at  least  all  the  capsules  we  have 
been  able  to  examine  do  not  show  the  slightest  trace  of  this  organ.  The  pel- 
lucid border  of  the  leaves  shows  some  relationship  between  D.  systylioides 
Ren.  &  Card,  and  D.  Porteri  James,  but  the  latter  has  a  much  narrower  cap- 
sule with  a  highly  conic  lid  not  adhering  to  the  coUumella,  and  the  peristome 
and  annulus  are  well  developed. 

*  Barbula  eustegia  Card.  &  Ther.  /.  c.  Dioicous  ?  gregarious  in  mats.  Stem 
very  short,  1-2  mm.  high.  Leaves  when  dry  erect,  flexuous,  when  moist  re- 
curved, spreading,  linear-lanceolate,  acute,  sub-acute  or  slightly  obtuse,  plicate, 

♦Translated  by  Miss  E.  A.  Warner. 


—26— 

channeled  above;  lower  leaves  very  small,  0.5  mm.  long,  perceptibly  larger 
above;  upper  ones  i  mm.  long,  margins  plane  or  scarcely  revoliite,  entire;  costa 
vanishing  in  the  apex  or  hardly  reaching  it,  papillose  on  the  back;  lower  cells 
pellucid,  somewhat  lax,  smooth,  oblong,  sub-rectangular;  the  median  quadrate; 
the  upper  ones  small  scarcely  4-5 /^  long,  rounded-quadrate,  obtuse,  minutely 
papillose.  Perichaetial  leaves  larger  than  the  stem  leaves,  the  outer  appressed 
at  the  half-sheathing  base,  rather  abruptly  elongated  into  a  channeled  spreading 
or  recurved  acumen;  the  inner  ones  broadly  and  shortly  acuminate,  areolation 
pellucid  throughout.  Capsule  1-2  mm.  long,  0.3-0.4  mm.  broad,  oblong,  erect 
or  oblique,  on  a  pale  slender  seta  12-18  mm.  long,  twisted  to  the  right  when  dry; 
operculum  conic-subulate,  equalling  or  surpassing  the  capsule.  Annulus  com- 
pound, 0.07  mm.  broad.  Peristome  deep  red;  basal  membrane  0.08  mm.  high, 
teeth  twisted,  about  i  mm.  long,  strongly  granulose.  Spores  smooth,  8//  in  di- 
ameter.    Male  flowers  unknown.     Very  probably  dioicous.   (p.  17. />/.  /^'. ) 

Idaho:  Cedar  creek,  Latah  county,  on  ground  (L.  F.  Henderson,  1897). 

This  moss,  received  from  Mr.  Henderson  only  in  very  small  quantity,  seems 
a  miniature  of  B.  flavipes  B.  &  S.,  from  which,  besides  in  its  small  size,  it  dif- 
fers chiefly  by  the  lid  as  long  as  the  capsule,  or  even  longer.  By  this  character, 
as  well  as  by  the  form  of  the  leaves,  it  resembles  also  Ttichostomuui  dicranoides 
Sch.  (  T.  macrostegiiim  Sull.  Icon.  Suppl.  35, />/.  22)  from  Central  and  South 
America  and  the  Antilles,  which  has  been  also  recorded  from  Alabama;  but  this 
last  species  has  the  beak  of  the  lid  thinner,  the  leaves  larger,  broader,  denticu- 
late above,  a  less  opaque  areolation  of  larger  and  more  distinct  cells,  and  the 
peristome  less  twisted,  with  a  shorter  basilar  membrane. 

*    *    * 

PoLYTRicHUM  Jense.vii  Hageu,  in  Meddelelser  om  Gronland,  15:  444.    1898. 

This  very  rare  European  species  was  collected  on  the  shore  of  Beaver  Lake 
in  the  Yellowstone  National  Park  in  the  summer  of  1898  by  Prof.  Aven  Nelson. 
It  is  closely  related  to  P.  co)n»tuii<:  having  the  terminal  cells  of  the  lamellae  of 
the  same  general  form.  Prof.  Nelson's  plants  are  sterile  and  were  at  first 
thought  to  be  a  diseased  form  of  P.  commune,  but  a  careful  study  of  the  plant 
by  Dr.  1.  Hagen  and  others  established  the  identity  of  the  plant  beyond  reason- 
able doubt.  It  is  more  slender  and  lighter  colored  than  P.  commune.  The 
leaves  are  shorter  and  more  erect  when  moist,  nearly  entire,  and  with  much  less 
slender  apex,  being  acute  instead  of  slenderly  acuminate.  At  the  point  of  tran- 
sition between  the  sheathing  base  and  the  lamina  there  is  a  dark  brown  spot  on 
each  side  of  the  costa,  caused  by  shrinking;  at  this  point  the  leaves  break  off 

easily. — From  an  article  by  J.  M.  Holzinger  in  Asa  Gray  Bulletin,  3:  95-99./.  6. 
October,  1900. 


CURRENT  BRYOLOQICAL  LITERATURE. 

In  the  Revue  Bryologique  for  January,  1901  (28;  i),  Mr.  R.  S.  Williams  re- 
ports the  receipt  of  a  specimen  of  Timmia  cucullata  Mx.  from  Europe,  under 
the  name  of  T.  megapolitana  Hedw.  T.  cucullata  has  not  before  been  cred- 
ited to  Europe. 

T.  cucullata  has  the  leaf  as  wide  above  or  even  wider  than  the  clasping 


—27— 

base  in  most  of  the  leaves;  the  leaf  median  cells  are  0.012  mm.  in  diameter. 
The  capsule  is  always  curved,  nodding,  scarcely  furrowed  when  old,  and  wide- 
mouthed,  gradually  narrowing  from  mouth  to  seta;  the  exothecial  cells  are 
mostly  elongated  and  sinuous  walled.  In  the  United  States  this  species  seems 
to  be  the  only  one  found  any  distance  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains.  It  also  oc- 
curs on  the  Pacific  slope.  It  usually  gi-ows  on  damp  shady  banks,  sometimes 
on  the  base  of  trees. 

T.  niegapolitana  has  a  leaf  base  wider  than  the  blade  above,  median  cells 
about  0.008  mm.  in  diameter;  ripe  capsule  nearly  straight,  becoming  furrowed 
with  age  and  mouth  not  wider  than  capsule  below;  the  exothecial  walls  irregu- 
lar, scarcely  elongated,  and  sinuous  walled.  Usually  growing  at  a  somewhat 
higher  elevation  than  T.  cucullata,  on  rather  dry  soil  at  the  base  of  ledges  of 
rocks.     Rocky  Mountains  and  northward. 

The  European  T.  cucullata  was  from  near  Archangel,  Russia. 

*     *     * 

In  the  Bulletin  of  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club  for  December,  1900  (27:  648- 
649),  Mrs.  Britton  has  the  following  notes: 

"  DiDVMODON  RiPARius  Aust.— This  species  was  described  as  Pottia  ri- 
paria  Aust.  in  the  Supplement  to  Sullivant's  Icones  in  1874,  and  the  fruit  was 
figured  on  Plate  21.  In  1880,  Warnstorf  described  Rai-hula  lingulata,  which 
Limprirht  later  changed  to  Trichostonmm  llarfis/orjii  {Lauhm.  l:  5S7.  1888) 
the  specific  name  being  preoccupied.  In  1892,  Kindberg  in  Macoun's  Catalogue, 
described  Leptodontiiim  Canadeuse,  as  a  new  species,  remarking  that  '  it  is  rather 
peculiar  that  this  genus  had  not  been  represented  before  in  North  America.'  In 
the  Bryineae  of  F.urope  and  North  America,  he  described  this  species  as  Didy- 
utodon  Macounii  Kindb.  (new  name)  and  referred  Pottia  riparia  Aust.  to  Didy- 
inodon  ripai-ius  Aust.,  the  name  it  bore  in  Austin's  herbarium.  I  have  critically 
compared  all  these  specimens  and  am  persuaded  that  they  are  one  and  the  same 
species,  characterized  by  very  peculiar  brood-bodies,  borne  on  long  slender  fila- 
ments, either  in  clusters  in  the  axils  of  the  leaves  or  at  the  summit  of  the  stems, 
mixed  with  the  archegonia  and  seeming  to  replace  the  paraphyses.  Limpricht 
figured  them  on  page  5S8,  F"ig.  171  of  the  Laubmoose.  and  Correns  in  his  Unter- 
suchen  der  Laubmoose  has  also  figured  and  described  them  as  Trichostomum 
Warnstorfii.  The  European  specimens  have  not  been  found  fruiting,  and 
Austin's  station  on  the  Palisades  is  the  only  one  thus  far  discovered  where  it  is 
known  to  fruit.  It  has  probably  been  overlooked  in  many  places,  on  account  of 
its  small  size,  dirty  appearance,  and  sterility.  The  following  stations  are  re- 
corded for  North  America:  On  rocks  in  streams.  Palisades  of  northern  New 
Jersey  and  southern  New  York,  C.  F.  Austin;  Niagara  Falls,  F.  Wolle;?  Wat" 
kins;  Chilson  Lake,  Mrs.  Harris;  Bashbish  Falls,  R.  S.  Williams.  Penna. : 
Bethlehem,  Rau  and  Wolle;  Pocono  Mt.,  T.  C.  Porter.  Springfield,  Ohio,  Miss 
Biddlecome;  Owen  Sound,  Ont.,  J.  Macoun.  In  Europe  it  is  only  known  in 
Switzerland  from  the  Rhine  at  Schaft'hausen  and  in  the  lake  at  Zurich." 

Mrs.  Britton  and  Mr.  Ernest  S.  Salmon  have  agreed  that  Grimmia  Phili- 
boiiaua  E.  (i.  Britton,  is  a  synonym  of  Grhnmia  anomala  Hpe.  This  species 
has  never  bean  found  fruiting  in  Europe,  but  was  collected  in  fruit  in  Idaho  by 


—28— 

Mr.  J.  B.  Leiberg.     (It  is  interesting  to  note  that  both  these  rarely  fruiting  spe- 
cies bear  abundant  brood-bodies. — A.  J.  G. ) 

Many  collectors  of  mosses  have  noticed  a  club-shaped  white  fungus  growth 
arising  from  various  species  of  mosses.  Mrs.  Britton  states  that  this  is  Typhula 
vmsciiola    Pers.  and  gives  a  list  of  localities  and  collectors. — A.  J.  G. 

Mosses  with  a  Hand-lens,  a  Non-technical  Handbook  of  the  More 
Common  and  More  easily  Recognized  Mosses  of  the  Xorth-Eastern  United 
States,  by  A.  J.  Grout,  Ph.  D. 

In  the  study  of  any  branch  of  science  the  first  steps  are  the  most  difficult, 
require  the  most  persistent  efforts  on  the  part  of  the  student,  and  are  beset  with 
the  most  discouragements.  The  recognition  of  these  facts  has  in  late  years 
borne  its  legitimate  fruits  in  the  production  of  a  large  number  of  elementary 
works  intended  to  assist  beginners.  Mosses  with  a  Hand-lens  is  one  of  these,  in 
fact  the  only  one  in  its  special  field.  Its  author's  professional  training  as  teacher 
enabled  him  to  know  just  how  and  where  and  when  to  give  the  needed  assist- 
ance. Beginning  the  subject  matter  with  two  well-arranged  keys,  the  one  based 
mainly  on  structural  characters,  the  other  mainly  on  habitat,  he  proceeds  to  de- 
scribe in  language  clear  and  simple  and  easily  understood,  one  hundred  of  the 
commoner  mosses,  such  as  are  not  infrequently  found  in  the  eastern  parts  of  the 
United  States  and  Canada.  Along  with  these  descriptions  are  a  large  number 
of  neatly  executed  illustrations,  which  are  valuable  in  that  they  show  at  a  glance 
the  distinctive  characters  of  the  plants  under  consideration.  Last  but  not  least, 
is  an  illustrated  glossary  of  bryological  terms.  This  is  an  important  part  of  the 
book,  one  that  has  evidently  been  prepared  with  considerable  care,  and  may  be 
consulted  with  advantage  not  only  by  beginners  and  amateurs,  but  by  profes- 
sionals as  well. 

In  the  prepapation  of  a  work  like  Mosses  with  a  Hand-lens,  it  is  not  an  easy 
task  for  the  author  to  decide  on  what  and  how  much  to  include.  Whether  the 
usefulness  of  Dr.  Grout's  book  would  have  been  increased  by  the  treatment  of  a 
larger  number  of  representKtive  species  is  an  open  question,  as  is  also  whether 
the  student  will  be  able  from  these  descriptions  alone,  without  a  knowledge  of 
the  minute  anatomy  of  the  plants,  to  make  anything  like  satisfactory  determina- 
tions of  his  gatherings.  In  whatever  ways  these  questions  may  be  answered, 
the  fact  remains  that  the  descriptions  and  illustrations  given  in  this  work  will 
often  offer  a  clue  to  the  beginner  that  he  could  not  obtain  from  any  other  source, 
and  by  which  he  will  be  enabled,  probably  with  the  aid  of  an  imperfect  knowl- 
edge of  the  characters  derived  from  the  minute  anatomy  as  given  in  the  man- 
uals, to  work  his  way  to  satisfactory  results. — G.  N.  Best. 

Carl  Mueller's  Genera  Muscorum. 

Dr.  Carl  Mueller  died  P'ebruary  9,  1899,  in  Halle,  Germany,  at  the  ripe  age 
of  eighty  years.  In  spite  of  this,  death  surprised  this  veteran  bryologist  in  the 
midst  of  intense  scientific  activity,  and  he  left  some  valuable  manuscripts  unpub- 
lished. The  most  important  of  these,  his  Genei-a  Muscorum  Frondosorum,  on 
which  he  worked  with  the  greatest  devotion  during  the  closing  years  of  his  life, 


Plate  IV.     a.  Alectoria  jiibata  var.  cha/ybeiforiiiis.     b.   Ei'eriiia  prioiastri.    c.   Raui- 
alina  calicaris  \ar.  fastigiata.     d.   Raina/i?ia  ca/icaris  var.  farinacea. 


—29— 

has  just  appeared  (January,  1901)  from  the  publishing  house  of  Eduard  Kuni- 
mer,  Leipzig.*  Dr.  Schliephacke,  first  a  pupil  and  then  a  life-long  friend  of  the 
author,  has  written  the  preface,  a  bibliographical  sketch,  and,  with  the  aid  of  Dr. 
Geheeb,  has  directed  the  publication  of  this  posthumous  work,  which  comprises 
474  pages.  In  spite  of  its  unfinished  condition  (it  lacks  the  Orthotrichaceae  of 
the  Acrocarpi,  and  all  the  Pleurocarpi ),  it  is  a  work  which,  by  reason  of  its  inde- 
pendent treatment  of  genera  as  plant  groups,  will  enlist  the  lively  interest  of  all 
botanists  interested  in  the  principles  of  system. 

The  author  has  been  a  most  diligent  worker  for  over  si.xty  years,  and  has 
during  all  this  time  been  an  active  student  of  the  mosses  of  all  continents;  has 
described  not  hundreds,  but  literally  thousands  of  species,  not  as  a  hasty,  selfish 
species-monger,  but  as  a  master  with  an  acumen  and  comprehension  developed 
in  a  life-long  devotion  to  these  humble  yet  beautiful  organisms.  Think  of  him, 
writing  in  his  eightieth  year  to  a  friend:  "The  joy  to  live  for  Bryology  I  am  feel- 
ing in  its  full  glory,  though  for  the  moment  it  has  made  me  quite  ill  !"  He  had 
examined  a  collection  of  antarctic  mosses,  and  had  determined  nearly  250  new 
species  in  it,  and  that  only  a  few  months  before  his  death! 

It  is  the  comprehension  of  systematic  and  morphological  relations,  devel- 
oped and  tempered  by  much  industry  and  long  devotion,  that  the  author  has 
brought  to  bear  upon  the  monumental  work  before  us,  monumental,  even 
though  it  is  incomplete.  In  the  preface  it  is  rightly  characterized  as  the  "  testa- 
ment of  his  bryological  knowledge."  From  his  commanding  view-point,  then, 
he  discusses  the  systematic  relations  of  genera.  To  quote  his  own  words  from 
page  8,  where  he  reviews  the  Cleistocarpi,  dwarfs  among  mosses:  "  That  we 
have  the  right  to  consider  them,  on  account  of  their  diminutive  size  and  simplic- 
ity, as  those  mosses  with  which  we  must  begin  the  system,  as  some  would  have 
it,  I  doubt.  Since  in  many  families  of  plants,  dwarfs  occur  by  the  side  of  giants, 
as  for  instance  among  the  ferns  in  the  case  of  species  of  Hymenophyllum  and 
Cyathea,  without  permitting  the  former  to  be  ranked  as  lower,  just  so  here. 
There  exists  within  one  and  the  same  family  no  ascending  development;  all 
forms  are  co-ordinate;  and  it  is  we  ourselves  that  bring  a  system  to  their  study 
in  order  to  make  possible  a  comprehensive  view;  and  therefore  all  disputing 
about  systems  is  barren.  For  the  present  at  least,  where  only  the  very  smallest 
part  of  the  organic  world  lies  revealed  before  us,  we  are  unable  to  determine 
how  the  denizens  of  the  plant  world  will  finally  marshall  themselves  in  orderly 
array." 

But  the  author  dwells  not  only  on  the  distinguishing  characters  of  "groups" 
and  genera;  he  does  this  with  a  skill  and  care  very  satisfying  to  the  systematist, 
and  a  great  deal  more:  he  takes  up  the  historical  development  and  the  geo- 
graphical distribution  of  the  species  under  the  genera.  And  both  style  and  mat- 
ter of  these  discussions  is  such  that  every  page  of  the  volume,  though  dealing 
with  abstruse  scientific  data,  takes  on  the  charm  of  a  story  dealing  with  matters 


♦Genera  Muscorum  Frondosorum.  Classes  Schistocarponim.Cleistocarporuni,  Stegocarporuni 
completentia,  e.xceptis  Orthotrichaceis  et  Pleurocarpis.  by  Dr.  Carl  Mueller  Hallensis,  with  a 
preface  by  Dr.  Karl  Schliephacke.  I.eipzig.  Vorlag  von  Eduard  Kuninier,  1901.  Price  12  M. 
=12.50. 


—30— 

human.  The  service  this  master  has  thus  rendered  to  bryology  will  lead  all  to 
keep  him  in  grateful  memory,  and  pay  him  the  respect  he  deserves  for  his  un- 
selfish devotion  to  science. 

Only  a  brief  notice  of  the  more  striking  departures  from  current  views  is 
possible  here.  Every  one  will  be  struck  with  the  position  the  author  assigns  to 
the  Sphagnaceae,  which  he  places  after  Leucobryaceae,  Group  12,  following 
with  Funarioideae,  Group  14.  After  a  careful  characterization  of  the  group,  he 
argues  that  there  is  no  valid  ground  for  separating  these  mosses  from  the  Bryineae 
proper. 

The  other  departure  from  contemporary  views,  is  conditioned  by  his  posi- 
tion as  a  "Centralist,"  to  use  Dr.  Schliephacke's  term,  who  considers  that  "de- 
centralization, that  is,  the  separation  of  larger  genera  into  several  smaller  ones, 
has  become,  so  to  speak,  a  trait  of  modern  times."  Dr.  Mueller  held  to  fewer 
centers.  As  a  result,  many  names  recognized  as  of  generic  value  by  others,  ap- 
pear as  section  names  under  his  genera.  Whether  his  views  are  finally  accepted 
or  not,  his  discussions,  including  all  possible  criticisms,  all  available  morpho- 
logical and  historical  considerations,  will  prove  of  the  greatest  value  to  all  moss 
students. ^/o;^«  M  Holzuigej-. 


DISCELIUn  NUDUM  (Dicks.)  Brid.  IN  NEW  JERSEY. 

During  the  latter  part  of  November,  1896,  while  botanizing  along  the  rail- 
road about  a  mile  above  Stockton,  N.  J.,  my  attention  was  attracted  by  a  blue- 
ish-green  protonemal  growth  which  appeared  in  patches  on  the  bottom  of  an 
excavation  in  the  railroad  bank.  On  the  filaments  of  this  growth  were  minute 
buds  from  which  sporophytes  were  just  commencing  to  shoot.  Being  unable  to 
identify  the  plant  at  this  time,  a  month  later  I  visited  the  spot  again,  i^'hen  I 
found  the  capsules,  although  quite  immature,  yet  sufficiently  developed  to  make 
a  diagnosis  possible,  especially  by  the  aid  of  the  calyptras,  which  were  clasp- 
ing the  stems  just  below  the  capsules.  This  was  indeed  the  rare  Discelium 
nudum,  not  before  known  from  New  Jersey. 

The  veteran  bryologist,  Mr.  E.  A.  Rau,  informs  me  that  this  moss  was  first 
collected  many  years  ago  in  this  country  at  Painesville,  Ohio,  by  Dr.  Beardslee, 
and  that  this  remained  the  only  locality  until  he  collected  it  near  Bethlehem,  Pa., 
May  19,  1873.  About  two  weeks  later.  Dr.  Francis  Wolle  found  it  in  another 
locality,  not  far,  however,  from  Mr.  Rau's.  So  far  as  is  known,  these  were  the 
only  localities  in  this  country  for  it  until  found  in  New  Jersey.  In  Europe  it 
appears  to  be  nearly  or  quite  as  rare. 

Discelium  nudum  is  usually  found  along  the  line  of  excavations,  especially 
rail  and  wagon  roads,  on  a  hard  sandy  clay  substratum,  in  the  basin-like  depres- 
sions of  which  muddy  water  settles,  and  drying  up,  leaves  a  sedimentaceous  layer. 
It  is  on  this  during  the  latter  part  of  autumn  that  the  protonemata  appear,  and 
although  the  capsules  make  their  appearance  during  the  early  part  of  winter, 
they  do  not  mature  until  the  following  April  or  May.  When  I  visited  the  local- 
ity above  referred  to,  about  the  middle  of  April,  the  greenish  color  of  the  plants 


—31— 

had  disappeared,  the  plants  themselves  were  mostly  overturned  by  the  winter's 
alternate  freezings  and  thawings,  and  had  I  not  known  the  exact  spot,  I  would 
have  had  great  difficulty  in  finding  the  moss.  The  following  summer  the  banks 
unfortunately  fell  in,  and  in  consequence  our  rarity  disappeared. — G.  N.  Best. 


THE   PERISTOHE— I. 

By  a.  J.  Grout. 


The  peristome,  besides  being  one  of  the  most  beautiful  of  microscopic  ob- 
jects, is  also  one  of  the  parts  most  carefully  considered  in  classifying  mosses. 
The  details  of  the  differences  in  development  and  structure  of  the  various  types 
of  peristomes  have  never  been  presented  in  English  in  a  popular  form.  M. 
Philibert  in  the  Revue  Bryologique  has  given  a  masterly  presentation  of  the  sub- 
ject, but  it  is  in  French,  and  too  e.xtended  and  technical  to  be  of  popular  inter- 
est. 

This  series  of  articles  will  be  based  largely  on  the  work  of  Schimper  and 
Philibert,  but  will  in  no  sense  be  a  translation  of  either.  Free  use  will  be  made 
of  Schimper" s  illustrations  published  in  his  various  works,  and  these  will  be  sup- 
plemented by  original  drawings. 

The  simplest  type  of  peristome  is 
that  of  Georgia  (  Tetraphis),  where  the 
tissue  which  fills  the  operculum  splits 
into  four  equal  parts,  as  is  shown  in 
the  accompanying  figure.  The  oper- 
culum is  composed  of  a  single  layer  of 
cells,  and  is  easily  deciduous. 

It  is  an  interesting  fact  that  in  An- 
dreaea  and  Georgia,  which  have  a 
thalloid  protonema  indicating  a  close 
relationship  to  the  hepatics,  the  capsule 
divides  into  four  parts.  In  Andreaea 
the  whole  capsule  dehisces  as  in  the 
hepatics;  in  Georgia,  only  that  portion 
of  the  tissue  lying  within  the  opercu- 
lum.      Prof.    D.    H.    Campbell   in   his  

Structure    and    Development    of     the 
Mosses  and  Ferns,  states  that  he  con- 

siders  this  resemblance  an  accident.  I  am  not  so  sure  that  this  is  the  case.  If 
he  be  right,  the  division  of  these  capsules  into  four  parts,  and  the  division  of  all 
moss  peristomes  into  multiples  of  four,  may  possibly  be  explained  by  the  regu- 
larity of  the  divisions  of  the  two-sided  apical  cell  from  which  the  sporophyte  is 
developed.  It  will  readily  be  seen  that  in  Georgia  no  spores  are  found  within 
the  operculum.  This  is  true  of  mosses  having  any  other  type  of  peristome.  In 
all  other  types,  the  central  tissue  forms  the  columella,  which  in  most  cases 
shrinks  up  into  a  small  piece  of  tissue  upon  the  falling  of  the  operculum. 


—32— 

In  Georgia  the  peristome  apparently  has  no  function  except  to  provide  an 
opening  for  the  escape  of  the  spores.  In  most  other  forms  the  peristome  is  so 
arranged  as  to  in  a  manner  regulate  this  escape. 

Explanation  of  Figures. 

I  Fig.   I.     7.     Half  of  a  section  of  the  peristoms  and  operculum  of  Georgia 

{Tetraphis):  a.  Operculum  composed  of  a  single  layer  of  cells;  b.  Tissue 
which  fills  the  operculum  and  which  splits  into  four  parts  to  form  the  peristome. 
8.   Peristome  of  Georgia  x  40. 


SOHE  FURTHER  OBSERVATIONS  ON  BUXBAUMIA. 

By    ElIAS    J.    DlRAND. 


The  interest  I  have  felt  in  the  notes  on  Buxbaumia  in  the  last  number  of 
The  Bryologist  has  prompted  me  to  add  some  of  my  own  observations  on 
this  genus.  I  shall  never  forget  the  pleasure  I  experienced  when,  one  spring 
day  eleven  years  ago,  Professor  Dudley  first  pointed  out  to  me  some  of  these 
little  plants  growing  on  a  shady  bank  close  by  the  campus.  Ever  since  that  time 
when  in  favorable  localities,  I  have  kept  my  eyes  open  for  these  little  "elves." 

The  open  woods  bordering  the  ravines  about  Ithaca  furnish  most  congenial 
habitats  for  B.  aphylla.  On  the  banks  of  any  one  of  a  half-dozen  of  our  larger 
gorges,  I  can  be  sure  of  finding  at  least  a  few  of  the  capsules  in  suitable  spots. 
By  Coy  Glen  I  have  found  it  every  few  rods  for  a  distance  of  nearly  two  miles 
on  both  banks.  Near  one  stump  I  can  collect  hundreds  of  specimens  in  their 
season.  It  is  a  spot  which  I  always  visit  with  my  classes.  Were  I  not  afraid  of 
bringing  smiles  of  incredulity  to  the  faces  of  your  readers,  I  should  tell  how  I 
once  dug  down  at  random  through  a  foot  of  snow  by  the  side  of  an  old  wood 
road,  and  found  capsules  in  the  first  hole  dug!  This  does  not  mean  that  the 
plants  are  scattered  uniformly  over  the  whole  surface,  but  long  practice  gives 
one  a  sort  of  instinctive  facility  in  knowing  just' where  to  look. 

The  habitat  of  this  species  is  with  us  very  characteristic.  The  plant  always 
grows  in  open  woods,  on  soil  which  has  a  damp  blackish  appearance,  with  a 
tinge  of  green  due  to  the  persistent  protonema.  Such  spots  often  have  a  sparse 
growth  of  other  mosses  and  lichens,  but  show  no  more  traces  of  rotten  wood 
than  other  woodland  soil.  I  have  never  found  B.  aphylla  on  wood  or  logs. 
Neither  have  I  been  able  to  establish  any  uniformity  in  the  direction  of  the  cap- 
sules on  level  ground.  On  sloping  banks,  however,  they  always  stand  with 
their  ventral  sides  down  the  hill,  as  Haberlandt  long  since  pointed  out. 

The  young  sporophytes  begin  to  appear  early  in  September,  when  they  are 
entirely  covered  by  the  thimble-shaped  calyptras.  The  latter  are  ruptured  by 
the  elongation  of  the  sporogonia  e.xactly  as  in  the  other  Bryineae.  Growth  is 
rather  rapid  until  the  last  of  October  or  the  first  of  November,  when  the  major- 
ity of  the  capsules  are  about  one-half  or  two-thirds  grown.  Occasionally  devel- 
opment is  much  later  than  these  periods.  During  the  cold  months  of  winter 
there  is  little  or  no  development  of  the  capsules,  which  remain  a  bright  green. 


—33— 

owing  to  the  presence  of  chlorophyll  in  the  tissues.  With  the  warm  days  of  late 
February  or  early  March,  growth  begins  again,  and  the  color  changes  from  green 
to  brown  as  the  plants  mature.  Usually  by  the  middle  of  March  or  the  first  of 
April  the  spores  are  ready  for  dispersion.  Sometimes  in  sheltered  spots  the 
capsules  remain  unbroken  until  summer.  The  spores  may  germinate  at  once, 
giving  rise  to  a  protonema  which  is  in  no  way  peculiar  among  the  mosses. 

Some  authors  have  used  the  word  "  pseudopodium  "  in  describing  the  seta 
of  Biixbatiuiia.  This  term,  as  applied  to  Sphaffuion  and  Atidreaea,  indicates  a 
prolongation  of  the  a.xis  of  the  leafy  gametophore,  which  bears  the  sessile  cap- 
sule at  its  ape.x.  The  pedicel  of  Bu.vbainnia  is,  on  the  contrary,  a  part  of  the 
sporophyte  as  in  the  other  Bryineae,  and  is,  therefore,  a  true  seta,  with  its  lower 
end  imbedded  as  a  foot  in  the  tissue  of  the  much-reduced  gametophore. 

Buxbaui>iia  indusiata  Brid.  also  occurs  with  us,  but  is  much  rarer  than  B . 
aphylla.  I  first  met  with  this  species  in  October,  1893,  in  Enfield  ravine,  one  of 
the  largest  of  our  glens.  Since  then  it  has  been  collected  at  a  half-dozen  other 
spots  in  the  same  gorge.  In  fact,  I  seldom  visit  this  interesting  place  without 
seeing  a  few  capsules.  More  recently  I  have  found  plants  at  single  stations  in 
both  Buttermilk  Ravine  and  Coy  Glen.  Besides  these,  I  have  seen  specimens 
kindly  sent  me  by  Professor  Dudley,  and  collected  by  him  in  Fall  Creek  and 
Cascadilla  ravines,  the  latter  station  being  actually  on  the  University  campus. 
We  have  thus  within  eight  miles  of  Ithaca  five  different  stations  for  this  species, 
but,  although  1  have  searched  the  region  pretty  diligently,  no  others  have  been 
found. 

With  us  B.  indusiata  always  occurs  on  very  rotten  moist  logs  and  stumps, 
often  along  with  liverworts  and  other  mosses.  The  wood  is  usually  so  badly 
decayed  that  it  may  be  picked  to  pieces  with  the  fingers.  The  individuals  occur 
singly  and  widely  scattered,  and  are  very  hard  to  see.  The  whole  habits  of  our 
two  eastern  species  are  so  totally  different  that  no  one  ought  to  have  the  slight- 
est difficulty  in  distinguishing  them  even  without  the  aid  of  stomata.  I  have  not 
been  able  thus  far  to  obtain  much  information  regarding  the  development  of  the 
rarer  form.  I  have  collected  it  only  in  the  fully  or  nearly  mature  state,  in  Octo- 
ber, November,  December,  April  and  May.  Specimens  may  be  found  on  the 
same  log  year  after  year. — Botanical  Department,  Cornell  University. 

By  Elizabeth  G.   Brixton. 

Bu.vbauinia  aphylla  has  the  reputation  of  disappearing  from  its  recorded 
stations,  but  on  one  old  stump  in  the  Hemlock  Grove,  in  Bronx  Park,  I  have 
collected  it  for  four  years  successively,  and  last  year  there  were  as  many  as  fifty 
fruiting  plants.  These  did  not  come  to  maturity,  nowever,  as  the  first  freezing 
cold  weather  killed  all  but  a  few.  There  was  no  snow  to  protect  them.  The 
pedicels  remained  for  a  year  later.  By  the  beginning  of  September,  five  new 
stalks  were  found;  these  had  developed  green  capsules  by  November,  and  when 
last  seen  were  still  growing.  This  year  there  has  been  snow  to  cover  them,  and 
I  took  care  to  give  them  shelter  with  a  few  hemlock  boughs.  Mr.  Williams 
found  onl>  two  capsules  growing  out  of  the  end  of  a  "decorticated  log,"  little 
decayed,  and  with  no  other  mosses  growing  with  them.  It  is  the  most  unusual 
record  for  this  species. 


—34— 

B.  indtisiata  begins  to  develop  earlier.  In  the  Adirondacks  I  have  col- 
lected well-formed  capsules  in  August  and  September.  Prof.  C.  H.  Peck  found 
it  mature  in  October  in  the  Catskills,  and  Mr.  Durand  at  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  It  grows 
on  decaying  logs  and  stumps  with  other  mosses,  especially  Georgia  pelliuida. 

B.  Piperi  grows  on  moist  banks  and  on  decaying  logs,  and  matures  in  the 
fall  from  August  to  November,  and  begins  to  form  the  capsules  in  March,  ac- 
cording to  Mr.  J.  B.  Leiberg.— 7V<?Z£/  York  Botanical  Garden. 


MARCHANTIA  AND  CONOCEPHALUH 

By  William  C.  Barbour. 


The  species  selected  for  this  opening  paper  upon  the  Hepaticae  are  com- 
mon everywhere,  but  are  easily  mistaken,  each  for  the  other.  Marchantia  poly- 
morpha  L.  here  considered,  is  the  only  species  of  the  genus  which  will  be  found 
by  our  readers  unless  they  live  in  the  Southern  States.  This  species  is  widely 
distributed  in  North  America,  Europe  and  Asia,  and  has  also  been  collected  in 
Java  and  in  the  Azores  Islands. 

Cottocephaluni  conicum  (L. )  Dumort.  has  practically  the  range  of  our  Mar- 
chantia, with  the  addition  of  northern  Africa.  Both  species  are  found  growing 
on  moist  earth,  though  Conocephalum  seems  partial  to  damp  shaded  rocks. 
The  thallus  of  each  is  prostrate  upon  the  ground,  and  when  the  growth  is  vigor- 
ous, is  much  overlapped  and  interlaced. 

The  thallus  of  Marchantia  is  generally  once  or  twice  forked,  from  one  to 
three  (rarely  more)  inches  in  length,  and  of  a  rather  peculiar  dull  green  color. 
The  midrib  shows  very  plainly,  is  quite  broad,  dark  beneath,  and  bears  many 
root  hairs.  The  surface  is  areolate,  the  cells  being  diamond-shaped  and  sup- 
plied with  stomata.     The  species  is  dioecious,  that   is,  the  male  and  female 


Fig.  I. 


Fig.  2. 


Fig.  3- 


receptacles  are  borne  upon  separate  plants.  The  male  (Fig.  i)  receptacle  has 
something  the  form  of  a  Japanese  umbrella,  being  raised  upon  a  stalk  half  or 
three-quarters  of  an  inch  above  the  surface  of  the  thallus,  and  cut  into  eight 


—35— 

rounded  lobes.  On  its  top  are  seen  a  number  of  papillae.  Underneath  each 
papilla,  imbedded  in  the  surface  of  the  receptacle,  is  an  antheridium.  These 
antheridia  open  by  small  lobes  in  the  papillae.     (Fig.  2.) 

The  female  receptacle  (Fig.  3)  has  a  much  longer  stalk  (1-2  inches),  and  is 
nearly  hemispherical  in  form.  It  is  divided  nearly  to  the  centre,  thus  forming 
eight  or  ten  rays,  under  each  of  which  is  an  involucre.  These  rays  are  covered 
with  very  fine  scales.  The  involucres  are  oblong  and  inclose  an  ovate  perianth. 
The  capsule  (sporogonium)  is  of  a  light  brown  color,  and  when  fully  developed, 
extends  below  the  involucre. 

In  opening  it  divides  into  eight  short  segments,  after  the  manner  of  some 
of  the  orders  among  the  mosses.  Beside  the  spores,  the  hepatic  capsule  con- 
tains other  long,  slender  bodies,  called  elaters  (Fig.  5),  whose  office  is  to  aid  in 


Fig.  5- 

the  distribution  of  the  spores.  In  Marchantia  the  elater  contains  two  spiral 
threads  running 'its  entire  length,  and  so  is  said  to  be  "bispiral."  The  sterile 
fronds  of  this  species  often  bear  gemmae  (Fig.  6)  in  small  cup-shaped  recep- 
tacles, borne  upon  the  surface  of  the  thallus.  The  species  is  in  good  condition 
for  collecting  in  late  June  or  early  July. 

Conocephalum  conicuni  has  a  thallus  several  times  forked,  and  varies  from 
yellowish-green  to  quite  a  dark  shade,  but  is  a  brighter  green  than  is  Marchantia. 
The  midrib  appears  narrower,  but  is  quite  prominent  upon  the  under  side  of  the 
thallus.  The  areolation  (Fig.  7,  b)  is  much  larger  than  in  Marchantia,  is  hexago- 
nal instead  of  diamond-shaped  (Fig.  7,  a),  and  has  pores  so  large  that  they  can  be 
easily  seen  with  the  naked  eye.  The  antheridia  are  imbedded  in  the  surface  of  the 


Fig.  7,  a.  Fig.  7,  b.  Fig.  8. 

thallus  instead  of  a  special  receptacle.     The  female  receptacle  (Fig.  8)  is  raised 


-3^ 

upon  a  stalk  one  and  one-half  or  two  inches  long.  The  stalk  is  rather  fleshy, 
and  arises  from  a  concave  disk  at  the  fork  of  the  thallus.  The  receptacle  is  con- 
vex, obtuse  at  the  apex,  and  is  cut  into  six  short  lobes.  Beneath  these  lobes  are 
the  involucres  and  their  capsules,  which  resemble  somewhat  those  of  Marchan- 
tia.  This  species  also  is  dioecious,  and  has  bispiral  elaters.  It  should  be  col- 
lected about  the  first  week  in  April. 

EXPL.\NATI0N   OF    FIGURES. 

Fig.  I.   Male  plant  of  Marchantia  polyuiorpha  reduced. 

Fig.  2.  Section  of  male  receptacle  of  M.  magnified;     a,  a,  a,  antheridia. 

Fig.  3.   Female  plant  of  M.  reduced. 

Fig.  4.  Section  of  part  of  female  receptacle  of  M.  po/yjiiorfiha  magnified; 
s,  sporogonia.one  not  yet  emerged  from  perianth.  The  outer  fringe  represents 
the  involucre. 

Fig.  5.  Portion  of  elater  of  M.  po/ymorpha,  showing  spiral  bands,  magnified 
greatly. 

Fig.  6.  Sterile  thallus  with  gemmae. 

Fig.  7.  Cells  of  thallus,  with  stomata  magnified:  a.  Marchantia;  b.  Cono- 
cephalum. 

Fig.  8.  Thallus  of  Conocephaltnn  conicum  with  female  receptacles,  reduced. 


LICHENS— ALECTORIA,  EVERNIA,  RAMALINA. 

Bv  Carolyn  W.  Harris. 
[With  Plate  IV.) 


In  this  second  article  on  lichens,  Atectoria,  Evernia  and  Ramalina  will  be 
considered.     They  belong  to  the  same  family  as  the  Usneas,  the  i'sneei. 

In  walking  along  country  roads,  you 
no  doubt  have  noticed,  on  old  fences  or 
dead  trees,  little  tufts  of  "black  hair." 
These  are  Alectorias.  The  thallus  is 
fruticose,  rather  rigid  and  short,  again 
soft  and  pendulous.  At  the  joints  it  is 
flattened,  for  the  medullary  cord  is  not 
solid  like  that  of  Usnea,  but  is  soft  and 
web-like ;  the  flattening  at  the  joints  gives 
Fig.  I.     Alectoriajubatavar.  greater    strength    and    tenacity  to    the 

iniplexa  x  i.  thallus.     Except  in  color,  Alectoria  re- 

sembles [Jsnea.  It  is  not  the  gray-green 
of  the  latter,  but  varies  from  light  brown  to  almost  black.  In  only  one  species 
is  it  at  all  green.  The  surface* has  a  smooth,  shiny  appearance,  as  though  it  had 
been  varnished.  The  apothecia  are  small  and  sessile  ;  they  are  not  surrounded 
by  fine  fibrils  as  in  Usnea.  They  are  usually  the  same  color  as  the  thallus,  and 
have  the  same  shiny  appearance. 

The   most  common  form  of   the  genus  is  Alectoria  jubata  L.   \  ar.  chaly- 


The  magnification  of  figures  2  and  4  is  twice  too  great,  as  figures  were  reduced  J^. 


1^556 


■u 


—37— 

beiformis  Ach.  (Plate  IV.  a.)  The  thallus  is  round  (terete)  except  at  the 
joints,  where  it  is  flattened.  In  color  it  is  almost  black,  shiny  and  rigid,  and 
grows  in  tufts.  The  branches  are  finer  at  the  tips,  and  of  one  color.  Soredia 
are  usually  found,  which  are  interesting  on  account  of  their  shape.  Instead  of 
being  in  round,  mealy-looking  masses,  seemingly  sessile  on  the  thallus  as  in 
Usnea,  they  are  whitish,  oval  bodies,  which  seem  to  be  imbedded  in  the  thallus. 
A/ecfortajubatavar.imp/exa  Fr.  (Fig.  i.)  Thallus  pendulous,  quite  soft, 
with  many  branches,  which  are  intertangled  and  turn  back  on  each  other.  It  is 
a  much  lighter  brown  than  chalybeiformis,  and  does  not  have  the  varnished 
appearance.  While  this  species  is  found  in  the  eastern  States,  it  grows  more 
luxuriantly  in  the  far  West,  where  with  one  or  two  other  species  it  is  generally 
called  by  travelers  "Florida 
Moss,"  as  it  hangs  from  the 
trees  in  long  masses 

Alectoria  ochrolenca  (Ehhr-) 
Nyl.  var.  sarmentosa  Nyl. 
(Fig.  2),  is  also  found  in  the 
East,  but  is  rare;  in  the  West 
it  is  very  common.  The  thal- 
lus is  pendulous,  but  not  as 
soft  as  in  hnplexa.  The  color 
is     a      light,    greenish-brown, 

sometimes  straw-color.     The  branches  are  long  and  much  divided 
not  turn  back  as  in  impkxa 
color. 

Alectoria  Fremontii  Tuckerm.    (Fig.  3. )   The  thallus  is  a  very  dark  brown, 
wavy  and  shiny,  with  few  branches,  which  are  quite  straight  until  toward  the 


Fig.  2.  Alectoria  ochroleuca  var.  sarmentosa  x  2. 

They  do 
The  apothecia  are  small,  and  dark  chestnut  in 


Fig.  3.  Alectoria  Fremontii  x  2. 

ends,  where  they  grow  much  finer  and  are  intertangled. 
small  and  yellow.     This  also  is  a  western  lichen. 


The  apothecia  are 


-38- 

EvERNiA,  although  belonging  to  the  same  family  as  Usnea  and  Aledoria,  is 
quite  different  in  its  general  appearance.  The  thallus  is  fruticose,  soft,  some- 
what flattened  and  wrinkled.  It  is  usually  covered  with  soredia,  which  in  some 
species  are  very  mealy.  The  color  is  either  light  gray,  greenish-gray,  or  lemon. 
Evernia  has  a  medullary  layer  which  is  very  cottony  and  soft.  The  apothecia 
are  large  and  flat;  in  some  species  they  are  surrounded  by  coarse  fibrils,  in  others 
they  are  free  from  them. 

Evernia prunastfi  (L. )  Ach.  (Plate  I\'.  b)  if  found  quite  generally,  varying 
somewhat  in  appearance  in  different  localities.  It  grows  on  trees.  The  thallus 
is  pale  green,  flattened  and  furrowed.  It  is  usually  covered  with  soredia,  which 
are  green,  not  white  as  in  Aledoria.  The  branching  is  angular,  pointed  or 
spike-like  at  the  tips.  Below,  the  thallus  is  channeled.  The  apothecia  are  very 
rare.     They  are  lateral,  namely,  borne  on  the  flat  surface  of  the  thallus. 

Evernia  furfiiracea  (L. )  Mann.  (Fig.  4.)  The  thallus,  while  flattened, 
turns  under  a  little,  giving  the  lower  side  a  trough-like  appearance.  Branching 
is  more  frequent  than  m.  prunastri ,  and  is  more  pinnate.  The  thallus,  which  is 
a  light  gray,  is  slightly  rough  or  coral-like.  Below  it  is  black  or  has  black  spots 
on  it.  The  apothecia  are  small  and  on  the  margin  of  the  thallus.  They  are 
cup-shape  and  reddish-brown. 

Evernia  fia-furacea  var.  C/adonia  Tuckerm.  is  much  \\Vq  furfiiracea,  only 
much  smaller  and  finer,  and  more  brittle.     This  form  is  found  in  the  mountains. 


Fig.  4.   Evernia  furfiiracea  x  2  and  X4.  Fig.  5.   Evernia  vuipina  x  i. 


Evernia  vuipina  (L. )  Ach.  (Fig.  5.)  Thallus  flattened  and  wrinkled,  bright 
lemon-color.  The  branches  are  long  with  attenuated  tips.  Apothecia  large, 
reddish-brown,  surrounded  by  spine-like  branches.  This  striking  lichen  is 
found  on  the  Pacific  coast  as  far  south  as  Lower  California,  and  back  in  the 
mountains.  By  its  color  it  attracts  the  notice  of  tourists,  and  is  collected  when 
the  rarer  and  less  conspicuous  lichens  are  passed  by. 

Ra.malina,  like  Evernia,  has  a  flattened  thallus.  It  is  fruticose,  and  in  s.ome 
species  pendulous,  is  often  strap-like  and  sparingly  branched.  The  medullary 
layer  is  cottony,  but  cord-like,  so  is  stronger  and  more  rigid  than  that  of  Evernia. 
The  apothecia  vary  in  size,  they  are  flattened  or  cup-shaped,  occuring  along  the 
margin  or  on  the  flat  surface  of  the  thallns.  Soredia  when  present  are  large  and 
very  mealy. 


-39— 


Ramalhia  calicaris  (L. )  Fr.  var.  fastigiata  Yx.  (Plate  IV.  c. )  Thallus 
alike  on  both  sides,  pale  green,  rather  rigid,  cut  into  parallel  strap-like  portions 
with  few  branches.  It  grows  in  tufts  from  one  to  two  inches  long,  is  usually 
fertile.  The  apothecia  are  large  and  flattened,  a  little  lighter  green  than  the 
thallus. 

Ramalina  calicaris  var.  fraxinea  Fr.  The  thallus,  which  is  wide  and 
long-lobed,  suggests  a  bunch  of  small  withered  leaves,  and  is  a  dull  green.  The 
apothecia  are  small,  and  are  borne  on  the  flat  surface  of  the  thallus. 

Ramalina  calicaiis  var.  farinacea  Schaer.  (Plate  IV.  d.  and  Fig.  6),  has  a 
fine,  much-branched  thallus,  is  a  delicate  green,  covered  with  white,  powdery, 


Fig.  6.    Ramalina  calicaris  var. 
farinacea  \  2. 


Fig.  7.   Ramalina  rigida  x  2. 


confluent  soredia.     The  apothecia  are  lateral,   but  are  rare.     This  species  is 
Usually  found  on  rocks,  growing  in  a  mass. 

Ramalina  rigida  Pers.  (Fig.  7.) 
The  thallus  is  slender,  with  irregular 
branches  which  are  fine  and  stitY.  The 
apothecia  are  medium  in  size,  and  from 
each  extends  a  long,  horn-like  branch. 

Ramalifia  relicuJala  Noehd.  (Fig. 
8. )  In  this  handsome  lichen  of  the  far 
West,  the  thallus  is  elongated  and  pen- 
dulous, with  many  branches,  which  form 
a  thick  mat,  hanging  for  several  feet 
from  the  trees.  The  thallus  is  brownish- 
green;  the  longitudinal  branches  here 
and  there  unite  and  form  a  beautiful  net- 
work, sometimes  coarse,  sometimes  very  fine  and  delicate. 


Fig.  8.   Ramalina  reticulata  x  i. 


I'lalL'  V.      I.    Ct'traria  ju)upr)i)ia       2.    C  j  iiuipcrijia  in  fruit. 
3       C '.   Oalx-esiana     4       C   ciliciris     5.      C.   lanoiosa. 


THE    BRYOLOGIST. 


Vol.  IV.  Ji-LV,   1901.  No.  3. 


LICHENS— CETRARIA. 

By  Carolyn  W.   Harris. 
(With  Plate  V.) 


To  many  lichenists  the  Cetrarias  are  the  most  interesting  of  the  family, 
Usneei,  to  which  they  belong,  because  of  their  varied  thallus,  in  some  spe- 
cies resembling  the  foliaceous  Parmelias,  in  others  the  fruticose  Cladonias. 
The  name  Cetraria  is  derived  from  Cetra,  meaning  an  ancient  Spanish  shield, 
which  the  apothecia  are  said  to  resemble. 

The  Cetrarias  are  very  generally  distributed.  They  are  found  all  over 
the  world,  but  are  especially  abundant  in  the  northern  part  of  America.  All 
the  European  species  are  found  here,  and  we  have  several  which  do  not  occur 
in  Europe. 

Generally  Cetrariaschoose  trees  for  their  substratum,  but  a  few  are  found 
on  rocks  and  earth.  Rhizoids  are  few  or  wanting,  even  where  the  thallus  is 
horizontal.  Cilia  are  frequently  present  and  in  some  species  are  very  numer- 
ous. Soredia  are  rare,  so  the  surface  of  the  thallus  is  smoother  in  appear- 
ance than  in  the  Parmelias.  As  they  develop  they  become  almost  free  from 
the  substratum  and  after  a  hard  rain  may  be  found  entirely  detached. 

The  thallus  varies  from  foliaceous  to  fruticose,  the  lobes  are  always  flat- 
tened and  rather  broad.  Generally  the  thallus  is  more  brittle  than  in  Parme- 
lia,  owing  to  the  greater  development  of  the  cortical  or  outer  layer,  and  the 
less  cottony  tissue  of  the  medullary  or  inner  layer  of  the  thallus.  In  the  as- 
cendant varieties  the  thallus  is  compressed  or  channeled,  in  the  foliaceous  it 
is  expanded  and  leaf-like.  In  color  it  varies,  is  bright  yellow,  greenish  yel- 
low or  straw  color,  olive,  brown,  and  even  black.    It  is  smooth  on  the  under 

side. 

The  apothecia  are  medium  to  large  in  size,  they  are  marginal  or  submar- 
ginal,  the  disk  colored  differently  from  the  thallus.  They  are  attached  ob- 
liquely to  the  ends  of  the  lobes  of  the  thallus.  In  some  species  the  apothecia 
are  very  rare,  in  others  they  are  very  abundant.  The  disk  is  thin,  somewhat 
crenate  or  torn,  ranging  in  color  from  light  chestnut  to  dark  reddish  brown. 
In  shape  the  apothecia  are  shield-like,  but  in  some  species  become  nearly 
round.     They  are  flatter,  less  cup-shaped  than  in  Parmelia. 

Cktraria  lacunosa,  Ach.  (Plate  V.  5.)— Thallus  foliaceous,  the  lobes 
rounded  and  deeply  lacunose,  giving  a  pitted  or  wrinkled  appearance.  The 
margins  are  crenate,  yet  smooth.  Above  it  is  a  light  pearl  color,  sometimes 
with  a  slate  colored  tinge.  When  young  it  is  white  below,  growing  darker 
with  age;   is  easily  detached  from  the  substratum. 


liij-The  April  number  was  issued  Apiil  i6th. 


—42— 

The  apothecia  are  borne  on  the  lobes  of  the  thallus.  They  are  usually 
abundant,  somewhat  elevated  or  pedicellate.  The  disk  is  light  chestnut, 
growing  darker  with  age,  and  perforated  at  the  center.  The  margin,  unlike 
ciliaris,  is  entire.  When  young  the  apothecia  have  the  characteristic  shield 
shape  but  as  they  develop  they  assume  a  round  shape.  Cctraria  lacunosa 
grows  on  trees  and  old  fence  rails  and  while  not  so  generally  found  as  C.  cili- 
aris  is  a  very  common  species. 


Fig.  I.      C.  ciliaris  x  I. 


Cetraria  Ciliaris.  Ach.  (Plate  V.  4,  and 
Fig.  I.)  This  is  the  most  generally  distri- 
buted of  all  the  Cetrarias.     It  is  found  in 

^S^'^-<&^^®*S^^*'iX  ■fiTnic?'        North  and  South  America,  Europe  and  Asia, 
yr^hnLtV^^    «tif^»'"i«  s'-S*  lr?l^     is    especially    abundant   in    Japan.      It    is 

usually  fertile,  and  on  the  same  tree  maybe 
found  dozens  of  specimens  in  all  stages  of 
growth. 

The  thallus  is  foliaceous  with  crenate  or 
finely  cut  margins,  which  are  fringed  with 
cilia,  as  the  specific  name,  ciliaris,  indicates. 
These  are  very  distinct  and  numerous  on 
the  growing  specimen,  but  disappear  to  some  extent  when  pressed.  When 
young  the  thallus  is  greenish  gray  turning  to  olive  and  lastly  to  dark  brown 
with  age.  Beneath  it  is  a  greenish  brown,  with  fibrils  more  or  less  numerous. 
The  lobes  of  the  thallus  are  narrow  and  many  cleft. 

The  apothecia  are  marginal,  rather  large.  The  disk  is  a  light  chestnut 
color  which  turns,  as  it  develops,  to  a  dark  reddish  brown.  The  margins  are 
crenulate,  finely  notched.  This  species  is  found  on  old  rails  and  on  trees,  espe- 
cially hemlocks  and  birches.  It  is  very  commcm  throughout  the  Northern, 
Middle,  and  Southern  States.  It  is  easily  distinguished  from  Cetraria  hicu- 
ttosa.  with  which  it  grows,  by  the  many  cilia  on  the  lobes  of  the  thallus. 
Sometimes  the  apothecia  are  .so  numerous  and  crowded  that  it  is  difficult  to 
realize  that  they  arc  on  the  margin  of  the  thallus. 


Cetraria  iuniperina(L)  Ach.    (Plate  V.  i  and  2.)  Fig.  2    C.  Islandica  XI. 

This    is    a    striking   lichen     on    account    of     its    bright    yellow    thallus, 

which  rivals  in  coloring  Ei'crnia  vulpitia.  The  narrow  crisped  lobes 
of  the  thallus  give  it  a  fluted  appearance,  it  is  sometimes  pale  yellow  be- 
low, then  again  the  same  bright  yellow  as  the  upper  surface. 

The  apothecia  are  submarginal,  of  medium  size,  and  .somewhat  elevated. 
The  disk  is  chestnut,  the  margin  crenulate  and  often  turned  inward. 

Cetraria  juniperi)ia,  7>ar.  Pinastri  Ach.  is  much  like  C.  junipcrijia, 
but  has  more  comj^rcssed  lobes  with  curled  margins,  which  are  thickly  cov- 
ered with  bright  yellow  soredia.  Both  forms  are  found  on  trees  throughout 
the  Eastern  States.      C.  Pinastrii^  sometimes  found  on  rocks  farther  North. 


—43— 

Cetraria  Oakesiana.  Tuckm.  (Plate  V,  3.)— Thallus  foliaceous  and 
compact;  it  adheres  more  closely  to  the  substratum  than  C.  ciliaris  and  C. 
lacunosa.  It  is  a  light  straw  color,  beneath  it  is  brown.  The  lobes  are  finely 
cut  and  lie  quite  fiat,  except  at  the  margins,  where  they  are  curled  and  are 
covered  with  white  soredia. 

Cetraria  Islandica  (L.)  Ach.  (Fig.  2.)  Unlike 
C.  ciliaris  and  C.  lacunosa  this  species  has  a  fruti- 
cose  thallus;  it  is  the  familiar  "  Iceland  Moss,"  and 
is  alpine  or  subalpine  in  its  habitat.  It  grows  on  the 
ground  on  our  higher  mountains,  but  is  fertile  only  in 
the  colder  regions. 

The  thallus  is  erect  and  rather  stiff,  is  channeled, 
with  spine-like  cilia  along  the  margins.  These  are 
so  regularly  placed  that  they  remind  one  of  the 
"feet"  of  a  centipede.  In  color  the  thallus  is  a  light 
brown,  growing  darker  at  the  base  or  point  of  at- 
tachment. Underneath  it  is  almost  white,  and  some- 
times covered  with  soredia. 

The  apothecia,  which  are  rare,  are  large  and  at- 
tached to  the  broadened  lobes  of  the  thallus.  The 
disk  is  a  dark  chestnut,  with  entire  margins. 

Fig.  2.      6.  islandica  x  I. 
The  apothecia  are  marginal,  not  common.     The  disk  is  chestnut  usually 
with  an  irregular  margin. 

This  species  is  generally  found  growing  on  trees,  either  living  or  dead ; 
occasionally  it  occurs  on  rocks  in  an  undeveloped  form. 


Cetraria  Cucui.lata  (Bell.)  Ach.  (Fig. 
3,)  is  found  in  alpine  districts,  and  the 
mountains  of  the  Eastern  and  Western 
States,  on  the  earth,  looking  very  much 
like  a  Cladonia. 

The  thallus  is  erect,  the  edges  much 
rolled,  forming  a  deep  channel.  The  mar- 
gins are  very  undulate.  It  is  a  light  gray 
green,  below  it  is  the  same  color  and  very 
smooth. 

Apothecia  are  very  rare.  They  are  large 
and  adnate  to  the  under  side  of  the 
curled-over  margins.  The  disk  is  chestnut 
with  thin  entire  margin. 


Fig.   3.      C.  CHcnllafa  x  2. 


—44— 


Cetraria  Aurescens.     Tuctm.    (Fig.  4.)    This 
beautiful    lichen    is    found    on    coniferous    trees.  C^ 

The  delicate  green  of  the  thallus,  growing  usually  \^_ 
in  round  mats  with  the  bright  chestnut  colored    \^ 
apothecia    massed    together,  some    tiny  and  cup 
shaped,  others  large  and  flat  with  crenulate  mar-  "°N^"^0 

gfins,    makes    a   very    handsome    picture    on    the 

branches  of  old  hemlock  trees.  Fig-  4-     C.  aurescens  x  I. 

The  thallus  is  foliaceous  and  flat.  The  lobes  are  narrow  and  many  cleft, 
with  crisped  margins.  Beneath  it  is  white  with  many  fine  soft  fibrils  of  the 
same  color,  giving  it  a  woolly  appearance.  The  apothecia  are  on  the  margin 
of  the  inner  lobes  of  the  thallus.  The  outer  edges  of  the  thallus  are  usually 
free  from  apothecia.     The  disk  is  a  light  reddish  brown. 


''^^-W 


Fig.  5.     C.  nriui/is  x  I. 
Apothecia  are  very  rare, 
in  color  are  reddish  yellow. 


Cetraria  Nivalis  (L.)  Ach.  (Fig.  5-)  The 
"Snow  Lichen"  is  a  mountain  species,  found 
on  earth.  The  thallus  is  tufted,  rather  erect. 
The  lobes  are  many  cleft  and  are  somewhat 
channeled,  but  not  turned  inward  as  in  C. 
cucullata.  It  is  straw  color,  a  little  darker  at 
the  base,  which  is  smoother  than   the  upper 

part  of  the  thallus. 

They  are  larger,  with  crenulate   margins   and 


Cetraria  gi.auca.  (L.)  Ach.— Some  forms  of  Parinelia  perlata  are  so 
like  C.  glauca  that  it  is  difticult  to  distinguish  them  by  the  thallus ;  then  as 
the  apothecia  are  very  rare  it  makes  the  problem  more  difficult.  C.  glauca 
adheres  to  the  substratum  more  closely  than  P.  perlata.  The  latter  usually 
has  a  more  robust  appearance  and  is  found  on  rocks.  C.  glauca  occurs  on 
rocks,  but  more  generally  on  trees.  The  upper  surface  of  the  thallus  is  a 
light  straw  color,  below  it  is  black  and  smooth.  The  ragged  edges  of  the 
lobes  are  usually  covered  with  soredia.  Apothecia,  when  present,  are  large, 
subterminal,  disk  chestnut  color  with  rough  margins. 

Cetraria  glauca  (L)  Ach.  var.  STENorHVLLA,  is  found  also  in  the 
mountains.  The  upper  surface  of  the  thallus  is  a  grayish  white,  beneath  it  is 
black,  but  as  the  lobes  turn  over  the  effect  on  both  sides  is  black  and  white. 
The  lobes  of  the  thallus  are  narrower  than  in  C.  glauca  and  are  thickly  cov- 
ered with  coral-like  soredia. 

Cetraria  aculeata  (Schreb.)  Fr.  Thallus  much  tufted  and  fruticose, 
erect  and  very  brittle,  with  spine-like  branches  which  are  covered  with  spin- 
ules.  The  color  is  a  dark  brown  and  the  surface  looks  polished.  In  appear- 
ance it  is  much  like  a  Cladonia.  Apothecia  are  very  rare.  They  are  a  little 
darker  than  the  thallus  and  on  the  margins  are  fine  spinules. 


—45  — 


J^ 


*ll# 


Cf.tr  ARIA  PiATVPUvi.i.A,  Tuckm. 
(Fig.  6.)  Thallus  foliaceous.  rather  rigid, 
leaf-like  and  much  wrinkled.  It  is  dark 
brown,  rather  paler  beneath,  with  no 
fibrils.  The  lobes  are  round  and  slightly 
notched.  The  apothecia  are  medium, 
marginal,  disk  a  little  darker  brown 
than  the  thallus,  and  the  edges  are 
rough.  C.  plaiyphylla  resembles  some 
of  the  vStictas  in  appearance. 

Cetraria  ai.eurites.  (Ach.)  Th.  Fr.. 
a  common  one  in  the  Northern  and  Middle  States,  and  is  found  in  the  moun- 
tains of  the  Southern  States.  It  grows  on  trees  and  dead  wood,  especially 
on  coniferous  trees,  and  adheres  closely  to  the  substratum.  The  thallus  is  folia- 
ceous.  with  deep  clefts,  and  is  usually  covered  with  isidiod  granules  which 
at  the  center  sometmies  form  a  thick  crust.  It  is  straw  color,  in  some  speci- 
mens is  greener  than  in  others.  Beneath  it  is  paler  and  much  wrinkled  with 
brown  fibrils.  Apothecia  are  found  on  the  margin  of  the  thallus;  they  are  a 
pale  chestnut  color,  with  granules  on  the  margin. 


Fig.  6.      C.  platyphylla  x  I. 
is  not  a  conspicuous  l.,ichen,  but  is 


SCAPANIA   EVANSII  N.  SP. 

By  N.  Bryhn. 


In  appearance  not  unlike  the  larger  forms  of  Scapania  conve.xa  Scop. 
{Sc.  umbrosa    Dum.)     Dioicus,  the    male   plants    mixed  with  the  female, 
about  lo  mm.   high,  with  the  leaves  2.25  to  2.5  mm.   wide,  caespitose,  the 
tufts  quite  spread  out,  not  very  dense,  below  dark  green,  above  yellowish- 
or  ochraceous-green,  very  closely  set  with  leaves. 

Stem  rigid,  slightly  and  distantly  branched,  ascending  or  erect,  on  the 
under  side  densely  covered  with  long  hyaline  radicles,  dark  colored,  below 
blackish,  o  2  mm.  thick,  in  cross-section  round-oval,  the  peripheral  cells  with 
pigmented  walls  in  one  or  two  layers. 

Leaves  pellucid,  but  firm,  quite  densely  imbricated,  equal  or  subequal, 
spreading  at  a  right  angle  with  the  stem,  folded  and  sharply  keeled,  two- 
thirds  to  three-fourths  divided  into  two  unequal  lobes;  the  keel  of  the 
leaves  distinctly  winged  below  the  conduplicate  angle  of  the  lobes,  the  wing 
entire,  two  to  four  cells  wide. 

Posterior  lobe  of  leaves  obliquely  obovate-oval,  very  slightly  convex, 
hardly  decurrent,  with  obtuse  apex,  and  with  margin  throughout  more  or 
less  densely  dentate  with  small,  sharp  and  slender  teeth,  each  formed  of  a 

single  cell. 

Anterior  lobe  half  as  large,  closely  pressed  against  the  stem  and  the 
posterior  lobe,  obliquely  cordate-reniform,  reaching  well  across  the  stem, 
strongly  convex,  its  apex  obtuse,  the  incurved  margin  finely  and  distantly 
dentate  with  small  teeth. 


-46- 

Cells  small,  roundish-quadrate,  strongly  and  uniformly  thickened, 
without  pronounced  trigofjes ;  cuticle  distinctly  verruculose. 

Perianth  to  3  mm.  high,  at  the  apex  1.6  ram.  wide,  long-exserted, 
obconic,  compressed,  its  cells  strongly  incrassate;  its  mouth  decurved,  trun- 
cate and  wide,  slit  down  on  one  side,  minutely  dentate  or  frequently  en- 
tire. 

At  the  apex  of  the  uppermost  leaves  are  numerous  ochraceous,  oval, 
one-celled  gemmae  collected  into  conspicuous  clusters. 

Type  locality:  Near  Washington,  District  of  Columbia,  U.  S.  A.,  where 
Mr.  J.  M.  Holzinger  collected  it  abundantly  in  Rock  Creek  Park,  associated 
with  DitricJnnii  pallidjim,  kindly  sending  it  to  me  under  the  name  of 
Scapania  ne/norosa  {6.e\.erm.  Evans.)  To  the  distinguished  hepatologist  A. 
W,  Evans,  who  has  done  me  many  kind  favors  in  the  past  ten  years,  I  have 
dedicated  this  species. 

Scapania  nemorosa  (L. )  Dura.  Sii\A  Scapaiiia  graci/is  (Lindb. ),  spe- 
cies without  doubt  very  closely  related  to  it,  are  distinguished  as  follows: 

Scapanui  nonorosa  differs  by  its  greater  stature ;  by  the  size  of  all  its 
parts;  by  its  green  color ;  by  its  more  branching  and  flexuous  stem,  which 
is  less  rigid  and  less  radiculose  ;  by  its  accrescent  leaves,  which  are  less  firm, 
distant,  with  anterior  lobe  usually  apiculate,  erect-spreading  (not  closely  ap- 
pressed),  less  convex,  with  posterior  lobe  strongly  recurved  and  decurrent, 
both  lobes  closely  dentate;  by  the  larger,  less  incrassate  cells;  and  by  the 
raouth  of  the  perianth  hardly  incised,  and  densely  dentate. 

Scapatiia gracilis  6.\^Qx?,  by  the  greater  lengtljof  its  stem  ;  by  the  anterior 
lobe  of  the  leaves  not  being  ajipressed,  and  the  posterior  lobe  being  only 
half  as  large  as  its  corresponding  anterior  lobe  and  strongly  convex,  its  upper 
margin  reflexed  and  decurrent;  by  the  marginal  teeth  of  the  leaves  being 
broad  at  the  base;  likewise  by  the  cells  being  more  strongly  incrassate;  by 
the  conspicuous  trigones,  by  the  mouth  of  the  perianth  being  densely  set 
with  long  and  broad  teeth,  its  cells  very  strongly  incrassate. 

Honefoss,  Norway,  March,   1901. 


^NECROLOGY. 


Died — Prof.  Henri  Philibert,  at  Aix,  Germany,  on  May  14,  1901,  in  his 
79th  year.  Deceased  was  professeur  honoraire  at  the  Faculty  of  Letters  in 
Aix,  but  he  is  also  known  as  a  bryologist  of  note.  Both  Science  and 
Literature  will  join  his  bereaved  family  and  friends  in  mourning  his  loss. 

J.  M.  H. 


♦Readers  of  the  Bryologist  will  recall  the  mention  of  Prof.  Philibert  in  Dr.  Grout's 
article  on  the  peristance  in  the  April  Bryologist. 


—47— 

NEW   AMERICAN   MOSSES. 

PonLiA  (Cacodon)   Porosa  Lindb.   Fils.* 

/;;///.    Torrcy  Boi.    Club,  27:  318-  pl-  -'/,   1900. 


"Dioicous:  caespitose:  Stems  nearly  2cm.  high,  round  in  transverse 
section.  0.25mm.  in  diameter;  cortical  cells  small,  incrassate,  brown;  inner 
cells  larger,  yellow;  central  strand  formed  of  very  small  hyaline  cells; 
rufous-tomentose  below,  the  rhizoids  slightly  papillose.  Leaves  ovate- 
lanceolate,  acute,  rigid,  imbricate,  green,  concave,  appressed  when  dry,  not 
glossy,  and  not  bordered,  becoming  brown  when  old;  the  lower  leaves 
small,  0.6-imm.  long,  margins  plane;  the  upper  leaves  gradually  larger  and 
more  crowded,  margins  reliexed,  crenulate;  nerve  thick,  0.075-0.  imm.  broad 
at  the  middle  of  the  leaf,  brownish  at  base  and  when  old.  vanishing  be- 
low the  apex,  bi-convex, 'prominent  on  the  back ;  cells  small,  incrassate, 
porose,  irregular:  the  apical  cells  rhomboidal,  0.02-0. 03mm.  long  and 
0.005-0.009  broad;  the  median  cells  rectangular  or  sub-vermicular,  about 
0.05mm.  long;  the  basal  cells  rectangular  or(quadrate,  about  o.oimm  broad. 
Perichaetial  leaves  larger,  about  2mm.  long  and  0.55mm.  broad,  from  an 
oblong  base,  acute,  margins  reliexed  throughout  and  crenulate;  nerve  van- 
ishing in  apex,  thick,  strongly  flattened  at.  base,  the  blade  formed  of  2-3 
layers  of  cells;  cells  as  in  the  other  leaves:  inner  bracts  somewhat  obtuse, 
small,  0.05-1. 4mm.  long;  margins  plane,  crenulate;  cells  highly  porose, 
incrassate.  .Seta  1.5mm.  high,  red,  0.23mm.  thick,  geniculate  towards 
the  base,  very  smooth,  flexuose  When  dry.  Capsule  subcylindrical,  erect 
and  symmetric;  2.5mm.  high  and  imm.  thick,  brown,  slightly  constricted 
under  the  mouth  when  dry  and  deoperculate;  exothecial  cells  irregularly 
quadrate  and  rectangular,  walls  more  or  less  flexuose,  not  incrassate, 
0.02mm.  broad;  stomata  superficial;  annulus  broad,  revolute.  Teeth  of  the 
exostome  0.33mm.  high,  narrowly  lanceolate,  very  acute,  pale  yellow,  mar- 
gined at  apex,  minutely  papillose,  articulations  about  25;  endostome  imper- 
fectly developed,  hyaline,  very  smooth;  cilia  none  or  rudimentary:  segments 
narrow,  perforated,  rarely  equalling  the  teeth.  Spores  pellucid,  green,  very 
smooth,  0.017  (o.oi5-o.oi9mm.)  Operculum  0.4mm.  high,  from  a  convex  base, 
conic  and  obtuse.     Male  plants  unknown. 

A  very  beautiful  species,  most  closely  related  to  Pohlia  erecia  Lindb. 
(Revue  Bryologique,  lO:  7-8,  1883),  but  differs  in  the  better  developed 
endostome,  larger  capsule,  thicker  costa,  smaller,  incrassate,  porose 
cells,  etc." 

"  Hab.  North  America,  Washington,  Mt.  Rainier,  8th  Sept.,  1898. 
Coll.  by  J.  A.  Allen.  On  moist  ground,  altitude  about  6,500  ft.  Kindly  sent 
me  by  Mrs.  Britton." 


♦Translated  for  The  BryoloGIST  by  Miss  Edith  A.  Warner. 


—48- 

TWO  NEW  VARIETIES  OF  BRACHYTHECIUH. 

By  a.  J.   Grout. 


Brachythecium  rivularelaxum.— Plants  very  lax,  sparingly  branched  ; 
leaves  distant,  more  loosely  areolate  than  in  the  typical  form;  all  but  the 
lowest  slenderly  acuminate  as  in  B.  rutabitlmn  but  with  the  alar  cells  of  B. 
rivulare.     In  habit  this  resembles  robust  forms  of  Hypnum  cordifoliuin. 

Probably  this  is  a  good  species,  but 
as  it  has  been  collected  but  once  and  in 
a  sterile  condition,  it  seems  best  to 
await  a  fuller  knowledge  of  the  plant 
before  giving  it  more  than  varietal 
i  rank.  B.  rhnilare  varies  greatly  in 
V  habit,  but  this  is  the  only  form  with 
slenderly  acuminate  leaves  that  I  have 
ever  met  with. 


Fig.   I.   B.  rh'ulare  /a.r»»!  x  i;  c, 
Stem  leaf  of  the  same  x  5 ;  b, 
Stem  leaf  of  B.  rizmlare  x  5. 


Avalanche  Trail,  Flathead  Co.,  N.  W. 
Montana,  July  29,  i8g8.  Coll.  J.  M. 
Holzinger  and  J.  B.  Blake. 


Brachythecium  Collinum  Holzinckki. 
ally  acuminate  than  in  the 
typical  form,  with  broader 
cells;  also  less  serrate  pri- 
mordial utricle  very  dis- 
tinct. 

Base  of  Sperry  Glacier, 
N.  W.  Montana,  July  25, 
1898.  Coll.  J.  M.  Holzinger 
and  J.  B.  Blake. 


-Lca\es  larger  and  more  gradu- 


Types  in  herbarium  of  A. 
J.  Grout. 


Fig. 


a,  Branch  leaves  of  B .  collimnn 

•r. 
B .  col  Union  x  20. 


Holzingeri  x  20:  b.   Branch  leaves  of 


CURRENT  BRYOLOQICAL  LITERATURE. 

Recherches  Anatomiques  sur  les  Leucobryacees. 
By  M.  Jules  Cardot. 


This  work  is  a  reprint  from  the  Memoires  dela  Societe  nationale  des  Sci- 
ences naturelles  et  mathematiques  de  Cherbourg,  Tome  XXXII,  1900.  It 
comprises  84  pages  of  printed  matter  and  19  fine  plates  The  latter  represent 
mostly  leaf  sections  beautifully  drawn  with  camera  lucida,  and  are  selected, 
according  to  the  author,  from  upward  of  two  thousand  drawings  made  during 


—49— 

the  two  years  occupied  in  this  fascinating  research.  They  represent  the  result 
of  work  on  upward  of  230  species,  or  forms  considered  as  such,  176  of  which 
are  described,  while  the  rest  lie  in  the  herbaria,  bearing  so  far  only  noinnia 
niida.  It  is  a  joy  to  look  upon  such  a  masterpiece  of  manual  skill  and  un- 
tiring scientific  devotion,  a  model  both  in  its  mechanical  aspect,  and  the  sci- 
entific spirit  which  breathes  from  all  its  pages.  It  was  "crowned"  by  the 
Academ}^  in  whose  Memoirs  it  was  first  published,  an  honor  which  it  well 
deserves. 

According  to  the  author  the  leaf  structure  furnishes  the  ground  for 
separating  this  group  into  four  tribes  comprising  nine  genera.  An  excellent 
conspectus  of  characters  is  given  at  the  close  of  the  detailed  discussions, 
summarizing  the  author's  anatomical  observations. 

Mr.  Cardot,  in  his  introductory  remarks,  sums  up  the  points  which  his 
researches  have  tended  to  establish  as  follows: 

*•  1.  A  more  e.xact  knowledge  of  the  anatomical  structure  of  the  leaf, 
heretofore  described  by  all  authors  in  a  very  inadequate  manner.  Not  suffi- 
cient emphasis  was  laid  on  the  fact  that,  in  the  majority  of  species,  the  leaf 
structure  varies  according  to  the  level  at  which  it  is  examined,  and  that  in  a 
manner  constant  for  a  given  species.  In  this  fact  will  be  found  good  indica- 
tions for  the  delimitation  of  species. 

"  2.  Confirmation  of  the  theory  of  Lindberg,  who  considered  the  leaf  of 
the  Le  1(1  oby inns  to  be  formed  almost  entirely  of  a  very  much  dilated  costa, 
while  the  majority  of  authors  claim,  wrongly,  that  it  is  deprived  of  costa. 

"3.  Indications,  from  the  morphological  and  anatomical  investigations, 
of  characters  which  relate  the  Leitcobryaceae  on  the  one  hand  to  the  Dioan- 
aceat',  on  the  other  hand  to  the  genus  Syrr/iopochvi. 

"  4.  A  more  satisfactory  and  more  natural  delimitation  of  the  generic 
groups  by  the  aid  of  the  anatomical  structure  of  the  leaf.'' 

/.  M.  Holzinger. 

The  European  Sphagnaceae. 
By  E.  Charles  Horrell,   F.   L.   S. 


Mr.  Horrell  has  recently  issued  in  separate  form  his  several  papers  on 
these  mosses,  reprinted  from  the  Journal  of  Botany,  April  to  December, 
1900,  and  repaged  consecutively,  making  it  a  very  serviceable  handbook 
for  European  students  of  this  group.  In  the  introduction  the  author  gives 
a  fairly  complete  bibliography  of  the  group.  Pp.  5-13  contain  an  excellent 
key  to  the  species;  and  on  pp.  39  to  41  is  found  a  revised  key  to  the  Cuspi. 
datu))i  group.  The  treatment  throughout  is  after  'Warnstorf.  Of  the  fifty 
species  (taking  no  account  of  the  numerous  varieties)  which  are  treated  and 
carefully  described  in  this  little  volume,  35  are  common  to  North  America. 
And  it  is  partly  for  this  reason  that  this  work  is  brought  to  the  attention  of 
American  students.  But  the  feature  that  commends  itself  most  especially  to 
the  writer,  is  the  description  of  the  method  of  staining  and  handling  these 
plants  for  successful  study,  given  on  pp.  3-4.  The  author's  address  is  E. 
Charles  Horrell,  49  Danby  Street,  Peckham  S.  E.,  London.  /.   M.  H. 


—  50— 
Webera  Proligera  in  Amesbury,  Mass. 


There  is  a  small  brook  in  this  town  about  a  mile  in  length,  flowing 
through  sandy  land  and  emptying  into  the  Merrimac  river.  For  some  dis- 
tance from  the  head  of  this  stream  the  banks  are  covered  with  various 
mosses,  but  I  have  never  found  any  of  the  Webera  group;  the  brook  is  then 
joined  by  another  rivulet  which  has  cut  for  itself  a  channel  in  the  live  sand 
some  thirty  feet  in  depth.  These  banks  of  wet  sand  are  densely  covered 
with  Webera  proligera  (Lind)Kind.  From  this  place  on,  both  banks  of  the 
brook  are  covered  with  this  moss,  although  hardly  any  fruit  can  be  found 
anywhere  It  is  easy  to  see  how  this  wonderful  multiplication  is  brought 
about,  for  in  the  autumn  one  can  find  plenty  of  the  peculiar  bulbils  which 
grow  on  the  stem  of  this  moss  near  its  apex,  but  in  the  spring  these  growths 
are  mostly  gone.  In  the  winter  season  the  banks  are  covered  with  ice  and 
snow  and  deposit  them  in  the  mud  further  down,  thus  producing  plants  all 
along.— y.    W.  Huntington  in  Rhodora  for  April,  igoi. 


In  the  Journal  of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden  for  ]\Iay,  1901,  Mrs.  Brit- 
ton  has  a  very  interesting  note  on  Physcomitrium  turbinatum  and  its  varia- 
tions. Plants  grown  from  earth  potted  in  September  in  comparative  darkness 
in  the  green  houses  with  steam  pipes  overhead,  matured  capsules  by  January 
but  the  plants  were  small  with  setae  about  one  cm.  long.  In  January  the  pots 
were  removed  to  more  favorable  positions  with  bottom  heat  and  more  light 
when  spores  from  the  same  pots  and  undoubtedly  of  the  same  kind,  devel- 
oped plants  with  setae  twice  as  long,  of  a  lighter  color,  and  with  smaller 
and  more  turbinate  capsules.  These  last  in  every  way  resembled  the  Loui- 
siana specimens  which  have  been  called  var.  Langloisii  R.  &  C.  The  rough- 
ness of  the  spore,  the  amount  of  thickening  of  the  elongated  cells  around 
the  mouth,  the  shape  of  the  capsules  and  the  amount  of  contraction  below 
the  mouthwhen.  were  all  found  to  be  dependent  upon  the  stage  ot  develop- 
ment reached  by  the  plants  before  becoming  dry  and  shrivelled.  "So  that 
the  amount  of  rain  in  spring  would  alter  and  control  these  characters  and 
cause  considerable  variation,  even  in  the  same  patch."  As  these  are  just  the 
characters  upon  which  many  varietal  and  specific  distinctions  are  based,  it 
is  easy  to  see  the  importance  of  Mrs.  Britton's  observations.  A.J.  G. 


NOTES  ON  RARE  AND  LITTLE  KNOWN  MOSSES. 

By    J.    M.     HOLZINGER. 


DITRICHUM  ELATUM  Kindb.  For  years  I  have  collected  near  Win- 
ona a  sterile  moss,  the  generic  relationship  of  which  I  could  not  satisfactorily 
determine.  Not  more  successful  were  several  of  my  bryological  friends  to 
whom  I  submitted  it.  To  Mr.  W.  C.  Nicholson  is  due  the  credit  of 
placing  it  in  the  vicinity  of  Ditrichiim  flexicaule  densum  (Schimp.).    There- 


—51— 

upon  Dr.  Best  (who  ought  to  have  written  this  note)  suggested  that  it  might 
be  Ditrichum  elatum  Kindb.  And  when  I  submitted  the  Minnesota 
plant  to  Dr.  Kindberg,  he  very  kindly  looked  it  over,  and  recognized  it  as 
identical  with  his  species.  Subsequently,  in  an  effort  to  determine  the  dis- 
tinctive features  of  Ditrichum  flexicaule  dens u in,  D.  fle.xicaule  brevifolium 
(=D.  elation),  and  D.  Macon nii,  I  received  the  following  materials  : 

1.  From  Dr.  Kindberg:  Ditrichum  elatujn  K.\n6herg,  collected  by  J. 
Macoun  at  Devil's  Lake,  Canada,  in  1891. 

2.  From  the  Columbia  University  Herbarium,  through  the  courtesy  of 
Mrs.  E.  G.  Britton:  Ditrichum  flexicaule  densum,  from  the  following 
stations  : 

a.  Switzerland,  Jaeger,  1866; 

b.  Belgium,  Gravet,  1875; 

c.  "  Barwalde,"   Ruthe; 

d.  Schwarzwald,  Zickendrath,  1868; 

e.  Sweden,   Schentz; 

/.   Scotland,   Fowler,   1S72; 
<'■.  Ditrichum  Macounii  Kindb.,  from  British   Columbia.   Macoun,  1890. 

3.  From  Mr.  R.  S.  Williams:  Ditrichum  fle.xicaule  dens u in  (B.  &  S.) 
Braith,  collected  by  him  in  1898,  in  the  Yukon  region. 

3.  From  the  National  Hebarium,  through  the  courtesy  of  Dr.  J.  N. 
Rose:  Ditrichum  flexicaule  densum,  from — 

a.  Norway,   Hagen,   1SS7. 

b.  Mt.    Benson,    Vancouver  Island,    Macoun   (Can.    Muse.   461). 

c.  Ditrichum    flexicaule      brevifolium    Kindb.        From    Devil's    Lake, 

Rocky  Mts.,  Macoun,  1891. 

4.  From  Mr.  Jules  Cardot:  two  plants,  both  from  France,  one  coll. 
Cardot,  1883;  the  other  coll.  Madiot,  1882. 

5.  From  Mr.  W.  E.  Nicholson:  two  English  plants;  one  coll.  near 
Pecca  Falls,  H.  N.  Di.Kon,  1886;  the  other,  from  Northamptonshire,  H.  N. 
Di.xon  ("teste  Braithwaite"),  1886. 

6.  In  my  own  herbarium,  I  find  Ditrichum  flexicaule  densum,  from 
Germany,  Schemmann,  1S95;  also  from  Norway,  Dixon  &  Nicholson,  1900. 

In  a  considerable  series  of  Ditrichum  flexicaule,  the  species  in  my 
herbarium,  I  find  quite  a  variation,  both  toward  the  var.  longifolium,  and 
toward  the  var.  densum.  It  is  the  latter  forms  alone  that  concern  us  here. 
Of  these  I  select  the  following  two, 

1.  Dr.  Bryhn's  plant,  cfr.,  from  Norway,  June,  1900: 

2.  Mr.  Jensen's  plant,  from  Denmark,  September,  1882. 
These  two  plants  are  increasingly   smaller  than   typical  forms  of  the 

species.     They  also  have  increasingly  smaller  leaves. 

Jensen's  plant  yields  little,  if  anything,  in  both  size  and  appearance  to 
Canadian  Musci  461 ;  and  Bryhn's  plant  stands  squarely  between  these  and 
the  true  species.  And,  with  hardly  an  exception,  the  other  plants  cited 
aboVe  are  smaller,  in  more  dense  cushions,  with  variously  shortened  leaf 
apex,  and  young  shoots  vigorous  or  slender,  according  to  climatic  conditions. 


—52— 

I  find  only  two  pronounced  extremes  in  this  reduction  from  the  species. 
One  of  these  is  the  variety  densuin,  with  longer  leaf  points  ;  the  larger  forms 
of  this  occur  all  over  Europe,  and  in  North  America ;  the  slender  forms  include 
Fowler's  plant  from  Scotland,  Williams"  from  the  Yukon  region,  and 
Ditrichum  Macoiniii.  The  other  of  them  is  not  so  common,  but  occurs  in 
England,  in  Northamptonshire,  coll.  Dixon  ("teste  Braithw." ),  in  Canada, 
Rocky  Mts.  (D.  fle.xicaule  brcvifoliiiin^D.  e latum  Kindb),  at.d  abundantly 
in  the  upper  Mississippi  valley.  It  seems  to  me  that  Dr.  Kindberg's  first 
name  Ditrichum  fle.xicaule  brevifoiiuin,  very  appropriate  for  this  short- 
leafed  form,  should  stand.  But  I  hardly  think  that  either  D.  datum  or  D. 
Macounii,  will  eventually  stand  as  different  species. 


CLIMAClUn  WEB.  &  MOHR.  ITER  SUEC.  96.   1804. 

Large  handsome  mosses  with  a  tree-like  habit  of  growth  from  under- 
ground creeping  stems  (Fig.  1.  a).  vSometimes  prostrate,  or  floating  in 
very  wet  places.  Stem  and  branches-bearing  paraphyllia  (/.  e.  branch- 
ing filaments  which  are  chlorophyll-bearing).  The  leaves  are  arranged 
evenly  on  all  sides  of  the  stems  and  branches  and  are  all  somewhat  decur- 
rent  but  vary  greatly  in  shape  and  structure.  The  leaves  figured  are  from 
the  middle  of  well  developed  branches.  The  leaves  of  the  main  upright 
stems  are  very  large,  thin,  with  little  chlorophyll,  closely  imbricated  and 
clasping.  Branch  leaves  smaller,  of  a  different  shape  and  texture,  chloro- 
phyllose.  All  our  species  are  dioicous.  The  seta  is  long  and  smooth, 
twisted  to  the  right  when  dry.  Calyptra  split  on  one  side,  long,  reaching  to 
the  base  of  the  capsule.  Capsule  erect,  cylindric;  operculum  conic-rostate 
with  the  beak  often  oblique;  annulus  none;  peristome  double;  teeth  linear- 
lanceolate,  very  long,  closely  articulate,  minutely  papillose,  without  the 
fine  transverse  lines  on  the  lower  part  of  the  teeth  that  characterize  the 
Hypnaceae;  segments  as  long  as  the  teeth,  keeled,  split  between  the 
articulations,  often  split  to  the  apex  when  old,  united  at  the  base  into  a 
continuous  narrow  basal  membrane,  minutely  papillose;  spores  minutely 
papillose. 

Mosses  of  swampy  woods  and  fields ;  fruiting  with  comparative  infre- 
quency.  The  systematic  position  of  this  genus  is  as  yet  undetermined.  It 
certainly  does  not  belong  in  the  Isotheciae  where  it  has  previously  been 
placed.  The  lack  of  transverse  lines  on  the  peristome  teeth  indicates  that 
it  is  either  not  closely  related  to  the  Hypnaceae  or  else  is  a  very  highly  modi- 
fied member  of  that  family.  It  has  been  placed  with  the  Fontinalaceae  but 
there  is  much  to  be  said  against  this  view.  Perhaps  a  separate  subfamily 
Climaceae  of  the  Hypnaceae  will  be  as  satisfactory  arrangement  as  can  be 
made  with  our  present  knowledge.  There  are  three  species  known  to  North 
America,  one  of  which,  C.  dendrotdes,  is  common  in  Europe. 

I.  Capsules  3  to  4  times  as  long  as  broad;  median  leaf  cells 

10  times  as  long  as  broad,  C  dendroides. 

Capsules  5-6:  i ;  median  leaf  cells  2-7:   i,  2. 


—  53— 


2.   Plants   of   a  distinctly  tree-like  habit:  median  leaf  cells 


5-7:   I. 


C.  Americanum, 


Plants  growing  in  dense  tufts  so  that  the  tree-like  habit  is 
obscured,  or  prostrate  and  hypnoid  in  appearace; 
median  leaf  cells  2-3;    i,  C.  Kindbergii 


I.     Climacium    Dendroides  (L.)  Web.  &  Mohr,  1.  c. 

Plants  bright  green,  7-9  cm.  high  ;  branches  spreading,  flexuous ;  branch 
leaves  loosely  imbricate,  2  x  0.7  mm.,  the  upper  oblong  lanceolate;  lower 
ovate — lanceolate:  denticulate  at  base,  sharply  serrate  above,  obtuse,  bisul 
cate,  costate   nearly  to   apex;  basal  angles   sometimes   slightly   enlarged; 


Fig.  I.  a,  Climacium  Americanum  x  i.     b,  Capsule  x  10.    c.  Branch  leaf 
X  10.     d.  Branch  leaf  of   C.  dendroides  x  10.     e,  Capsule  of  the  same  x  10. 


—54— 

median  cells  linear-rhomboidal  to  linear  hexagonal,  7-10:1;  alar  and  apical 
cells  much  shorter  and  broader;  stem  leaves  larger,  2-3  mm.  long,  ovate, 
entire,  apiculate. 

Inner  perichaetial  leaves  oblong  to  oblong-ovate,  slightly  serrate  at  the 
apex,  long  acuminate,  thinly  costate,  costa  often  short  or  wanting:  leaf 
brownish  yellow  below:  seta  2.5-3.5  cm.  long,  reddish  brown;  capsule 
lighter  in  color,  cylindric,  a.'bo\it''4cm»i.long,  s-4-' ' .'  operculum  often  remain- 
ing attached  to  columella;  peristome  reddish-brown;  spores  0.013-0.022 
mm.  in  diameter,  maturing  in  autumn. 

Type  locality  European,  probably  vSwedish. 

Wet  ground,  borders  of  streams,  swamps  and  lakes,  especially  in  the 
mountains  ;  more  common  than  is  indicated  by  Lesq.  &  James  in  the  Manual. 
Ranging  through  the  northern  and  western  part  of  the  continent  from  New 
Brunswick  to  St.  Paul  Island,  Behring  sea;  south  to  New  Jersey,  Colorado 
and   California.     Not   recorded   from   Pennsylvania  or   the    North   Central 

States. 

A  form  from  Oregon  with  "leaves  narrowed  at  base,  less  serrate  at 
apex,  sometimes  subentire"  is  called  var.  Oregonense  by  Renauld  and 
Cardot. 

2.     Clim.^cium  Americantm  Brtd.  Sp.  Muse.  Stppl.  part  2:45-     1812. 

Plants  bright  green,  5-7  cm.  high;  branches  usually  straight  and  taper- 
ing; branch  leaves  closelv  imbricate,  2  x  i  mm.;  upper  oblong-lanceolate, 
broadly  auriculate :  lower  ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  denticulate  below, 
sharply  serrate  above,  more  acute  than  in  the  last,  bisulcate.  costate  nearly 
to  the  apex;  leaf  cells  more  nearly  uniform  than  in  C.  dcndroides\  median 
cells  oblong-hexagonal  5-7:  i;  stem  and  perichaetal  leaves  as  in  C.  den 
droides.  Seta  2-3  cm.  long,  brown :  capsule  cylindric,  brown,  about  6  mm 
Ion (T  ^-6:1:  peristome  reddish  brown,  teeth  sometimes  slightly  perforated: 
spores  o. 014-0. oiS  mm.,  maturing  in  autumn. 

Distinguished  from  C.  dendroides  by  its  more  closely  imbricated  leaves, 
broadly  auriculate  branch  leaves,  longer  capsules  and  leaf  cells. 

Swamps,  wet  soil  and  rocks,  rotten  logs,  etc. 

This  species  is  exclusively  American,  It  is  found  in  the  northern  and 
eastern  States,  ranging  from  Canada  to  North  Carolina  and  probably  south 
to  the  Gulf;  west  to  Minnesota,  Iowa,  Illinois  and  Missouri.  ■'  Rocky  moun- 
tains eastward,"  Roll  in  Hedwigia,  36:  46.     1S97. 

3.    Ci.i.MACiUM    KiN-nnERcii   (R.    &    C.)      Grout. 

C.   Americanum  Kindbergii '^.  &  C.  Bot.  Gaz.  15:   1S90. 

Plants  dark  green,  almost  black,  below  rarely  lighter  green,  growing 
typically  in  dense  tufts  or  cusliions  in  very  wet  swamps,  somewhat  tree- 
like in  habit,  but  growing  so  compactly  together  as  to  obscure  the  den- 
droid appearance.  On  the  edges  of  pools  and  on  sticks  and  stones,  in 
pools  the  stems  are  decumbent,  irregularly  branching,  often  floating,  den- 
droid secondary  stems  rarely  present. 


—55- 


Fig.  2.  a.  Median  leaf  cells  of  Cli»iaciu)ii  dendroides  x  250.  b,  Same  of 
C.  Americanum  x  250.  c,  Same  of  C.  Kindbergii  x  250.  d,  Two  branch 
leaves  of  C.  KhidbcrL^ii  x  10. 

Stem  leaves  scattering,  ovate;  branch  leaves  ovate-lanceolate,  some- 
what auriculate,  less  differentiated  than  in  C.  Americanum,  clasping  by 
enlarged  rounded  basal  angles,  sulcate ;  areolation  nearly  uniform;  median 
cells  oblong-hexagonal,  2-3:  i.  Seta  usually  much  longer  and  more  flexu- 
ous  than  in  CAmericamnit.  capsule  about  the  same  as  in  that  species, 
2-4  cm.  long;  teeth  of  peristome  usually  more  or  less  perforate. 

ExsiccATi.— Austin  Muse.  Appal.  2S9:  Ren.  &  Card.  Muse.  Am.  Sept. 
Exsic.     23S. 

The  specimens  of  Sull  &  Lesq.  Muse.  Bor.  Am.  Ed.  2,  42.  in  the  Colum- 
bia College  Herbarium  are  this  variety  as  are  also  Drummond's  Muse.  Am. 
(S.  States)  120. 

A  closer  study  of  this  form  has  convinced  me  that  it  is  a  good  spe- 
cies closely  related  to  C.  Americanum  as  occasional  forms  with  the  short 
leaf  cells  and  a  dendroid  habit  or  auriculate  leaves  are  occasionally  met 
with.  The  typical  form  seems  most  abundant  along  the  coast  and  in  the 
South,  but  in  general  this  species  has  the  range  of  C.  Americanum,  but  is 
much  less  frequent  inland  than  that  species.  Aquatic  forms  of  the  other 
two  species  may  be  confused  with  this. 

Usually  distinguished  at  a  glance  by  its  color  and  habit  of  growth: 
surely  determined  by  the  larger,  proportionately  broader  branch  leaves 
without  the  conspicuous  auricles  of  C.  Americanum  yet  more  auriculate 
than  C.  dendroides,  and  specially  by  its  very  short  leaf  cells. 


►The  distinguishing  characteristics  of  each  species  are  printed  in  italic. 
**The  heavy  faced  numerals  indicate  volume  numbers  and  the  numerals  immediately 
iollowing  the  semicolon  indicate  pages. 


-56- 

CHAPTER  NOTES. 

Our  President  has  been  suffering  from  ill  health  since  an  attack  of  grip 
in  the  winter,  and  by  advice  of  his  physician  has  taken  a  trip  to  Europe, 
hoping  that  the  rest  and  change  will  restore  him  to  his  former  good  health. 
Our  good  wishes  go  with  him,  and  we  earnestly  hope  he  may  receive  all  the 
benefits  hoped  for  from  the  trip.  Before  leaving  he  prepared  manuscript 
for  a  popular  monograph  of  the  TInidiutns,  which  will  be  published,  with 
copious  illustrations,  in  the  October  Bryologist.  A.  J.  G. 

Rev.  W.  W.  Watts,  Ballina,  New  South  Wales,  has  sent  a  second  pack- 
age of  eighty  of  the  rarer  Australian  mosses,  with  several  new  species. 
These  mosses  are  worth  double  the  pr.ce  asked  (see  October,  1900,  Bryolo- 
gist),each  specimen  containing  plants  in  various  stages  of  development  where 
this  is  desirable,  all  with  such  complete  data  and  withal  so  nicely  set  up, 
that  it  is  a  joy  to  handle  them. — A.  J/.  S. 

Glycerine  jelly  as  frequently  purchased  is  too  thin  to  make  good  keeping 
slides.  It  should  be  placed,  uncorked,  on  the  back  part  of  a  stove  for  several 
days  till  it  has  evaporated  suiliciently  to  be  quite  hard  when  cooled.  Then  if 
care  is  taken  not  to  place  thick  and  thin  sections  on  the  same  slide  and  just 
the  right  amount  of  jelly  used,  let  the  cover  sink  slowly  by  its  own  weight 
into  place  and  do  not  use  pins  or  clips  or  pressure  of  any  kind,  but  place 
where  the  slides  will  harden  and  when  thoroughly  dried  they  will  be  found 
less  likely  to  bubble  than  when  dried  under  pressure. ^y:/.  M.  S. 

We  would  earnestly  request  members  to  be  more  particular  in  preparing 
their  material  to  send  in  for  identification.  The  following  remarks  apply  to 
specimens  sent  Mrs.  Harris  and  Mr.  Barbour  as  well  as  the  Secretary.  To 
begin  with,  as  a  rule  collect  only  well  developed  fruiting  plants  in  good  con- 
dition or  in  small  stages  where  this  is  necessary  to  a  satisfactory  determina- 
tion, and  also  collect  enough  of  each  kind  to  make  use  of  after  it  is  worked  out. 
Then  send,  if  possible,  two  good-sized  specimens  of  each  .supposed  .species. 
If  only  one  can  be  spared,  or  it  is  desired  to  have  this  one  returned,  mark  this 
fact  plainly  on  the  packet.  The  following  si.x  items  can  be  written  on  either 
a  slip  of  paper  or  a  label  and  .slipped  inside  the  wra])per  or  envelope,  which 
is  understood  to  be  a  temporary  one.  Do  not  paste  the  label  on,  unless  you 
are  sure  the  moss  will  not  have  to  be  transferred  after  sending  through  the 
mail.  First,  mark  on  each  packet  its  name,  if  known,  or  any  guess  you 
may  have.  Second,  state  on  what  the  moss,  hepatic  or  lichen  grew.  Third, 
the  locality  of  collection.  Fourth,  date  of  collection.  Fifth,  by  whom  col- 
lected. Then  the  one  who  makes  the  determination  or  verifies  it  will  add  as 
sixth  his  name,  and  thus  make  a  valuable  herbarium  specimenout  of  what 
should  otherwise  be  put  in  the  fire. 

The  members  should  by  this  time  have  these  rules  fixed  in  mind  and 
hereafter  material  sent  in  without  all  the  above  data  will  be  returned  to 
the  sender  without  being  named. — A.  M.  S. 


Plate  VI.      I.    Par»u-Iiti  perforata     2.   P.  colpodes 
3.  P.  Borreri  %jar.  rudccia. 


THE    BRYOLOGIST. 


Vol.  IV.  OcTOKER,   1901.  No.  4. 


An  index  to  the  four  volumes  of  The  Brvoi.ocist  is  being  prepared  and 
will  be  issued  in  cohnection  with  the  January,  1902,  number.  It  is  suggested 
that  all  having  files  complete  their  sets  and  bind  with  this  Index  in  one  vol- 
ume.    Hereafter  each  vear,  of  six  numbers,  will  have  its  own  Index. 


LICHENS— PARHELIA. 

Bv  C.\ROi.YN  W.   Harris. 
(With  Plate  VI.) 


The  Parmelias  are  widely  distributed,  and  the  greater  number  are  found 
in  North  America.  In  the  vicinity  of  Chilson  Lake,  Essex  County,  New 
York,  in  the  southeastern  part  of  the  Adirondacks.  eighteen  species  have 
been  collected.  No  doubt  as  great  a  number  could  be  found  in  other  local- 
ities. On  old  apple  trees,  as  well  as  on  many  of  the  other  trres.  will  be 
found  one  of  the  commonest  of  the  Parmelias,  P.  caperata.  It  grows  in 
large,  round  mats,  of  a  light  pea  green  color,  with  a  wrinkled  surface,  which 
is  usually  covered  with  soredia;  it  is  rarely  found  in  fruit.  vSpecimens  of  P. 
cap f rata  are  often  found  a  foot  in  diameter.  On  the  rocks  will  be  found 
another  Farmelia  which  is  very  common,  /-*.  conspersa.  Like  P.  caperata  it 
is  a  delicate  green,  but  the  thallus  is  smoother  and  clings  closely  to  the 
substratum.  The  apothecia,  which  are  very  common,  are  dark  brown. 
These  two  Parmelias  are  readily  identihed  and  can  be  found  in  any  country 
place  where  there  are  trees,  stone  walls,  and  rocks. 

The  thallus  of  the  Parmelia  is  foliose,  large,  distinctly  branched,  and 
lobed.  It  is  held  to  the  substratum  by  black  rhizoids.  The  medullary  layer 
is  composed,  of  long  loose  filaments,  like  tow,  which  give  it  a  soft  woolly 
appearance.  By  breaking  the  thallus  this  can  be  seen  with  a  good  hand 
lens.  The  outer,  or  cortical  layer  is  thin.  The  apothecia  are  scattered,  but 
are  usually  more  numerous  at  the  centre.  They  are  cup  shaped,  the  disk 
generally  chestnut  or  brown  and  the  margin  thin.  The  species  vary  in  habit 
but  are  usually  horizontal  and  leaf  like.  On  many  species  are  found  soredia. 
generally  the  color  of  the  thallus;  this  varies  from  gray  or  brown  tinged  with 
green  to  blue  green  and  dark  brown.  In  two  or  three  species  the  thallus  is 
almost  black. 

The  Parmelias  show  the  highest  development  of  the  thalline  type.  In 
many  specimens  there  is  a  continued  marginal  growth,  while  the  centre 
portion  dies  away.  The  name  comes  from  Parma,  meaning  a  buckler  or 
round  shield,  with  a  rim,  in  allusion  to  the  appearance  of  the  apothecia. 

'I'he  July  HRNOLoGIST  was  issued  July  gth,  1901. 


■:^S  — 


Parjnelia  per  I  at  a. 


Parmei.ia  terlata  (L.)  Ach. 
(Fig.  1.)  This  species,  while  one 
of  the  most  common  of  the  Par- 
melias,  is  also  one  of  the  most 
confusing  to  the  novice,  as  it  is 
seldom  found  in  fruit,  and  the  ap- 
pearance of  the  thallus  closely 
resembles  certain  Cetrarias  and 
Peltigeras.  The  thallus  is  much 
expanded,  very  leaf  like,  gen- 
erally smooth,  but  sometimes 
crumpled,  is  greenish  yellow, 
gray  green,  slate  color  and  even 
light  brown.  Beneath  it  is  black 
with  reddish  brown  margins ;  these 
turn  back  in  such  a  manner  that 
they  are  often  mistaken  for  apo- 
thecia  by  the  beginner.  The  lobes 


are  not  ciliated  but  are  often  covered  with  white  soredia.  Generally  the 
under  surface  is  smooth  but  occasionally  black  fibrils  are  present.  The 
apothecia  are  large,  the  disk  a  greenish  brown  with  entire  margin,  which 
when  fully  developed  splits  down  to  the  centre  of  the  cup.  Apothecia  are 
so  rare  that  in  a  hundred  specimens  one  in  fruit  may  not  be  found.  /'. 
per  lata  is  usually  found  on  rocks,  growing  to  a  large  size,  often  a  foot  in 
diameter.     Occasionally  it  is  found  growing  on  trees  or  old  logs. 

Parmelia  perforata  (Jacq.)  Ach.  (Plate  VI.  3  )— The  thallus  and  gen- 
eral appearance  of  this  species  closely  resembles  P.  perlata,  but  can  easily 
be  distinguished  from  it  by  the  cilia  with  which  the  margins  of  the  lobes  are 
covered:  in  some  specimens  they  are  very  abundant,  looking  like  a  fringe  of 
hair.  This  seems  to  be  especially  marked  in  the  P.  perforata  found  in 
the  Southern  States.  The  color  is  glaucescent,  or  blue  sea  green,  with  a 
whitish  bloom.  Beneath  it  is  black,  frequently  covered  in  places  with  a 
bunch  of  black  fibrils.  The  apothecia  are  abundant,  and  usually  are  very 
large.  The  disk  is  a  dark  chestnut  color,  the  margin  thin  and  entire.  At 
the  centre  the  apothecia  are  usually  perforated,  hence  its  specific  name.  It 
is  found  on  trees  and  rocks,  more  often  fertile  on  trees. 

Parmelia  crinita  Ach.  Thallus  the  same  in  color  as  /'.  perjorata,  the 
lobes  ciliated,  but  not  so  abundantly  as  in  /'.  perforata.  The  thallus  is 
usually  densely  covered  with  isidioid  granules,  or  coral-like  excrescences. 
Beneath  it  is  black  and  fibrillosc.  The  apothecia  are  not  so  common  as  in  /'. 
perforata:  they  are  large  and  round,  not  perforated.  While  much  like  some 
specimens  of  P.  per  lata  it  can  be  distinguished  from  it  by  the  isidioid  growth 
on  the  upper  side  of  ttie  thallus,  and  the  mat-like  fibrils  on  the  under  side, 
also  by  the  cilia  on  the  margins.  Its  habitat  is  trees  and  rocks;  the  thallus 
of  the  rock  form  has  usuallv  finer  cut  lobes. 


—59- 


Fig.  2.     P.  tiliacea. 


Parmelia  tiliacea  (Hoffm.)  Floerk.  (Fig.  2.) 
This  pretty  lichen  grows  on  rocks,  trees,  and 
dead  wood;  it  adheres  closely  to  the  substratum. 
The  lobes  are  narrow  and  round,  quite  smooth. 
Glaucescent  in  color  usually,  but  sometimes  a 
light  gray.  Beneath  it  is  black  and  densely 
covered  with  black  fibrils.  Apothecia  are  fre- 
quent, medium  in  size.  The  disk  is  dark  brown 
with  a  reddish  tinge,  the  margin  is  crenulate. 
Parmelia  Borkeri  Turn.  While  this  is  not  an  uncommon  species  it  is 
not  so  generally  found  as  the  variety  rtaiecta.  The  thallus  is  very  rough 
and  is  often  covered  with  white  soredia  which  give  it  a  speckled  appearance. 
It  clings  quite  closely  to  the  trees  or  dead  wood  on  which  it  is  found.  Is 
greenish  brown  in  color,  beneath  is  lighter,  at  the  margins  are  white  hair- 
like fibrils.  The  apothecia  are  large  with  entire  margins,  the  disk  dark 
chestnut. 

Parmelia  Borreri  Turn,  var.  rudecta,  Tuckm.  (Plate  VI.  i.) — In 
general  appearance  the  variety  is  much  like  P.  Borreri,  only  it  is  thickly 
covered  with  isidioid  granules,  the  lobes  are  more  divided  and  the  margins 
are  often  broken,  showing  the  woolly  medullary  layer.  It  does  not  cling  so 
closely  to  the  substratum.  Underneath  the  thallus  is  light  brown,  and  is 
covered  thickly  with  short,  dark  fibrils.  Apothecia  are  not  frequent.  Is 
found  on  trees,  dead  wood  and  rocks. 


Fig. 


sa.xatilis 


Parmelia  saxatilis  (L.) 
Fr.  (Fig.  3.)  Thallus  with 
many  cleft,  narrow,  blunt 
lobes,  more  or  less  reticu- 
lated and  lacunose,  margins 
wavy  with  white  soredia. 
The  color  is  greenish  or 
ashy  gray,  sometimes  turn- 
ing to  reddish  brown.  Be- 
neath it  is  black  and  well 
covered  with  black  fibrils. 
The  apothecia  are  medium 
in  size  with  rather  an  irreg. 
ular  margin,  the  disk  is 
chestnut. 


Parmelia  sa.xatilis  (L.)  Fr.  var.  sllcata,  Nyl.  This  variety  is  dis- 
tinguished from  P.  saxatilis  by  the  presence  of  conspicuous  rounded  or 
oblong  soredia,  which  become  confluent,  giving  the  surface  of  the  thallus  1 
mealy  appearance.  Beneath  it  is  very  black  and  covered  with  short  stiff 
black  fibrils.     Is  found  on  dead  wood  and  rocks  with  P .  sa.xatilis. 


— 6o— 

Parmelia  PHYsoDES  (L.)  Ach.  (Fig.  4.)  This 
beautiful  lichen  is  frequently  found  on  the 
same  dead  limb  of  a  white  pine  with  Cetraria 
laciinosa  and  C.  ciliaris.  It  is  not  often 
found  in  fruit,  but  is  readily  identified  by  its 
smooth  delicately  tinted  gray  green  thallus, 
the  lobes  of  which  are  finely  cut,  the  margins 
slightly  curled  over  showing  the  white  soredia 
on  the  under  side.  Like  the  Cetrarias  it  is 
loosely  attached  to  the  substratum.  It  often 
grows  around  the  small  twigs  of  the  dead 
limbs  of  hemlocks,  giving  them  a  hoary  ap- 
pearance. Beneath  the  thallus  is  almost  black 
„     .  ,    .  except  at  the  margins  where  it  is  brown  and 

smooth  with  no  ttbrils.     The  lobes  are  somewhat  convex,  many  and  deeply 
cleft,  usually  overlapping  each  other.     The  apothecia,  which  are  very  rare, 
are  large,  the  disk  is  reddish  brown  with  an  entire  margin.     The  shape  of 
the  apothecium  is  more  that  of  an  urn  than  a  cup. 

Parmelia  coi.podes  (Ach.)  Nyl.  (Plate  VI.  2.)  The  thallus  is  flat 
and  smooth  in  this  species,  with  many  cleft  lobes,  coriaceous,  glaucescent 
in  color.  It  is  somewhat  like  P.  physodes  in  appearance,  but  the  lobes  of 
the  thallus  do  not  turn  over,  they  are  fiat  and  the  whole  effect  is  smoother. 
It  is  found  on  trees  and  old  wood,  is  common  in  the  Eastern  and  Southern 
States. 


Fig.  4.     P.  p/tysodcs. 


Parmelia  gi.tvacea 
(L.)Ach.  (Fig.  5.)  As  the 
specific  name  indicates 
this  lichen  is  olive  in 
color.  When  young  it 
is  a  light  olive,  but  grows 
darker  as  it  develops, 
and  is  finally  an  olive 
brown.  The  lobes  are 
fiat  and  rounded,  grow- 
ing much  like  /'.  capera- 
tci,  except  that  they  ad- 
here closely  to  the  sub- 
stratum. Often  the  up- 
Fig.  5.     /'.  olivacea.  per   part  of  the  thallus 

is  covered  with  isidioid  granules.  Apothecia  are  frequent  and  are  dark 
brown  with  wrinkled  margins.  Beneath,  the  thallus  is  black  with  fine  fibrils. 
/'.  olii'acea  grows  on  trees  and  is  difficult  to  collect  unless  a  part  of  the  bark 
is  taken.  When  scraped  off  and  examined  with  a  hand  lens  the  lower  corti- 
cal layer  is  seen  to  be  very  tliin,  the  woolly  medullary  layer  showing  dis- 
tinctly. 


— 6i  — 

Parmelia  stygia  (L.)  Ach.  The  dark  brown,  almost  black,  of  the 
thallus  of  this  species  is  a  distinguishing  mark.  It  is  smooth  and  shining, 
the  lobes  are  linear,  many  cleft  and  contorted,  with  curved  tips.  Beneath 
it  is  black,  with  fine  fibrils.  The  apothecia  are  not  common,  the  disk  is  very 
dark  chestnut,  with  granulate  margin.  This  species  is  found  on  rocks  in 
the  higher  mountains  of  the  Eastern  States.     It  is  very  abundant  in  Alaska. 


Fig.  6.    (Reduced  !^.)   P.  conspcrsa. 


Parmelia  conspersa  (Ehrh.)  Ach. 
(Fig.  6.)  Thallus  divided  into  slender 
lobes  which  are  smooth  and  polished. 
At  the  centre  are  sometimes  found 
greenish  soredia,  but  more  fre- 
quently apothecia  are  present;  these 
vary  in  size,  are  sometimes  very 
large.  The  disk  is  dark  chestnut 
with  entire  margin  when  young, 
which  becomes  wavy  and  broken 
with  age.  Beneath,  the  thallus  is 
usually  very  dark,  with  fine  fibrils 
here  and  there.  Found  on  rocks 
and  stones  in  great  abundance,  and 
usually  fertile.     It  clings  closely  to 


the  substratum,  but  when  moist  can  be  detached. 


Parmelia  CAi'EUArA 
(L.)  Ach.  (Fig.  7.)  This 
is  one  of  our  most  con- 
spicuous lichens.  The 
thallus  is  leaf-like,  grow- 
ing naturally  in  round 
mats.  It  is  a  light  pea 
green,  undulate,  wrink- 
led, usually  covered,  es- 
pecially near  the  centre, 
with  soredia  which  are  a 
lighter  green  than  the 
thallus.  The  lobes  are 
rounded  with  entire  tips. 
Beneath  it  is  black  ex- 
cept at  the  margin, where 
Fig.  7.     P.  caperata.  it  is  reddish  brown;  has 

some  black  fibrils.  Apothecia  are  rare,  when  present  they  are  cup  shaped 
with  crenulate  margins,  which  are  often  covered  willi  isidioid  granules. 
P.  caperata  is  found  on  trees  and  rocks. 


-62  — 


NOTES  ON  RARE  AND  LITTLE  KNOWN  MOSSES. 

Bryum    proligerum   (Lindb.)    Kindberg.  Br.  Eu.  &   N. 
Am.  2:384.     1897. 

IVebera  proligera  (Lindb.)  Kindb.  Enum.  Bryin,  Dov- 
rens.  App.  no.  309.      1888. 

This  species  has  been  included  with  IVebera  annotina 
Schwagr.  by  American  authors  and  is  still  described  with 
that  species  by  Dixon  in  his  Handbook  of  British  Mosses. 
The  "  crowded,  green,  foliaceous,  2-3  pointed  gemmae,"  be- 
long to  B.  proligerum.  The  several  varieties  and  the 
foot-note  indicate  that  British  specimens  still  require  more 
study.  Although  this  species  was  fully  described  and  con- 
trasted with  W.  annotina  \>y  Limpricht  in  his  Laubmoose, 
it  was  not  until  Correns  figured  and  described  it,  that 
it  began  to  be  known  in  America.  Neither  Macoun's  Cata- 
logue nor  Kindberg's  Enumeration  record  it  for  North 
Br-^  proi.g.ru».  America, and  Prof.  Holzinger's  note  in  The  Bryologist  and 
Mr.  Huntington's  in  Rhodora  give  the  only  two  published  stations.  This 
year  I  have  found  it  at  two  widely  separated  localities  in  the  Catskill 
and  Adirondack  Mountains  of  New  Vork;  it  was  fruiting  at  both  sta- 
tions. At  Woodland  Valley,  near  Phoenicia,  it  grew  on  the  margin  of  a 
spring,  while  at  Chilson  Lake,  Essex  Co.,  it  grew  on  wet  crumbling  road- 
side banks.  Even  with  a  low  magnification  the  characteristic  gemmae  may 
be  recognized,  and  they  are  formed  from  April  to  November.  The  accompany- 
ing illustrations  were  made  from  fresh  specimens  on  June  ist;  they  show  the 
three  and  four  pointed  apex,  and  one  shows  three  rudimentary  rhizoids. 
They  are  magnified  120  times.  A  study  of  the  material  in  our  herbar- 
ium shows  the  following  stations  and  distribution: 

Stations — White  Mountains.  N.  H.,  Oakes;  James,  1866;  Closter,  N.  J., 
Austin,  1866-1879;  Charleston,  S.  C,  J.  D.  Smith;  Sand  Lake,  N.  Y.,  Peck, 
1864;  Minnesota,  Holzinger,  1897;  Massachusetts,  J.  W.  Huntington,  1900; 
Mt.  Washington,  Mass.,  Aug.  Catskill  Mountains  and  Adirondack  Moun- 
tains, E.  G.  Britton,  1901 ;  Vancouver  Island,  Macoun,  1875.  The  stations 
recorded  in  Macoun's  Catalogue  for  W".  annotina  doubtless  include  several 
referable  to  this  species. 

E;xciccati:     SuU.  &  Lesq.,  Musci  bor.  Am.  Ed.  L  180;  Ed.  2.     271. 
Austin,  Musci  App.  no.  188. 
Macoun.  Canadian  Musci,  no.  162  in  part. 

Elizaiseth  G.  Britton. 

Sei.igeria  Doniana  (Sm.)  CM. 

This  moss  stands  in  the  manual  as  A  nodus  Donianus  Br.  &  Sch.,  and 
was  originally  described  as  Gymnostonum  Donianus  Smith,  because  it  has  no 
peristome  But  with  this  exception,  this  species  is  hardly  distinguish- 
able from  Seligeria  pusilla  (Ehrh.)  Br.  &  Sch..  near  which  all  recent  authors 


-63- 

place  it.  Both  species  grow  on  limestone  or  sandstone  rocks,  in  moist 
shady  hollows  or  caves,  and  both  are  liable  to  be  overlooked,  being 
very  minute,  only  two  or  three  millimeters  high.  The  manual  gives 
only  two  North  American  stations  for  Anodiis  Donianus,  one  at  Little  Falls, 
N.  Y.,  Peck;  the  other  at  Owen  Sound,  Canada,  J.  Macoun ;  but  Austin  also 
found  it  at  Sparta,  N.  J.,  and  Wilson  Harris  discovered  two  stations  for  it  at 
Chilson  Lake,  Essex  Co.,  N.  Y.,  where  it  grows  mixed  with  a  blue- 
green  alga,  which  is  densely  coated  with  lime,  and  covers  the  surface  of  the 
rock  with  a  gray-green  growth,  readily  mistaken  for  a  lichen.  Associ- 
ated with  them  were  some  scattered  plants  of  Myurella  Careyana,  Gyinnos- 
tomiim  riipesire  and  Leptobryiim  pyiforme;  the  bright  green  leaves  of  Seli- 
geria  stood  up  among  the  grey-green  alga  filaments.  The  hemispherical  or 
turbinate  capsules  are  less  than  one-half  a  millimeter  in  length,  and  the  pedi- 
cels seldom  more  than  2  mm.,  so  that  the  description  in  the  manual  is  some- 
what misleading.  They  do  not  mature  until  late  in  summer;  antheridia  and 
archegonia  were  found  on  August  31st,  1900,  and  no  capsules  had  developed 
on  June  15th,  1901.  Elizabeth  G.  Britton. 


The  two  stations  for  Seligeria  Doniana  on  Chilson  Lake,  referred 
to  above  by  Mrs.  Britton  would  be  easily  overlooked  as  the  geologic  forma- 
tion is  Laurentian,  and  one  would  not  be  prepared  for  the  thin  band  of 
calciferous  rock  with  an  outcrop  on  the  Island  and  another  some  mile 
further  east  in  the  Devil's  Basin.  This  formation  is  a  mixture  of  fine 
yellow  silicious  sand  and  magnesiau  carbonate  of  lime,  which  has  a  fine 
sparkling  grain  when  fractured. 

A  specimen  of  the  collection  made  June  15th,  1901,  was  sent  to  Prof. 
Bruce  Finck,  of  Drake  University,  Iowa,  to  determine  if  possible  the  associ- 
ated gray-green  alga  or  lichen.  He  writes  to  Mrs.  Harris,  under  date 
July  6th,  1901 :  "I  found  some  young  adult  shoots  of  some  moss  but  neither 
protonemata,  fungus  or  lichen.  I  am  not  sure  that  protonemata  are  not  pres- 
ent as  I  examined  only  low  slide.  The  specimen  is  an  alga  near  Oscillaria. 
I  found  numerous  filaments  with  fine  sheaths  and  occasional  hormogones." 

The  specimens  obtained  August  31st,  1900,  were  on  less  weathered  rock  and 
were  not  associated  with  such  a  thick  felt  of  alga  or  protonemata:  the  plants 
were  more  distinct.  Annie  Morrill  Smith. 


PSEUDOCALIERQON  Ren.,  A  NEW  SUBGENUS  OF  HYPNUM. 

By  F.   Renauld. 

Translated  by  JOHN  M.  HOLZINGER. 

Plants  inhabiting  swampy  regions,  forming  loose  tufts,  some  of  the 
species  having  the  general  aspect  of  certain  Harpidia,  others  reminding 
one  of  certain  species  of  Caliergon.  Stem  without  radicles.  Leaves  im- 
bricated or  distant,  more  rarely  homotropous,  obtusely  acumitia/e,  a 
character  which  distinguishes  them  completely  from  the  two  related  sub- 


-^4- 


Plate  VII. 


I. — Hypnum  pseudostramineum  C.  Miill.  a.  Stem  leaf  x  i6.  b.  Apex 
of  leaf  X  200.     c.  Middle  cells  x  200.     d.  Basal  part  of  costa  x  120. 

2, — Hypnum  plesistramineum  Ren.  a.  Stem  leaf  x  16.  b.  Leaf  apex 
X  200.     c.  Middle  cells  x  200.     d.  Basal  part  of  costa  x  120. 

3. — Hypnum  Tundrae  Arnell  a,  a,  a,  a,  Stem  leaves  x  16.  b.  Leaf  apex 
x  200.  c.  Middle  cells  x  200.  d.  Marginal  cells  near  base  x  120.  e.  Basal 
part  of  costa  x  120.  f,  f,  f.  Branch  leaves  x  16.  g.  Apex  of  branch  leaf  x 
200.     h.  Marginal  cells  of  same  x  200.     i.  Auricles  x  170. 


-65- 
genera,  with  a   costa  reaching  or  exceeding   the    middle   of   the   leaf,    but 
occasionally  short   and  bifurcated;   areolation  close,  cells   linear,   those  of 
the   apex  short  and   enlarged,  those   of   the   angles   hyaline   and  inflated, 
forming  more  or  less  well  defined  auricles. 

At  present  this  group  comprises  the  four  following  species: 
I.     Stem  pinnate,   leaves  strongly  decurrent,  lightly  denticulate  above 
the  base,  the  branch  leaves  homotropous,  auricles  large,  well  defined, 

H.  Tundrae  Arnell 

1.  Stem  little  branched  or  almost  simple,  leaves  little  decurrent,  entire 
none  homotropous,  auricles  ill  defined 2 

2.  Leaves  spreading,  distant,  ovate-elliptical,  contracted  only  toward 
the  apex  into  a  short,  often  inflexed  acumen.  H.  Bakeri  Ren. 

2.  Leaves  gradually  narrowed  from  the  lower  third  into  a  straight,  not 
inflexed  acumen 3 

3.  Leaves    loosely   imbricated,   oblong-lanceolate,   cells  straight    with 
thin  walls H.  pseudostramineum  C.  Miill. 

3.     Leaves    densely   imbricated,  oval-lanceolate,    almost    deltoid;  cells 
flexuous  with  dense  walls H.  plesistramineum  Ren. 

H.  PSEUDOSTRAMINEUM  C.  Miill.  A  spccics  very  rare,  and  not  well 
known,  habitually  confounded  with  various  forms  of  H.  fluitans  (group 
amphibium)  and  of  H.  adunciim  (groups  Kneifhi  and  pseudofluitans)  or 
referred  as  a  variety  to  one  or  the  other  of  these  two  species.  I  must  in 
this  connection  rectify  an  error  which  I  committed  in  the  treatment  of  the 
Harpidia  (Muscologia  Gallica.  Husnot),  before  I  had  been  able  to  examine 
an  authentic  specimen  of  H.  pseudostramineum  C.  Miill.  I  wrongly  re- 
duced this  species  to  a  synonym  of  H.  fluitans  var.  pseudostramineum  C. 
Miill.  According  to  Dr.  Sanio,  Carl  Miiller  has  published  in  the  Bot. 
Zeitting  (1855)  a  description  of  H.  pseudostramineum  C.  Miill.  Schimper 
(Syn.  ed.  H.  736),  who  says  he  received  from  Hampe  the  original  (type) 
specimen  of  C.  Miiller,  places  this  plant  in  the  subgenus  Harpidium,  with 
the  remark:  " //.  pseudostramineum  C.  Miill  Ms.  teste  Hampe,"  and 
he  describes  the  leaves  as  "sharply  acuminate  (acute  acuminata)." 

Dr.  Sanio  (Hedwigia.  1887,  Heft  IV,  V,)  who  had  in  his  possession 
also  an  original  specimen  from  C.  Miiller,  gives  a  supplementary  description 
of  it  in  which  he  describes  the  leaves  as  "  acute." 

Thanks  to  the  courtesy  of  my  friend  Warnstorf  I  have  recently  been 
able  to  examine  an  original  (co-type)  specimen  collected  by  C.  Miiller  himself 
in  the  type  locality  near  Halle  a/d  Saale  ("  Dolauor  Heide),  in  May,  1863, 
and  to  establish  the  fact  that  the  leaves  are  obtusely  acuminate,  which  dis- 
tinguishes this  plant  from  all  forms  of  H.  fluitans  and  H.  aduncum.  On 
the  other  hand  it  is  completely  separated  from  H.  stramineum  Dicks,  by 
several  characters  and  also  by  the  dioicous  inflorescence.  In  fact  it  is  not 
satisfactorily  referable  either  to  the  subgenus  Harpidium  or  to  Caliergon. 

H.  PLESISTRAMINEUM,  Rcu.  A  species  closely  related  to  the  preceding, 
from  which  it  differs  by  its  very  slender,  almost  simple  stems,  by  its  leaves 


—66— 


;3 


Plate  VIII. 


-67- 

being  more  crowded,  more  closely  imbricated,  oval  at  base,  then  lanceolate, 
and  more  shortly  acuminate,  more  obtuse  at  the  apex,  with  cells  very  flexu- 
ous  with  thicker  cell  walls.  This  species,  which  was  collected  in  1867  by  Mr. 
W.  H.  Dall  in  Alaska,  not  far  from  the  Yukon  river,  is  described  and  figured 
in  the  Memoire,  which  the  Messrs.  Cardot  and  Theriot  are  publishing  on 
the  Mosses  of  Alaska,  collected  on  the  last  expedition  of  Dr.  Trelease. 

H.  TuNDR/E  Arnell  in  S.  O.  Lindberg  at  Arnell's  Musci  Asiae  borealis, 
is  reported  from  several  localities  of  the  region  of  the  Yenisei  river  in  Siberia. 
The  specimen  from  Verschiniskoje  which  Dr.  Arnell  has  communicated  to 
me,  has  the  appearance  of  a  Harpidium  with  pinnately  branched  stem  and 
the  leaves  more  or  less  homotropous  (especially  the  branch  leaves),  obtusely- 
acuminate,  with  the  apex  often  inflexed,  and  margin  more  or  less  denticu- 
late, especially  above  the  base.     The  inflorescence  is  dioicous. 

Hypnum  Bakeri  n.  sp.  Tufts  very  lax,  pale-green,  below  reddish  or 
discolored.  Stem  slender,  without  radicles,  8-10  cm.  long,  prostrate,  spar- 
ingly branched.  Leaves  distinct,  spreading  in  all  directions;  thecomal  ones 
ovate  or  oblong-elliptical,  rolled  up  into  an  oblong,  subacute  bud,  quite 
suddenly  short  acuminate,  more  rarely  subapiculate,  obtuse  at  the  top,  fre- 
quently subcucullate  by  the  inflexed  apex,  more  rarely  quite  long  acumin- 
ate upward,  at  the  base  more  or  less  contracted,  indistinctly  decurrent,  occa- 
sionally plicate,  very  entire,  1.5-2  mm.  long.  Costa  at  the  weak  base  0.041 
mm.  wide,  extending  through  three-fourths  of  the  leaf,  sometimes  shorter, 
rather  slender,  dissolved  below  the  middle,  or  else  bifurcate.  Leaf  areola- 
tion  pale,  rather  loose.  Cells  from  middle  of  leaf  linear-hexagonal,  eight 
times  as  long  as  wide,  or  on  smaller  leaves  six  times  as  long  as  wide;  apical 
cells  shorter,  subrhombic;  alar  cells  quite  numerous,  a  little  larger,  slightly 
dilated,  quadrate,  not  forming  auricles. 

Type  locality:  Deer  Lake,  Polk  Co.,  Wisconsin,  U.  S.  A.,  in  a  sphag- 
mum  swamp.     Coll.  C.  F.  Baker,  Nov.,  1897. 

This  plant  has  a  vague  resemblance  in  appearance  to  the  slender  depau- 
perate forms  of  Hypnum  cordifoliuni.  It  differs  from  them  by  the  form  of 
the  leaves,  which  are  above  narrowed  into  an  obtuse  point  usually  bent  in- 
ward, are  not  cordate  at  base,  and  are  hardly  decurrent;  by  the  cells  of  the 
leaves  being  often  colored,  numerous,  not  or  hardly  dilated,  plane,  not  form- 
ing distinct  auricles.  H.  Bakeri  approaches  H.  cordifoliitm,  from  which  it 
differs  by  the  form  of  leaf  apex,  by  the  leaf  base,  which  is  not  cordate,  and 
by  the  closer  areolation. 

It  has  .so  far  not  been  possible  for  me  to  examine  H.  brunneo/uscuin,  C. 
Miill.,  from  the  peninsula  of  Tschuctschen  in  Bering  Sea,  which,  judging 
from  the  description  of  the  author  (Bot.  Centralblatt.,  1883,)  might  be  a 
Pseudocaliergon. 

Finally,  this  subgenus  is  established  to  receive  certain  species  as  yet  not 
numerous,  but  rare,  and  little  represented  in  herbaria.  They  are  found  in 
boreal  or  subboreal  regions.  And  it  is  reasonable  to  expect  that  further 
researches  in  the  vast  and  incompletely  explored  regions  of  northern  Asia 
and  America  will  result  in  the  discovery  of  other  species  of  this  group. 


— 6S— 

BAZZANIA. 

Bv  Wm.   C.   Bardour. 


Though  our  first  hepatics  were  of  the  distinctly  thallose  forms,  and  pos- 
sessed nothing  whatever  which  could  be  denominated  "  leaves,"  and  though 
to  follow  a  natural  order,  we  would  be  confined  to  similar  forms  for  some  time 
to  come,  it  has  been  thought  wise,  in  the  first  few  papers,  to  follow  perhaps 
more  the  order  in  which  the  student  would  notice  them. 

Hence  it  is  that  we  now  leave  the  thallose  forms  like  theMarchantia  and 
the  Gonocephalum  and  consider  one  of  the  largest  and  most  conspicuous  of 
the  "leafy"  (foliose)  forms— Bazzania  trilobata  S.   F.   Gray. 


>\V2 


B 


W  CB     6.«A- 


A.  Plant  slightly  magnified.  B,  (i)  Part  of  female  plant  with  cap- 
sule. (2)  Capsule  open.  C,  Perianth  and  involucre.  D,  Leaves  enlarged; 
underleaves;  antheridial  branch  on  male  plant.  E,  (i.  2).  Elaters.  (3). 
Spores.     F,  Cells  from  leaf  apex. 

This  species  is  very  widely  and  commonly  distributed  through  the  east- 
ern section  of  the  United  States  and  Europe.  It  occurs  on  moist  hillsides 
and  in  wooded  swamps  and  its  appearance  is  so  distinctive  that,  once  it  is 
recognized,  it  is  impressed  upon  the  student's  memory  and  is  at  once 
known  thereafter.  The  plants  are  frequently  from  two  to  three  inches  in 
length  and  branch  dichotomously  two  or  three  times. 

The  leaves  of  most  of  the  foliose  hepatics  are  arranged  so  as  to  lie  nearly 
flat  in  two  ranks  (complanate );  but  while  in  many  mosses  the  leaves 
may  be  secund,  in  the  hepatics  this  form  is  rare.  In  addition  to  these 
two  rows  of  leaves  there  is  typically  a  third  row  on  the  under  side  of 
the  stem,  known  as  amphigastra  or  "underleaves." 

The  underleaves  alternate  with  the  others,  thus  making  a  three-ranked 
spiral.  In  some  genera  the  spiral  turns  from  left  to  right,  and  the 
upper  margin  of  each  leaf  is  covered  by  the  lower  margin  of  the  one 
next  above.     This  method  of  overlapping  is  known  as  the  succudot^s  arrange- 


-69- 

ment  of  leaves.  In  some  genera,  however,  the  spiral  turns  from  right 
to  left,  and  thus  the  upper  margin  of  one  leaf  is  made  to  lie  upon  the  lower 
margin  of  the  one  above,  and  the  arrangement  is  then  csdled  incudous: — the 
leaves  of  Bazzania  are  incubous. 

The  plants  when  living  are  a  dark  green  in  color,  becoming  rather  brown- 
ish green  when  they  are  dried.  Slender  flagelke  arise  from  the  under  side  of 
the  stem,  and  sometimes  attain  the  length  of  three-fourths,  or  even  one  inch. 
They  may  be  seen  in  the  figure.  These  flagellae  are  covered  with  minute 
scales  and  have  tiny  teeth  at  the  apex.  The  main  leaves  are  alternate  and 
arranged  closely  in  two  rows.  They  are  ovate  in  general  outline,  with 
a  broad  truncate  apex,  which  is  strongly  three-toothed,  whence 
the  specific  na.mQ— triloba  fa — is  derived.  There  are  but  two  genera  common 
in  the  eastern  United  States  which  have  incubous  leaves. 

The  other  genus  {Kantia)  has  leaves  which  are  entire  (except  in  one  rare 
species)  and  is  light  green  in  color.  So  that  incubous  dark  green  leaves, 
with  toothed  apex  furnish  marks  for  easily  distinguishing  this  genus. 

The  leaves  in  B.  trilobata  are  slightly  deflexedor  sometimes  quite  com- 
planate.  The  only  other  species  of  our  territory  {B.  defle.xa  Underw.)  has 
its  leaves  strongly  deflexed,  with  narrow  apex,  2-3  toothed  or  rarely  entire. 
This  latter  is  found  only  in  the  higher  mountains.  Its  underleaves  are 
roundish-quadrangular,  somewhat  recurved  from  the  stem,  and  have  from 
four  to  six  teeth.     The  surface  of  all  leaves  is  somewhat  shining. 

Bazzania  is  a  dioicous  genus.  The  male  organs  (called  antheridia,  as  in 
the  mosses)  are  borne  in  the  axils  of  leaves  on  short  antheridial  spikes,  which 
in  turn  spring  from  the  axils  of  underleaves.  They  are  seldom  found.  The 
archegonia  are  borne  on  short  branches,  also  from  the  axils  of  underleaves. 

After  the  archegonium  has  been  fertilized  there  is  developed  a  nearly 
cylindrical  sheath,  white  in  color,  and  slightly  three-keeled.  This  is  the 
perianth.  The  perichaetial  leaves  are  small  ovate  scales  with  the  upper 
margin  variously  incised.  The  fertilized  archegonium  rapidly  develops  the 
sporogonium,  with  a  rudimentary  pedicel,  and  enclosed  in  a  membranous 
sack,  pointed  at  the  apex  and  fastened  at  the  base.  This  sack  is  the  calyp- 
tra. 

Soon  the  sporogonium  bursts  through  the  top  of  the  calyptra,  and  passes 
on  up  through  the  perianth,  borne  upon  a  stalk  of  delicate  white  cellu- 
lar tissue.  It  is  now  a  shining,  nearly  globular  body,  dark  brown  in  color. 
When  it  reaches  a  height  of  about  a  half  inch  above  the  perianth  the  capsule 
splits  into  four  valves,  allowing  the  dissemination  of  the  spores.  Contained 
in  the  capsule  with  the  spores  are  elaters,  with  two  slender  spiral  fibers, 
very  like  those  previously  described. 

Sayre  High  School,  Sayre.  Pa. 


So  many  of  our  readers  are  also  interested  in  ferns  that  we  feel  justified 
in  calling  their  attention  to  the  latest  and  best  book  on  the  ferns,  "  Our 
Ferns   in  Their  Haunts,"  by  Willard  N.  Clute.     Copiously  illustrated   with 


— 70— 

colored  plates,  half-tones,  and  drawings  that  are  both  artistic  and  accurate,  it 
is  a  delight  to  the  eye.  Containing  all  our  species,  described  in  a  clear  and 
interesting  manner,  it  is  a  book  that  the  amateur  must  have  and  the  profes- 
sional will  have.  The  illustrated  key  is  a  feature  novel  and  invaluable  ;  the 
idea  is  so  good  that  we  hope  to  make  use  of  it  for  the  mo.sses.         A.  J.   G. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  THUIDIUMS. 

Bv  G.   N.   Best. 


The  Thuidiums  are  widely  distributed  and 
among  the  most  common  as  well  as  the  most 
beautiful   of   mosses.      The    stems   of   these 
plants   are  complanately  branched,  pinnate, 
bipinnate,  rarely  tripinnate.     In  most  species 
the   branches  are  so  closely  set  as  to   give 
them  a  plumose  appearance  which  is  some- 
what  distinctive.     Although   multiform,   the 
paraphylliaare  more  or  less  linear  or  filamen- 
tose,    often   divided  and  branched,    but   not 
foliose.      The   ovate-triangular   stem    leaves 
are  usually  papillose   on  both   surfaces,  uni- 
costate,  the  costa  passing  the  middle.     The 
median  leaf  cells  vary  from  roundish  quad- 
rate-hexagonal   to    rhombic-oblong;    in    two 
species     linear-rhomboidal.      The     capsules. 
Fig.  I.  a,  Thuidiumdelicatu-    on   smooth   pedicels,    are  annulate,  more  or 
lu7n  X  I.    b,    T.  scitiim  x  i.    c,    less   curved.     The  opercula  vary  from  conic 
Capsule   of   the   same  x  5.  T.    to  rostrate;    the  peristomes  well  developed; 
abietini{tn  x  i.  the   endostomial   band   "3  the  length  of   the 

teeth  with  segments  and  cilia. 


SYNOPSIS  OF  SPECIES.* 

*The  species  mentioned  in  Lesquereux  &  James'  Manual  of  the  Mosses  of  North 
America  and  here  omitted,  are  as  follows  :  Thuidium  erectum  is  T.  delicatulum  ;  T. 
calyptratum  is  a  form  of  T.  microphyllum  ;  T.  Alleni  is  a  dubious  sterile  form  probably 
of  T.  delicatulum  ;  T.  remotifolium  is  not  a  Thuidium  and  T.  tamariscinum  is  not 
known  from  North  America. 

Apical  cells  of  branch  leaves  crowned 

with   2-4   papillae   (Fig.  2,   a   and  b); 

median   cells    quadrate-hexagonal   to 

oblong-rhomboidal  (Fig  5) A 

Apical  cells  of  branch  leaves  with  a 

single   terminal    papilla   (Fig.    2,    c) ; 

median   cells   as   in   A.      Paraphyllia 

numeros,  branched B 

Apical  cells  of  branch  leaves   not  papillose ;  median  leaf  cells   linear- 

rhomoboidal  (Fig.  10).     Paraphyllia  long  linear  or  filamentose  (Fig.  3,  c). .  .C 


Fig.  3.  A.  Fig.  10. 

Paraphyllia  few,  small.  linear  oblong,  2-6  cells  long  (Fig.  3,  a) ;   branch 

leaves  subcrispate-incurved  when  dry i 

Paraphyllia  numerous,  more  or  less  branched  (Fig.  3,  b) 2 

I 
Plants     very    small,     1-2    cm. ;     stem     and     branches    filiform, 
branches  papillose   (Fig.    4);   growing   in   thin  mats  on  limestone 

rocks pygmaenvi. 

Plants  small,  2-4  cm.,  loosely  caespitose;  branches  smooth  ;  grow- 
ing on  the  ground  and  rotten  wood mtnutulum. 

Fig.  4. 


^^•iS)'^,  *Stems   closely   pinuately   branched,    branches  terete-foliate 

^^  when  dry. 

^g)^^  Plants  soft;  leaf  cells  with  2-5  small  papillae  on  each  surface 

(Fig.  5,  a) scitum. 

^.^^  Plants  rigid;  leaf  cells  with  a  single  papilla  on  each  surface 

\^^^rs  ( Fig.  5.  b) abietinuin. 

'"  **Stems  loosely  pinnately  or  bipinnately  branched. 


V.  -5n 


Fig-  5- 


-,^^- 
^^^' 

"^^ 


Fig.  6. 


Fig. 


—  72— 

Pinnate  or  bipinnate:  stem  leaves  spreading-recurved  when  moist 
(Fig.  6),  costa  subpercurrent;  perichaetical  bracts  not  ciliate rccogniium. 

Bipinnate  or  tripinnate;  stem  leaves  erect-spreading  when  moist 
(Fig.  7),  costate  to  4-5  ;  perichaetical  bracts  ciliate   de licatnltnn. 

Bipinnate;  stem  leaves  with  a  hyaline  filiform  acumination;  perichaetial 
bracts  scarcely  ciliate Philibe-rti. 


B. 

Stem  leaves  (Fig.  8)  roundish  ovate,  abruptly 
linear-oblong  acuminate,  margins  erose-serrate. 

I  '^irg  in  ianmn. 

Stem  leaves  broadly  ovate,  long  and  nar- 
rowly acuminate,  margins  crenulate-serrulate 
or  entire  (Fig.  9) microphyllnm. 


Fig.  8. 


Fig.  9. 


Fig.  II. 


Fig.  12. 


C. 

Stem  leaves  plicate-striate,  the  decur- 
rent  base  with  one  to  three  cilia  (Fig.  11); 
branch  leaves  loosely  appressed  when 
dry   paludosiiui. 

Stem  leaves  sulcate,  contracted  to  a 
decurrent  subclasping  paraphyllose  base 
(Fig.  12);  branch  leaves  subcrispate  when 
dry Blandowii. 


THUiDiu>f  I'VGM.^L'M  Br.  &  Sch.  For  fineness  and  for  beauty  this  little 
moss,  appearing  when  dry  like  miniature  embroidery,  leads  the  Thuidiums. 
The  paraphyllia,  found  only  on  the  branches,  are  so  small  as  easily  to  be  over- 
looked. The  median  leaf  cells  of  the  triangular-ovate  stem  leaves  are  quad- 
rate-hexagonal and  the  operculum  of  the  asymmetric  oblong-ovate  capsule 
obliquely  rostrate ;  monoicous;  spores  maturing  in  autumn.  Canada,  Ohio, 
New  Jersey,  and  Pennsylvania. 

Thuidium  .minuttlum  (Hedw.)  Br.  &  Sch.  Although  quite  small  this 
species  differs  from  the  preceding  chiefly  in  being  larger.  Paraphyllia  on 
both  stems  and  branches  ;  median  leaf  cells  quadrate-he.\agonal,  the  marginal 
somewhat  larger;  monoicous;  capule  oblong-oval,  rough,  slenderly  rostrate. 

Its  usual  habitat,  in  the  northern  part  of  its  range,  is  rotten  wood;  in  its 
southern,  the  ground.  The  spores  mature  in  autumn.  Fr<jm  New  Bruns- 
wick to  Minnesota  and  from  Canada  to  Florida. 

Thuidium  scitum  (Beauv.)  Aust.  This  neat  trim  moss  grows  in  mats 
on  the  roots  and  bases  of  trees.     Stem  leaves  broadly  triangular,  auriculo- 


—73— 

cordate,  narrowly  acuminate;  median  leaf  cells  roundish  hexagonal  with  2 
to  5  small  bead-like  papillae  on  each  surface ;  monoicous ;  capsule  cylin- 
drical, straight,  or  but  slightly  curved;  operculum  conic- rostrate ;  spores 
maturing  in  autumn  and  winter.  Var.  acpstivalc  (Aust.) ;  stems  not  so  closely 
pinnate ;  capsule  oblong-cylindrical,  inclined  to  horizontal ;  operculum  shorter 
beaked — From  Canada  to  North  Carolina  and  from  Vermont  to  Wisconsin. 

Thuidium  ABiEi  inum  (L.)  Br.  &  Sch.  Plants  rather  large,  stiff,  in  dense 
tufts,  usually  on  rocks  and  stones,  rarely  on  the  ground ;  stem  leaves  broadly 
ovate,  acuminate,  deeply  biplicate,  margins  serrulate;  median  leaf  cells 
oval-rhombic;  dioicous;  capsule  narrowly  cylindrical,  curved;  operculum 
longcoric.  From  Greeland  to  Virginia  and  from  New  Foundland  to  British 
Columbia.     Fruiting  in  Colorado  and  Montana  and  fruiting  freely  in  Alaska. 

Thuidium  recogniti'm  (Hedw.)  Lindb.  Much  difficulty  has  been  ex- 
perienced in  discriminating  between  this  and  the  following  species.  They 
not  infrequently  grow  together.  Intermediate  forms,  however,  are  rare, 
probably  owing  to  the  difference  in  their  fruiting  seasons.  The  broadly 
triangular,  auriculo-cordate.  abruptly  acuminate  stem  leaves  are  sulcate 
when  dry,  spreading-recurved  when  moist,  usually  plane  on  the  serrulate 
margins;  costa  subpercurrent,  somewhat  spreading  at  apex;  median  leaf 
cells  oblong-rhombic,  passing  to  oblong-linear  in  the  acumen;  dioicous: 
capsule  cylindrical,  curved  :  operculum  rostellate.  On  the  ground,  rotten 
wood,  stones  and  rocks.  Spores  mature  in  July.  From  Labrador  to  British 
Columbia  southward,  rare  or  absent  on  the  Pacific  slope  and  in  the  Gulf 
States. 

THumiuM  DEi.icATi'LUM  (fy. )  Mitt.  Stem  Icavcs  triangular-ovatc,  rather 
gradually  acuminate,  appressed  when  dry,  erect-spreading  when  moist, 
margins  serrate,  more  or  less  recurved  :  costa  vanishing  in  the  acumen  : 
median  leaf  cells  quadrate-oblong  to  oval  rhombic :  perichaetial  bracts 
cilate:  dioicous;  capsule  cylindrical,  curved;  operculum  conic-rostrate; 
spores  maturing  in  winter.  On  the  ground,  rotten  wood,  stones  and  rocks. 
From  Labrador  to  British  Columbia  southward  through  the  United  States, 
rare  west  of  the  Rocky  mountains. 

Thuidium  Philiherti  Limpr.  The  distinguishing  character  of  this  rare 
species  is  the  hyaline,  filiform  acumination  of  the  stem  leaves  which  are 
somewhat  intermediate  between  those  of  T.  recognituni  and  T.  delicatu- 
lum  :  the  median  leaf  cells  are  quadrate-oblong  rather  than  oblong-rhombic  : 
costa  thin,  disappearing  above  the  middle;  dioicous;  capsule  cylindrical, 
curved:  annulus  not  clearly  differentiated  ;  operculum  conic-rostrate  ;  spores 
maturing  in  October.  On  swampy  ground  and  about  the  base  of  small 
trees  in  wet  places.   New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  Ontario  and  New  Brunswick. 

Thuidium  Virginianum  (Brid.)  Lindb.  {T.  gracile  var.  Lajicasfriense 
vS.  &  L.)  Plants  small,  dark  or  dirty  green,  in  open  woods,  on  the  ground 
or  about  stumps  and  roots  of  trees.  Margins  of  the  roundish  ovate  stem 
leaves  erose-dentate  below,  serrate  above  ;  acumen  of  the  branch  leaves 
short,  broad,  sharply  serrate  :  median   leaf  cells  quadrate-hexagonal;  mon- 


—75— 
NEW  OR  UNRECORDED  HOSSES  OF  NORTH  AHERICA.*! 

Bv  J.  Cardot  and  I.  Thf.kiot. 


Phasilm  rusi'iDATUM  Schreb.  var.   Americanum   Ren.  &  Card. 

Is  very  close  to  the  variety  piliferum  in  the  long  excurrent  costa  and 
apex  often  colorless,  but  is  distinguished  from  it  by  the  shorter  leaves, 
which  are  more  papillose  above,  and  by  the  very  short,  erect  seta.  Variety 
mitraeforme  Limpr  is  like  it  in  the  papillose  leaves,  but  differs  from  it  in 
the  larger  leaves,  in  the  less  excurrent  costa,  and  in  a  mitriform  calyptra. 

Wisconsin:  Madison,  on  ground  in  pastures,  clover  fields,  and  fallow 
ground  (L.  S.  Chenev,  1S93.  Ren.  &  Card.,  Musci  Amer.  sept,  exsicc. 
No.  267).    Missouri:  old  fields  near  Emma  (C.  H.  Demetrio.  1891).   Illinois:— 

Microbryuni  Floerkcamini  var.  Hfiirici  Ken.  &  Card,  in  Bot.  Gaz.  14: 
91.  1S99,  from  Kansas,  leg.  Henry,  seems  to  be  also  a  stunted  form  of  the 
same  moss.  It  has  also  the  calyptra  cuculate,  a  character  which  separates 
it  from  Mycrobryum  Flflerkeaniiin. 

All  the  specimens  we  have  received  from   North   America  as   Phascuiii 
ciispidiituin  belong  to  this  var.  Americanum. 
Gymnostomim    Curvirostre    Hedw.     var.     commutatum    Card.    &    Ther. 

(Hymenostylum    commutatum    Mitt.,    Musci.  Ind.    Or.,  p.   32.     Weisia 

curvirostris  var.  commutata  Dicks.,   Handb.   Brit.  Mosses,  212).     New- 
foundland (Rev.  A.  C.  Waghorne). 

This  variety  has  long,  narrow  leaves,  and  the  cells  of  the  areolation  are 
everywhere  long  and  smooth.     In    the  type,   the  upper  areolotion  is  com- 
posed of  irregular  cells,    rectangular,    quadrate,  and    triangular,   with  pap- 
illae. 
Gymnostomum  curvirostre  Hedw.  var.  scabrum  Lindb.,  musci  Scand.  22. 

This  form  shows  contrary  variations  to  the  preceding ;  the  leaves  are 
smaller,  the  cells  quadrate,  papillose;  besides,  the  stem  and  nerve  are  gen- 
erally covered  with  high  papillae. 

Missouri:  Benton  Co.,  on  moist   rocks  along   Indian  Creek  (C.  H.  De- 
metrio, 1893).      Minnesota:  Lewiston  cave   (J.    M.    Holzinger,   1889).     Bear 
Creek  (J.   M.   Holzinger,   1890).    Wisconsin:  Madison  (L.  S.   Cheney,   1892. 
Ren.  &  Card.  Musci  Am.  sept,  exsicc.  No.  269). 
DiCRANUM  viRiDE  B.  &  S.  var.  laeve  Ren.  &  Card. 

Distinguished  from  the  typical  form  by  its  much  laxer  habit  and  less 
crowded  leaves,  which  are  smooth  at  the  back. 

Newfoundland:  Bay  of  Islands,  old  stump  (Rev.  A.  C.  Waghorne,  1895). 

DiCRANUM   ANGUSTUM  Lindb.,  Soc.  pro  Fauna   et  Fl.     Fenn.,    1880,  et  Rev. 

Bryol,  9;  83.     1882,  Lindb.   &  Arn.,  Muse.    As.   Bor.  2:  80  (description 

very  complete). 

Northwest  shore  of  Hudson  Bay,  lat.  N.  63-65,   long.  0.90.20  (G.  Comes, 
1893-1S94).     We  found   some  stems  of  this  rare  species  amongst  specimens 
of  Au/acoinniuni  turgidittn. 
♦Translated  by  MiSS  WARNER,     t  Condensed  from  Bot.  Gaz.  30,  July,  1900. 


-76- 
A  polar  moss,  known  only  from  some  localities  of  North  Finland  and 
from  Siberia.  It  is  easily  distinguished  from  1).  lionjeani  DeNot  (/>. 
pa  lust  re  B.  &  S.)  by  the  leaves  straight,  not  undulate,  convolute,  and  entire, 
the  thinner  costa,  the  less  porose  cells,  and  the  perichaetial  leaves  long  pil- 
iferous. 

Note — The  Editors  tried  an  experiment  in  Plate  IX  which  has  proved 
unsiiccessful. 

CoKUF.CTiONs.  In  "making  up"  the  pages  of  the  July  Bry(iu)(;ist  two 
serious  errors  were  made  in  Mrs.  Harris  article:  page  42,  eleventh  line  from 
the  bottom.,  erase  all  after  the  parenthesis;  page  43,  the  long  lines  between 
the  two  cuts,  are  descriptive  of  Cetraria  Oakesiana  and  should  follow  the 
preceding  description  of  that  species:  page  48,  in  the  fourth  line  of  the  de- 
scription of  Brachythcciinu  collinKin  Ho/ziiii^eri,  insert  a  semicolon  between 
"  serrate'"  and  "  primordial." 


CHAPTER   NOTES. 

Do  not  forget  the  competition  for  the  first  century  of  North  American 
Musci  Pleurocarpi  (See  The  Brvoloc.ist  for  October,  1900.)  Address  all  let- 
ters and  packages  to  Dr.  A.  J.  Grout,  360  Lenox  Road,  Brooklyn.  N.  Y. 
When  renewing  your  subscription  do  not  fail  to  note  the  increase  in  price. 

ELECTIONS. 

Forward  your  ballot  for  ofhcers  and  amendments  to  Mrs.  J.  D.  Lowe, 
Noroton,  Conn.,  prior  to  Nov.  ist. 

CANDIDATES. 

For    President — Dr.  G.  N.  Best,  Rosemont,  New  Jersey.      Prof.  J.  M.  Holzin- 

ger,  Winona,  Minn. 
For   "Vice-Pres. — Mr.    Warren   Huntington,    Amesbury,    Mass.     Miss  E.   A. 

Warner,  78  Orange  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
For  Sec.-Treas. — Miss     Harriet     Wheeler,    Chatham,     N.  Y.       Miss    Alice 

Crockett,  Camden,  Maine. 

AMENDMENTS. 

The  following  amendments  to  the  Constitution  are  proposed: 
Section  4  of  Article  3  shall    be    amended  so   as    to  read:     The  regular 
j-early  dues  shall  be  one  dollar  and  ten  cents  for  all  members. 

Section  2  of  Article  i  shall  be  amended  to  read  as  follows:  The  member- 
ship shall  consist  solely  of  active  members.  Members  may  be  admitted  at 
any  time. 

In  answer  to  the  circular  letter  of  May  loth,  1901,  sixty-two  members 
responded,  all  heartily  commending  the  proposed  increase  in, Chapter  dues 
consequent  on  changing  The  Brvologist  from  a  quarterly  to  a  bimonthly 
publication.  This  takes  effect  Jan.  ist,  1902.  The  yearly  Chapter  dues  will 
then  be  $1.10,  which  covers  a  subscription  to  The  Bryolocist  and  leaves  a 
margin  for  postage  and  general  expenses.  ./.  .1/.  5. 


INDEX 


TO 


The  Bryologist 


VOLUMES  1— IV 
1898,  1899,  1900,  1 90' 


COMPILED  BY 
ANNIE  MORRILL  SMITH 


BROOKLYN,  N.  Y. 
1902 


— 2 — 


INDEX. 


Additional    Notes    on    Method   cf 
Microscopical    Examination    of 

Mosses,  J.  M.  Hoizinger '£A01 

Aiectoria,  Illus.  C.  W.  H    4:86,38 

"  Fremontii 4:87 

"  jubata    V.    chalybeifor- 

mis 4:36 

Aiectoria  jubata  v.  implexa 4:37 

"  ochroleuca    v.    sarmen- 

tosa ..4:37 

Amblystegium  floridanum 3:50 

"  irriguum 3:50 

Lescurii .3:11 

riparium... 3:50-4:40 
"  riparium    longifo- 

lium 1:67 

Anacamptodon  -splachnoides,    by 

E.  G.  Britton  and  others,  1:41,42.43 
Anacamptodon  splachnoides.    ..    3:40 

Andreaea 2:52-4:33 

"  petrophila 4:10 

Andreacae 4:31 

Anodus  Donianus 4:  62,  63 

Anomodon  obtusifolius 3:40 

rostratus 2:81 

"  tristis  .4:2 

Antherozoids  of  Mosses,  bv  E.  G. 

B .' 3:45 

Antherozoids  of  Mosses,  by  A.  J. 

G 3:4 

Atrichum 1:63 

Asexual  Reproduction  in  Mosses, 3:51 
Aulacomnium  heterostichum ...  .3:12 

palustre   4:2 

"  turgidum 4:75 

Birbula 3:29 

acuminata 3:49 

chloronolis     ..3:30 


eustegia. 
fallax  . .  . 


4:25 

. 3:49 

flavipes 4:26 

lanceolata 3:49 

lingulata    4:27 

mural  is 3:40 

stricta 4:49 

unguiculata 3:49 

Bazzania,  Illus.  W.  C.  Barbour.. 4  68 

deflexa    4  69 

"  trilobata    4:09 

Brachythecium  acuminatum    .... 

1:66-3:50 

acutum   3.36 

"  asperrimum .... 

2:55-3:37,  39 


Brachythecium  Collinum  Holzin- 

geri  (fig.) 4:48,  76 

"  cyrtophyllum   ...1:66 

"  erythrorrhizan. .  .2:34 

"  flexicaule 1 :68 

"  lamprochryseum, 

3:37,39 
"  lamprochryseum 

giganteum  n. var  1:92 

Leibergii    2:84 

'*  Noveboracense  .  .3:36 

"  oxycladon 4:40 

plumosum.. 2:84-3:50 
"  populeum.      .         4:40 

"  populeum       ova- 

tum     2:84 

rivulare. 3:36,48-4:40 
"  rivulare     catarac- 

tarum     1:92 

"  rivulare     laxum 

(fig.)    4:48 

Roteanum.      .    ..1:68 

"  rutabulum 

.3:11,  12,  36,40-4:48 
"  salebrosum  flac- 

cidum  ....     ....  1:68 

Starkii 3:36 

"  Washingtonianum 

(pi.) 3:86.  87 

Bryological  Memorial   Meeting  at 

Columbus. E.G  B2:77 

Bryophyta 2:51 

Bryoxiphium 3:29 

Norvegicum  .1:67-3:30 

Bryum 3:16.  25 

argenteum  (pi.) 3:17 

argenteum  lanatum    ..    ..3:17 

bimum 3:16.  17 

bimum  elatam 3:16 

caespiticium 3:16.  17 

capillare 3:18.  17 

"       flaccidum 3:17 

imtermedium 3:16 

Ontariense 3:19 

pallens    3.13 

proligerum    4:62 

pseudotriquetrum  .  ..   3:13.  16 

roseum 3:12.  17.  18.  19 

torquescens 3:17 

turbinatum 3:13 

ventricosum 3:16 

Buxbaumia 1 :65,  66 

aphylla 

2:55-3:40-4:8,  9,  32,  33 


— 3— 

Buxbaumia  indusiata 4:8.  33       Dicranella  heteromalla 2:27 

Piped 4:8,34  •'  rufescens ^.S:U 

Cacodon 4:47       Dicranoweiss.a  c.rrhata -.112 

Calliergon    ^^-^       Dicranums  (The) 186 

Camptothecium    3.39  angustum            ....4.75 

Cam'pylopus  flexuosus 4.2  ;;             ^m"''^                     225 

Calharinea ^ ^^  ,.              ^^           ■'  "  ' 'V.9R  llfi 

angustata(pl.) "             ^""3^^"'    ;.-.-^-^*^:*  3^ 

1-64   67-3  30  "             Drummondii.    .2:^0,27 

crispa ■..:3:12,  40  "              elongatum .  ,4:40.-2:26 

undulata 1.63,67  "  falcatum 2:26 

^^^'-'^^::^^: ::::::::tM  "      '^^^S:9i:2;26-:4  2 

aurescens(fig.) 4:44  "              ^"J^oo'^o/ '^^  OA  '4 'ao    1 1 

ciliaris(pl.) 4:42,  43.  60  1:89    91-2:^6-3:40.     1 

cucuUata   4:43  "  ulvellum 2:36 

priaura  4:44  fuscescens 

llauc^sVenophylla 4:44  ,^                        1:88,91-2:26-3:11 

Islandica   4;43  longifohum      subal- 

iuniperina(pl.) 4:42  p.num  ..  .2:26.  27,  2:84 

juniperinaPinastri 4:42  "              montanum  .    .      .  .  . 

acunosa(pl.).4:41.42,  43.  60  2:  26,112-.{:11 

nivalis 4:44  "  Muhlenbecitii 226 

Oakesiana(pl.) 4:43.76  Dlcranum  pallidum    ...1:89,91-2:26 

platyphylla 4:45  "  palustre    .  .  4:7b 

Campylopus  Schwartzii 2:84  -          scopanum  (P    ) ■  • -^^  ■,^_^  .^ 

Cladonias t.ii  •                j          .    ™   1   wq 

rangiferina 2:51  spunum  condensatum  1  :89 

Claopodium    .    3:19  spunum 2:84,27,26 

Bolanderi    1:43-3:19  schisti    2:3o 

pellucinerve.    Dr.   G.  "         Sauleri 2:2b 

N.  Best    3:19  *'  Starku 2:27 

Claopodium  Whippleanum..         3:19  "         stnctum. -:27 

Climacium(fig) 4:52.53  "         Schraden Ml 

Americanum(fig.)....  '          """^"^IToo    qV  WoV-i  1 1 

3  37-4  54,  55  1:44,  88   91-2:27-3:11 

Kindbergii(fig.)..4i54;  55  "         viride     ...  .2:27-3 :40-4_^2 

dendroides(fig.)     4:53,55  "  "         laeve 4:7o 

Cinclidotus  fontinaloides.  J.  Ma-  Didymodoii  Macounii ;*:~7 

coun    3:30  "  ngidum 3:31 

Conocephalum  conicum   4:40,68  "  ripanus 427 

Coscinodon  Raui 2:80,81       Diphyscium  fohosum 1  :b6 

Renauldi 2:81  Diplophyllum    ................  .^3:.9 

Wrightii             .      ••    2:80  Discelium  nudum  in  N.  J.     Dr.  (j. 

'•         brevis 2:81  N.  Best     4:30,31 

Current  Bryological  Literature...  Distribution  of  Eastern  Species  of 

^                                   4-26   48  Mniums.     E.  G.  Britton. .  .3:4.  5,  6 

Cyclophyllotum ..3:48  Distribution    of    Dicranums.     R 

Cylindrotheciu,m  seductrix 3:12  H.  True Wk^   kTH 

Dawsonia   1 :65       Ditrichum  elatum 4:50,  51.  52 

Dendroligotrichum  den'droides...3:51  "  pallidum.. 4:46 

Desmatodon  Porteri 4:25  "          tortile  pusillum   ...  .3:50 

systilioides    4:25       Doliolidium 4:11 

"  systylius 4:25       Encalypta  ciliata   >:40 

Dichelyma  capillacea.". 3:12      Entodon  cladorrhizans 3:.50 

capillaceum 3:40  "         compressus 3:50 

falcatum 3:40  "         Demetrii 1:44 

pallescens 1:66  "         repens ^:50 


— 4— 


Entodon  seductrix  Demetrii 1:44 

"         seductrix  lanceolatus. .  1:43 

"  seductrix  minus 1:44 

Entosthodon  ericetorum 3:34 

Leibergii  n.  sp.  pi.. 3:34 

Eubryum 3:16 

Eugrimmia 3.20,  48,  49-4:10 

European  Sphagnaceae 4:49 

Eurhynchium   3:39.  50 

"  Brittoniae  n.  sp. .   .  .3:8 

strigosum 2:84 

"  "        robustum  2:84 

*'  strigosum    scabrise- 

tum 3:8 

"  strigosum  praecox3:8, 50 

"  strigosum    diversi- 

folium   3:50 

"  preaelongum     Cali- 

fornicum  v.  nov.  ...3:8 

Evernia  furfuracea 4::38 

var.  cladonia.4::38 

prunastri  (pi.) 4:38,  40 

vulpina  (fig  ) 4::38 

Fissidens  in  Northeastern  Ameri- 
ca, by  A.  M.  S 3:25 

Fissidens  adiantoides 3:27 

bryoides 3:26.  30 

Ciosteri 3:26 

cristatus  (fig.) 3:27 

decipiens 3:29 

Floridanus 3:29,  30 

grandifrons    E.  G.  Brit- 
ton  ' 3:26,  28.30 

Hallianus 3:26 

hyalinus 3:26.  28 

incurvus 3:20,27,30,40 

"        var.  exiguus  .  .3:26 
incurvus    var.     minu- 

tulus 3:26,40 

insignis 3:29 

Julianus 3:26 

obtusifolius 3:27 

osmundoides 3:27 

polypoidoides 3:26 

Ravenelii 3:27 

subbasilaris 3:26 

taxifolius....3:27,  28,  30  40 
Fontinalis  antipyretica  gigantia  .4:40 
Dalecarlica  v.Macounii   1:67 

Holzingeri 2:81 

Lescurii 4:40 

MacMillani 1:67 

Missourica l:44-2:.si 

patula 1 :44 

Waghornei 1 :44 

Funaria  flavicans  (fig.)R.S.W.  4:9,  10 

hygrometrica  (pi.) 

2.52,53,  54,  55-4:10 


Funaria  obtusa 3:34 

Geographical   Distribution   of  Di- 

cranums;  R.  H.  True 2:25 

Georgia  pellucida  (pi.) 

1:64,65,67-2:81-3:12-4:2,34,40 
Grimmia  apocarpa  var.  rivularis,  3:30 

anomala 4:27 

Brittonniae 3:48 

caespiticia.    .« 3:34 

campestris    3:20 

commutata 3:21 

Evansi 3:33 

Holzingeri  (fig.) 

4  :10   11,  12,  24,  25 

Manniae 4:10,11,  12,  25 

mollis 2:27 

Philbertiana 4:27 

plagiopodia 4:11 

sulcata 3:34 

tenuecauiis ...3:49 

teretinervis(pl.)3:20,21-4:12 

torquata 4:2 

Olneyi  .  .      .3:20 

ovata 3:21 

Gymnomitrium 2:51,21 

Gymnostomum  curvirostrum  ....3:40 
■'  var.coinmutatum4:75 

"  scabrum    4:75 

Donianus 4:62 

rupestre 4:63 

Healer  for  Glycerine  Jelly  Slides. 

J.  F.  Collins 2:21 

Hedwigia  albicans 1 :67 

"  "         var.  detonsa.  .  1  :67 

ciliata..      ..  1:67-3:12 

Heterocladium  Vancouveriense.  .4:13 

Homalia  Jamesii 2:81 

"  Macounii 2:81 

trichomanoides.    2:H1 

Homalothecium  subcapillatum .  3:41) 
How  to  Coiled  Mosses,  A.J  Grout  1  :62 
How  to  Mount  Mosses,  A.  J.  Grout  3:7 
How     to     Know     some      common 

Bryums,    E.  G.  Britlon 3:16 

Hygrohypnum    Bestii    ..    4:12 

Hymenostylum  commutatum  .  .  .4:75 
Hvlocomiums    of    Northeastern 

U.  S.   Illus.  A.  M.  Smith 4:3 

Hylocomium    brevirostre 4:7 

loreum    . .    4:3 

Pyrenaicum 4:7 

parietinum 4:4,  5 

proliferum 4:6 

robustum    4:2 

rugosum    4:3,  4 

squarrosum 

2:112-4:5,  6,  7 


— 5— 

Hylocomium  triquetrum 4:4,6  Limnobium  Bestii.    J.  M.  Holzin- 

umbratum    4:6  ger.  (pi.) 4:22,23 

Hypnum  aduncum 4:ti5  "           Bestii  var.Pyrenaicum. 4:24 

"         asprellum J5:50       Liverworts    L:51 

Bakeri  (pi.) 4:65,66,67       Leucobryum  glaucum ..2:55 

Bestii 4:12,21       Lichens.     C.W.Harris 

brunneofuscum 4:67  4:13,   14,  15,  36,  37,  38,39, 

cordifolium  3:36,  48-4:48,67  41,  42,  43,  44,  45,  57,  58,  59,  60,  61 

"         cuspidatum 4:4       Leskea 3:19 

"         cupressiforme .3:40  "         compressa 3.50 

chrysophyllum 3:50  "  fasciculosa 3:50 

cyclophyllum 3:4S  "         gracilescens 3:50 

"         chrysostomum 3:50  "  imbricatula    3:50 

dilatatum  .3:40-4:12,21,  22  "         microcarpa 3.50 

fragile 3:50  "  nervosa 4:2 

"         fluiians      3:40-4:65       Marchantia -4:68 

giganteum 3:48  "  polymorpha 4:40 

hians      3:28  "              and    Conocephalum  .  . 

hispidulum 3:40  4:34,  35    36 

"  molie 4:12,  22       Microbryum  Floerkeanum 4:75 

megaptilum 3:39  "                        "              v.Henrici4:75 

Oakesii 4:7       Mica  for  slides    2:56 

occtdentale,  G.  N.  Best  4:13  Mosses  New  to  North  America  .  -4:25 

"  palustre 4:21       Myurella    Careyana    4:63 

polyrhizon 3:50       The  Mniums.     A,  J.  Grout 2:78 

"  pseudostramineum  .4:64,  65       Mnium  affine    2:79 

plesiostramineum  .  .4:64,  65  '  "     ciliare 3:40 

reptile.. .3:12-4:40  "  cinclidioides 2^:1C6,  112 

rusciforme 3:40  "         cuspidatum 2:78,79,81 

Schreberi 4:3  "                      "         rugicum..      2:206 

serrulatum 3:40  "          Drummondii. .  .2:105,  107-3:5 

sipho 3:50  '•         horn  urn 'V'^^ 

stramineum 4:65  "  glabrescens ••    3:6 

splendens  .  .■ 4:6  "         lycopoides .^.2:106 

stoloiiiferum    3:50  "  marginatum 3:9    40 

var.Cardoti.3:50  "  medium  n.  sp 3:6 

turgescens 4:12.21  "  orthorrhynchiim    3:40 

tenax       3:50  "          punctaium      2:80.81,106-3:6 

Tundrae.- 4:64,65,67  "                  "              elatum.     2:80.  KI6 

paludosum    4:74  "  rostratum 2:80,81-3:40 

Illustrated  Glossary "  pseudolycopodioides 2:1«6 

2-82   83   110    111-3:2   3,23,  "  spinulosum 3:9,12,40 

24  31.  32.  33,  45,   46,   47,  48-4:7  "          stellare...      .    2:106,  112-3:40 

Injury  done  to  Mosses  by  Insects.  "          subglobosum      .    ....    3:6,  7 

by  G.  N.  Best 3:33  "          synonyms.  A.  M, -Smith  .2:106 

Isothecium      ,.3:50  "         sylvaiicu-m  (pi  ) .  .  .2:78,  79,  81 

Brewerianum 4:40       Necrology  (Philibert)      4:46 

Kantia    4:68       Neckera  pennata 4:40 

Kev  to  Rrvums 3:13       New  American  Mosses 

"        Fissidens 3:25  1:43,67,91-2:84-3:8,33,48-4:47 

"        Hylocomiums 4:3       New  or  Rare  Mosses *  ■'^L  ?- 

"       Mniums 2:105       New  or  Unrecorded  Mosses 5:75 

Leptobryum 3:16       New  Moss  Chapter,  The 1:85 

pyriforme    ....  1:92-4:63  New  Hypnum   from   Montana  (A) 

Leptodontium  Canadense 4:27  J.  M.  Holzinger 4:12 

Leptotrichum  glaucescens 3:40  New  Species  of  Mnium  from  Idaho 

Limnobium 4:12  and  Montana.  E.G.B.c\:R.S. W.3:6,  7 


Notes  on  Mounting  Mosses 3:39 

North    American    Thuidiums,   by 

G.  N.  Best 4.70 

N.  A.  Musci  Poeurlcarpi,  Review. 

by  E    G.  B 3:45 

Noteworthy  American  Mosses    ..i2:S0 
Notes    on    Rare    or   Little   Known 

Mosses,     E.G.  B 4:62 

"       on     Rare    or    Little   Known 

Mosses.     J.  ^L   Holzinger.4:50 
on      Buxbaumia      aphylla. 

Francis  Windle 8:52 

"       on  Buxbaumia 4:8 

by  E.  G.   B     3:45 

"       on  Lite  History  of  Mosses. 

A.  J.  G  1:40 

"        to    Moss    Students.     J.    M. 

Hob.inger  3:9 

On  the  genus  Fissidens  (E.  S.  Sal- 
mon) E.  G.  B 3:29 

Outfit  for  study  of  mosses.      A.  J. 

G    '    1:17 

Orthotrichum  strangulatum     3:40,44 

Lyellii 4:2 

Pachyfissidens 3:28 

Parmelia      (pi.) 4:41,  58 

Borreri 4:59 

rudecta    4:59 

"  caperata    4:57.60,61 

"  conspersa   .  .      ..    4:57,61 

colpodes..       4:60 

"  crinita 4:58 

olivacea 4:60 

perlata 4:44.  58 

'■  perforata 4:58 

"  physodes 4:60 

"  saxatilis    4:59 

sulcata 4:59 

"  slygia 4:61 

"  tiliacea    4:59 

Peristome,  (The)     A.  J.  G.     Illus. 

4:31.32 

Petrogonium  ascendens 3:50 

Phascum  cuspidatum 4:75 

Physcomitrium    2:55-3:28 

"  pyriforme 2:58 

"  turbinaium 

2:53,  54,  55 
"  turbiaatum     Lan- 

gloisii    4:50 

Preparation     of    Mosses    for    Ex. 

A.  J.  G 2:49 

"  of    Mica     for    Slides. 

A.  >L  S 2:56 

Pogonatum    alpinum  . . .    .1:39,44,67 

brevicaule 1:39 

capiUare 1:39,  44 

tenue..  1:39,  44,  67-2:81 


Pogonatum   urnigerum 1:39,67 

"  or    Bearded    Mosses, 

A.  J.  G 1:38 

Pohlia 314 

erecta    4:47 

"       porosa 4:47 

Plagiothecium  denticulaium    pro- 

paguiifera 3:11 

laiebricola 3:40 

"  Roeseanum 4:'J 

Platygyrium   brachycladon 3:50 

Polytrichaceae    1 :63.  65 

Polytrichum 1:38-3:29 

commune 

1:18,  19,67-3:4-4:36 

formosum 3:30 

juniperinum  1 :20,  67-3:4 

Jensenii 4:26 

Ohioense 1:20,44 

pihferum 1:20,  67 

strictum l:2n-3:40 

Pottia 2:55-3:29 

cavifolia 3:30 

littoralis 3:9 

Randii 3:S 

riparia ..    .4:2,27 

truncatula 2:55.81 

Protonema,  (Illus) 1:39,  40 

Prothalium    (Ferns) 1 :40 

Pseudocaliergon  (pi.) 4:63,  67 

Pseudoleskella    4:13 

Pterogonium  gracile 4:40 

Pterigynandrum   intricatum 3:50 

Pylaisia  veluiina 3:40 

Schimperi 3:50 

Pylaisielia  velutina 3:40,  .50 

"  intricata 3:50 

"  Schimperi 3:50 

Racomitrium  aciculare 3:30 

Ramalina,  (Illus)  4:38 

calicaris  fastigiata.4:3y,  40 
"  farinacea  . .  .4:39 

fraxinea 4:39 

rigida 4:39 

"  reticulata 4:39 

Recent  Literature  on  Mosses. ..  .3:49 
Review     '"  Mosses  with  a    Hand 

Lens."G    N.  Best 4:28 

Review  "  Genera  Moscorum,"J.  M. 

Holzinger 4:28,  29,  30 

Review     "Anatomique     des      les 
Leucobryacees  "  J.    M,   H....    4:48 

Rhodobryum  proliferum 3:16,18 

Suggestions  for    Glycerine    Jelly 

Mounts.  J.  M.  H      3:42 

Sphagnum 4:33 

Some    further    Obs.    on    Buxbau- 
mia, E.  J.  Durand 4:32,  33,  34 


— 7- 


Splachnaceae 2:55 

Splachnum  ampullaceum iJ:55 

Slablcria   1:92 

gracilis 1  91 

Californica 1:92 

Sorapilla   o:«9 

Seligeria  Doniana 4:62,63 

pusilla 4:62 

Schistidium 3:20,  21 

Scapania  convexa 4:45 

Evansii   (N.  Brhyn)  ..   4:45 

gracilis 4:46 

umbrosa 4:45,46 

The  Cord  Moss  and  Its  Allies, 

A.  J.  G 2:52 

The  Hair-Cap  Mosses,  A.  J.  G..  .1:18 

The  Urn   Mosses 2:58 

The  Catharineas,  A.  J.  G 1  :63 

The    Genus    Coscinodon,    J.     M. 

Holzinger    2:80 

The  Dicranums 2:23 

Two    New  Var.   Brachytheciums, 

A.J.  G ;4:48 

Two    New  Sprecies    Brachytheci- 
ums, A.  J.  G. 3:36 

Teiraphis 4:31 

Tetraplodon   bryoides 2:55 

Tillandsia  usneoides 4:13 

Thelia    asprella 3:40 

"       hirtella 4:40 

Thuidiumabietinum(fig)4:70, 71  73,74 

Blandowii  (pi  ) 4:72,74 

"         delicatulum  (pi.),    .  .  . 

3:12-4:70,  72,  73,  74 

gracile 4:14 

•*  "       Lancastriense.  .4:73 

"         microphyllum    .  .  .   4:72,74 
•'  lignicola  4:74 

"  microphvHum     Raven- 

ellii  ....' 4:74 

minutulum(pl.)4:71,72,  74 

Philiberti    ...  .4:72.  73,  74 

"         pygmaeum  (pl.)4:71,72,  74 

**         paludosum 4:72,74 

"  "         elodioides.   4:74 

"         scitum  (fig.)         

3:40-4:70,  71,  72,  74 


Thuidium  scitum  aestivale 4:73 

recognitum(pl.)4:72,  73,  74 
Virginianum  .  .  .4:72,  73,  74 

"         Vancouveriense 4:13 

Timmiaceae ^.i^^'^ 

Timmia   o:ll 

megapolitana  .  .3:40-4:26,  27 

••        cucuUata 4:26,27 

Trischostomum  dicranoides.  ...   4:26 
"  macrostegium  .  ..4:26 

«'  Warnstorfii 4:27 

"  tenax 3:50 

Tortula '^29 

"      papillosa 4:2 

Ulota,  (See  Weissia.) 

phyllantha 4:2 

Usneas.  Illus 4:13.36,38,41 

"         angulata .4:15 

barbata  articulata    .    ...4:15 

ceratina 4:15 

florida 4:15 

hirta 4:15 

•«  "        rubiginea 4:15 

longissima  (pi.) 2:51-4:15 

trichodea  (pi.) 4:15 

Vegetative  reproduction  of  Mosses, 

G.  N    Best 4:1 

What  are  Mosses,  A.  J.  G.  &  M.  L. 

Sanial 2:51 

Webera 3:14,  16 

"       annotina 4:2.62 

"        nutans.    ..       3:14 

*'       proligera      in     Amesbury. 

Huntington .4:50 

proligera  in  North  Ameri- 
ca, J.  M.  Holzinger 4:12 

"       sessilis.  Illus 1:64,66,  67 

Weissia  Americana  (Ulota  Hutch- 

insinta) 3:44 

curvirostre  v.  commutata  4:75 
coarctata(Ulota  Ludwigii)3:44 
ulophylla  (Ulota  crispa).    3:44 
"  "  crispula   (Ulota 

crispula) ...  3:44 

"       by  A.  J.  G.  (pi.) 3:43.44 

Zygodon  Forsteri    . .    4:11 


— 8— 


AUTHOR'S  INDEX. 

Barbour,  W.  C 4:34,  68  Grout,  A.  J.  4:7,  8,  9, 16,  31,  48,  50,  52 

Best,  G.  N 1:43       Harris,  C.  W 4:13,36,41,57 

3:19,33       HoLziNGER,  J.  M 1:67 

4:1,13.28,30,70  "  2:27,80,107 

Britton,  E.  G 1:41,89  " 3:20,42 

2:77  "                      4:10,     12,     22. 

3:4.  6,  16.  28.  29,  30.  34,  45  24,  28,  48.  49.  50,  63 

4:27,33,62       Huntington,  J.  W 4:9,50 

Brvhn,  N 4:45       Kennedy,  G.  G 1:43 

Burnett,  D.  A   1:42,  66       Linn,  Ai.onzo 3:28 

Cardot,  J 4:75       Macoun,  J 3:30 

Chamberlain,  E.  B 4:40       Renauld.  F 4:63 

Cuaassen,  E 1:43      Sanial.  M.  L 2:51 

Ci.UTE.  W.  N 3:39       Smith,  A.  M 2:106 

Collins,  J.  F 1:91-2:21-418  "  3:10,25,51 

DuRAND.  E.  J 4.32  "  4:3,16,56,63 

Grout,  A.  J Theriot,  I . .  .4:75 

1:17.18.37,  38.40.43,  True.  R.  H 2:25 

61,   62,  63,   66,  67,   86,  91       Vail,  A.  M   1:42 

2:23,  28,  49,  51,  Wheeler,  Harriet 4;9 

52,  56,78,  82,  105,  110      Williams,  R.  S 3:6-4:9,  21,26 

3:1,2,4,7,10,13,23,  Windle,  F 3:52 

81,  36,  41.  43,   45,  48,  49 


New  York  Botanical  Garden   Librar 


3  5185  00259  3646 


'iiil 


iiiii. 


mmm 


iili 


i 


1 


liiiHi